birt eee Ue ee * rr oe we ey Le : e bow Ord ie Bee Pere ow ee ee ed #-016 AMMO B bee oh Or ‘ + OH ho4 Ve teey H- 9 Ove tey Wa He Hf “ A Pattee *o = B= H 75h° > dH uot + eotee -® aw OR. be 3 * PP ki ed sat urt We boP Bete > 0 °4-Abe nO bow aS ene Rabel 4 * #0 sgnd Aeon eee) * Wolee BW de bathe Mew ey oa ao Pere dee - rete CO & erarerec ee i) WD WOW hoe Be bs tte a weow or 2 Be nie Go mot met nocke ‘ “ Pe i CO rrr rarer? or 2-0 Oe trea | we @ te: Gye Sao wm Re bet: Wi hoes 4 Pew Hanne Oa G8. f totes eee & * OB. eo" 8 <0 16-0 eo both FA DR: OPO oN MPH Mtoe a cto gs oe ey 6-0 heh dete Bp Mur ued Soe ee Se ee pg ' Leo a bet foot Cor Te poe * : ooo etd Harned Oar ary Ce Fedo ewe eee - rr a v4 A-ha OU G0 ey. Lee 9 Se hbsohow sade Pier ton 8 a¢ Dan shoh kono oe : A ies 5 . e joe wed roe ere agai i . 2 oe 3 aa Sh-Pcks ‘ Oe te Oa med - . tee aBane J een ne a hae ee ee ed $B P= Woe twee With SH he Phe Car ot iy De bebo PB: 5 enews FBZ oH tert ake Ged auee pe a ee B-O78 GE0- WO. o Er Orn Gad > iaedtha dda ett Me ke Wee ee et ee Bai = hot Pot tem bietr th itee a Lael oot ater * oh 0-8 he bP Oe att BM MSHOR. Qed hE -cHe & ota Ot Ont oe ¢ ln cmp hs © Rote » * a nah a-Hihae. & : ne r Cor ; a het bst GOOD d-diaehe sD brher is Raed owen Sao. a 28 ete ray - * [ Pomeee +: eine ten Fesba shen hs m Shete ca ae ind tarutiea ee. ORL bs it boeO O2 Mee how 4 C206 RSE Cie tat Bcd Ha Adib en eae! Dens heh ‘ A ean > O06 edad aque etadddee ~~ ry Bow WOE OA Mstee Her wees hat Laas J Se 8-8 Oroeoneeee ished 3 28 | 26x: Abba Pabedan Saceeestives crs a4 Grey H O98 hes Mop ebeae Ve Wedapense tw Henry tee 959 PUP AH D> 102 Hon 734 me ‘ PO O5Rh-® Not cdew Aen "en ete B-tedons ® Ft OO HD ow aH 20g ORE domed § to hie Set bot Pe Aloha tl oN 1 foe ooue be + eet URL Sa NSH HO 48 beep oe oe SPONGE ore REM h ot i aon e © > an er ere rn she Bo FF cies et Hs Ste hott | Phe gies dog: Ven Owe she OAH WH oo he he B-g.o NR Made deh oH gait tee vated doae hte oe =H geet tt doB2 0) AS bed 0028 ° ot. Both ® 6 B:9-4 bork a: ~ BO WW ok Bot O bo Wo. tae Age O° Gee Oe * 4 Rae, r0-oseeg rg fave Oberg 2 ht noe z * Jile Go bdr daat) pe rd y deta Soe Tn * B: Gy ot ABD 4 ag. 5 tine by the Mens ete 4 ted oe worl ee ee ao Sh. Rate eo 84 enon, ¥ FBG oO: td my v= hater Be OO Bet WoRr ew 4 wee One. LJ =* den pa WB eget OB Hew, we, Lee eG) ee eee é Oo® Ootsaed ou BSP eK Wo Dd Och aOR baw, othe Moe Poveda 8 ha 4 Ly Laas * +e Wr ee ee ee ee 1 ee 2h Ey Behe ae = hoses te haat wth 8c He Oe Boden » He hee « Reoews Lager een puch eeciaes Crh nope fp: dashed CEE Neg arte A Brgedey lin or klas Cog a push hou cd he OW: hele de ge tafe 925-05 0 -Be begig vt aoa Archulet te Bite ee A he OW 2 Reh 4a Ho We 6.8.2 OA het te 6 tte he hee eee co te ee et eo wate t 4 4°@> (betrothed) ee era werk newrrty WE G4 Efe hed 9s .- : SH" eS, Het Vee crew aed le dome ge W Open tog. rer sebraegt 4-8 ick bow Pah OB eye ee Hodet 61 Gat te ee | 7 “0 + Are a ee ee si det Ste b a | oe ae "Stee Gowen? A Maurew o4 a. & 2h 69" 65h HSH Ow weg + et Seth BM Bs al A eatery OM Heo ERD HE BeBe) Baboarn ge ap 1 Aas Leto i ems RHR eMC heey Eee sibaueh ube em Lite th bo hed Stet ree ote a. b Cod De hay SHA 8.499 sHehiegs hath etl OH Het doney was 80 4o B dowels & a hee cola oe ee ; 4 “ ae Leo bth oe ce os ee Ph 6 EO. ot gee © Stee OO) Nonatrhe Beote ha Yn ee * A ot ene eee eer Wt ter SWS te <4 a7 ta dhe nota pode daey Se eaves 1 UO Hehe Orie 0 ot Ho Te acaet aed : 4. Pee stato: Gobet Uogom. 7 ® A Aah: Bm. #88 6-4. ' Fd 4 Hh aPethee? + Hate 4 Ae tS oe “7 - Holter Gat bet He@e® 406 hatte ROO “OG MODE SH Re be ee Some Ae ganey Py ah Nate totgetepstedom, bo Fos Oho et ode emg feos. Ftak- beste Vat team 9 A Mamie ited ithe. PDA 9497 pe ee | Doms wee h Hen ote * he pa Ualy: eons to dete Leh ute oe Et os © dchewhod. toe oe ee Wt-nat-o a 2H 4B ded & a 54 -Wok Goth the Bae Wem: dba! ty 1 nh the Oe the ben ‘as +6 oa “+ Paes Hee ot ee Bee t= Ce - bed Merternya he 40-48 fot Ramp mgaseeatan aetna Wet ya Grate My ote 2 De oe 82498 Wc) wen FFG Mma act ad Bat SoPeaagetey OOH -OoU Bated + Go POW (ooh AMM dates Pt Bi gehs G0 Hoe rg eck > 2° tot ie Hetivtog. a Wetrh pha trac Ao@ Withodaitedea Welt 0a. cere Roms tind ag a DAO dot 26 » ~- bt Oboh G.05 4 PRM et bog y OH the FF tbe dk ae toy Babette » way 4 «@ <9 Wo tet ge Bot Bones (OR CR te O20 4 tener * oH Webamebog’ s hen Dr Ot te 400 tote on the 54: se6- . } hobs Hot veg oO Dwr @ aeRO OH 6 POU. t-te oe, Wo HG: tot bona wap HON OR bth th Og Do) Met hen Hi-tech a BUM: Os Wot Hat cece wien ag Vo 99 Bow Mowe WOO md ete kh BoM |) on Bo re ee ae . w4e " PAO Ah. Galevg: Gores -Gab ten ee | e-§ Shy Ree hate thet Pre bh Hetero wee G-Pen got we wer B-w9 454-6) 4-0-Behaw tie ee et era ud #: Oo pepeg tu oe awe ieee ae oi. oA Ae Nah oO ettagetis ib. 1 eh pte eed Srtseebelingso t18 adute baa 7. aed Lokal Ph 4 28 tng Ree y Bod Geary. ena: o# emwrae Ar hePe dewey om Wee Ot HA Bah Hiei bogey. DPS P- Othe otter d awe 4 EF Thaaty A HOH Chee ATH: Weel “He bath 0-8 Bie Wuned vee gnaw: Pte he ihe toh 86-9 O hido nda he gd. gay erat ie ee =f * a ew ‘ 6 oe 6-8, % athe tt 7 eo ret ee) We het 9 NE ene WeBetee a ws suen oobi Hie me Ow on . hu rar w" wien wen ow Pee A= Gn Pr ett Wegee DT Abn: cn eon om Retin a) sae HER doowy ’ en Anes yaa e- 4 ee + EO tolbets he 4. O Gee» Ho? EO He hd ee & owed eo ee etre me wt Ow ¢ Fath i ean iidde he AMO WP Oot ew ar . o* rid eT wy o« Ot Oe bogey » 4-0 Om Oe eee WP Ha te beth Her i wet MoM FR Mn te 9 fh be tee « barb D2 RO 6-5 Med yw ted aes yuo, be nm rt + ea aethrsdietenot Gy "Shotts We gen : 0 te a Vo + Oe stb © Se Nota de a thnde « ee Eo ee Ae eee oo ee wah. Co eee : = 4-1) cers ah Gb At : Co ey 0-4 Howe tot SoA hod Oto 4 Ge oo a oe 2 BF ey oa Mowe = ioe e fe * aaa A he OMe Bo tae ) FOS-s @ OO hoF2 t-0-b. te Megs paps Seer) $2005 808 eg icicocaececeae tare intaeemes At roe SAO OT Bg, GePSO°4 od 600 Hse er eng ets ree a OsASte aN wells, a ath he ee he Poh Halt we hd hath seh Fete phase aceatwite Ceres Oui Wanea Le taka dal id Garam ate " POP oMe > ted Bk AS “| estacies . anne 2024 -9= wae ny ory v rene at aire draceseedenrerp ens Weed A De Bete gs ee: ticdobac eehgnes VSAOEDCAA- OUD Unie pty gta o Lal ae La ele = mo Hoang. ad 2980 12858490994) bon a-tepe Le Sede eu ee ee? 2 Hb E stehon .wenca- | OPT eps we ym mele Mepis Ped oe oe ee es ee Cees we te a HA bie paw vom +0 nt bethop< gone pe: "1 =RatRogem er Feat” That Bot Bae bode <4 bebe t@ tot way Rene ettotro noe Piatateta yacnaits a ee “ teat Socivdrashiommeiepeacee see : ade dOr8ahndirh-w. Habavied dog der tncmeiec te, sb 8-9sG-drinede pape een ame oped Perrin too Peres Song " te A. Conse 2 boe9s en oe rye 4 Ms 4 iumbeutelte he Bree tit da oP: Oo ol Ho 240 20pm ey: PP Whale ne 8 amp: v » + Ce aes ee ee Co ee S feed Vab-R 24 @-dsaetons iad deral na dearieerecoues’. a> 4 ane ver b4daW-deergourae tet toeepiae <1 we a BF 4-H BoA Hnd fe wrt) priirre ry tem rit A Ms sae nenegnnniennecieksrets Peres a bacteremia te ae otek itn ae Ho Rate arate Coireys x Wiebe Pade: 2H) oe we wee) Aw 2b eRe He Bote: brarenar Aree eh eh oth Hes Hoole je THe thet 26062 6o 6 heme Bites ou ere setters pueraecese mbes a a % beg 9 A" bese ny et ven oiaseeebta ae an Be oe emtee hot ole et ee hate oe be ce bee Wo ee me 2 ESOT mgt rater hee ol oe ecbs4soracbee orasate wy PAE OSES dana mee Lada } ~=,@ Vv . Lo ns Ayo. “. guy’ i yn a WRRe ssf tine ai near” Ray Re OU dat a geweryy y ¥ Nn. Te , Gn “A eae gs Sag Se : he ene 0 a a aad Babes i eed ¥ , nas raetly yw Mia ‘ap a hi CEE ee” we Paar Ap yet . ni” G-2f net Whtheh al . vi et “ “. aes iy ‘yyy Woh mo TH) eR lal, “vaghfP ifllitnesc sean ~ Ta “4 Alb, ae PS ime 8 Daan 4 th TIN | par bese i ry . iat aa pd pan Aree See eed EAT Aa meals DT ama errr’ a a id | hi LIT ; ? Shiela ee ‘ool ert ° wall : ptt | als fg oe ay . | ef eh ha a ae e vt Me. © ag eae $ Pam Ba aD aa im 4 i . : ad we tie, te al Abe ae had Veoh, AP Epi pee : Aaah) ahs 'y - Somerset ai ey 4. a Wee ee aN Fe A. oe Me \@ sabia aed pe mi! | Pe! | | oa wan anes Wi ae: te a es | aiptasg VOY? | Ped: y Rel UCU Te URW | mp te apne nf iad | y Mi, ff ‘a ADELE 4h at as We HITT Nitto 4 Ais r' pon nn ak a Bra Td Tf {er $ LT Upeuee, - mage raat yh “nA ‘a¢ at wh | Ay vig ay | se hak ie f Ree Ee > * af ae Sse“ te 2 & Sika. ba as carte rr int ‘= WY siddevaansal je ah wi soapy, > a a RB Q@ses'*. Wy ee "We oe Tv : ‘ < 7 | aye 2 4 : ye “api Adin) Pee Pu an ead lagusi yVyaas ye a ieeeen Ty Jobe wouiuat | ce ¢ 4 4 — we! a” os “4 A a. aie! HAY iat : ge sae Ue Pew v wees aw ake, ra ie oe an isa? TTT ae SS ail oN ) “ 7 Tale: ~ mae Aye Seeks, Ce pa \ ty OTE alot hon Wane aa away hed a ci 1 ee a SOP ree ae Te Shha BORG. Waal bea dasa caste ? ah 8 AS VEN GG 4a Cours \ oe alate I-94 . bat theh a: a i% Ta Sed "4 ' is ; ie, Ty p Go iM ny et ka Wee) 4 “Ay is 0 et tt | LU | et fae zt eee xt eX Ves ae ay a ea Biel (| | eset ae = Me Le et Et a | y bee: b.. Nt, nn Na AR, 1 ee Whe Ape’ is : a” <4 ttt ’ Any Wanauy te) hyseaet aang ee 3; a Shy! ey tT pou Wg ee nertet nen : iii ‘i y Tithe ATT aS ee Hy tibet AD, "Na M4 > Qn A\ Ae ° of , a.) -,. p.. a L- persia s pa ope. v J b Ap A, y 4 wa ee a Line 2 AL OR Oe ria’ Lt ‘a oo ah, be LN & eS igi pad Pre yo r %, bee <* e Orn. - ms =; os me, Weak » te | e Sak er Bei, Sass EAN ee ae vA FO Ve a = AN | eek Nie, vr | & " VTA TE ease¥ Sep ee | \ i Coe Pe on ; | ie nt 4 a oat \ AL | pinion < Lepeetes bf mr ea war oa | 8 =n ae 1 & 3 fr | : ea a8, pagh mea Te pit UHL = @& po ig. Me! a ¢. ? , x y : ‘ x Y - as Ah, . bee ie a. - i f a 4 ae he eAmatiyn ANA 2-0 Be NAR eT INIT | fu steel pe \ Vs : hap J Be aa , 3 min you a pea dd] rye ~ ‘ wr, ce || Jha, am eens 3 wn es ae NR eee Va 2 ae WN, f Fe ee “4 e cath yy Ny Ne hag 1 ( "4 RL, << “NN oe ng aes” £ ah OY a a nA ANN | Abate © 4, 4a ij 4 | ie ie § «pelt TU a Leesigs Af ae SEALY VE Oubpa : hak h frp, Ba. } i) TY oy of Po : P om, Abe BBA «..- a Tm, fae wy Fe erode MA vA? NR my a oh > em My» te _ me : "aaae “ane AA, | Ne |||" | ; , oy tee | Rare Baa we 2 ‘Ss 44 | = 49 , bol a es Vv oe Nae ie ae “twig , HALE Ram ta ey win ana ss ae aie eae oa oda ananate w/e aaanh = air Ny, p My a. Ae VV ¥ a Ys : es Mae ad 4 a AA Net inal ty, ee Piety ae ee « 4 Neh hoa wlan {hy anal acacia * eo ; /- ~ a 1 | A | LTT ay ~ Beinn aaa alta LEN OY \ ‘ ol alan rn tt eT al Be | Cd ofa ~, Ratbone ww - "hany rey { ull Na ant 3 vr a a af - nity yn oa Walesa 4 egret , ‘Gee é ete og ites tty F ity {a oh ‘pan ve en vil ‘y iy i WT gs te ee rt A “a PRA Ty ANY ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLOMUE XOX TX ANNALS OF THE. Pool AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXIX iP semen ammei Pee ay F - wa | ea St « { é Pr Ns ? ¢: on, & : ts i Ls § f % / hey. be = tes. Ql 2 a, nG Fe Sv ie: ; ea ere Rea, nea eae PRINTED FOR THE TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH. 1929-1931. TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. Sir THomas Morr, C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. Professor WiLLIAM ADAM JoLuy, M.B., Ch.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.S.Afr. W. F. Fisu, J.P. J. G. VAN DER Horst. W. J. THORNE. SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. Epwin Leonard Git1, D.Sc., Director and Keeper-in-Chief. KEPPEL Harcourt BarnarD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director ; in Charge of Fishes and Marine Invertebrates. Miss StaR GARABEDIEN, M.A., Assistant in Charge of the Botanical Department. REGINALD FREDERICK LAWRENCE, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Reptiles and Batrachians, Arachnids and Myriopods. ALBERT JOHN HeEssz, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of the Entomological Department. LizruwEeE DrerK Boonstra, M.Sc., D.Sc., Assistant in the Palaeontological Department. SipnEyY Henry Haveuton, B.A., D.Sc., Honorary Keeper of the Geological, Mineralogical, and Palaeontological Collections. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. K. H. BARNARD. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No. 10. Revision of the Branchiopoda M. CONNOLLY. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. IX. The Non-marine Mollusca of South West Africa A. J. HESSE. Appendix to Speleiacris tabulae, Pér. Additional Notes H. H. Karny. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae (Orthoptera Saltatoria) R. F. LAWRENCE. New South African Solifugae The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of conch Afiiea H. K. Munro. Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South African Museum . : : : ; : : : J. R. LE B. Tomiiyn. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African Museum. V. The Scaphopoda B. P. UvaRov. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa (Orthoptera Saltatoria) vi PAGE 181 277 273 ue 153 341 337 4] NEW SUBFAMILY AND GENERIC NAMES INTRODUCED IN THIS VOLUME. PAGE Amatola n.g. Triaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 386 Austromontia “A io bs oe 398 Austronuncia - 7 se oe 411 Biacumontia a ge ne ag 403 Bufotettix ,, Acrididae (Orthoptera) UVAROV 58 Cryptadaeum », Triaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 445 Cryptobunus a eB on Es 396 Cryptopygoplus ,, Assamiidae (Opiliones) - 360 Graemontia ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) a 413 Leucothrix ,, Lrypetidae (Diptera) Munro 15 Mensamontia ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 381 Micradaeum 56 nA 3 = 448 Monomontia Pe ae * Ps 416 Montadaeum se a - Me 464 Namutonia ,, Assamiidae (Opiliones) nh 357 Neopilio ,, Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) sf 473 Neopilioninae n.subfam. Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) HM; 473 Oonopsopilio n.g. Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) 55 470 Paradaeum ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) ss 466 Roeweria ze “a ue ~ 384 Rostromontia ss a a8 = 388 Speleomontia Le aE Be i 422 Speleosiro », Sironidae (Opiliones) re 348 DATE OF ISSUE OF PARTS. Part 1 (Articles 1-6). Issued August 1929. Part 2 (Articles 7-9). Issued March 1931. List, Of PLATES. Plate I. South African Trypetid Diptera. » LI. Acrididae from South West Africa. », III. Molluscs of South West Africa. » LV. Sketch Map of South West Africa. Vii INDEX OF GENERA. A PAGE PAGE | Coelotrypes : : : ‘ 6 Acanthiophilus . : - 30 | Comicus’ . : : : . 147 Achatina . ; ‘ . 294 | Conulinus. : : : . 289 Aciura. : . 10 | Cryptadaeum . : ; . 445 Acorypha. : : } . 71 | Cryptobunus . ; : . 396 Acridella . : : ; . 42 | Cryptopygoplus ; é . 360 Acridoderes : : ; . 74 | Cyclestheria . : : . 249 Acrotylus. ; . 52 | Cyrtacanthacris ; , ae Acumontia ; ; : . 420 Adaeulum : ; : . 426 Adaeum . : : 5 . 435 D Afrocneros ; : : 6 Aiolopus . : : . 90 | Dacus ; ; ; : : 2 Amatola . : : : . 9386 | Daesia . : ; : is Ametroides : : : . 94 | Dentalium : : é . 337 Anacridium : : ; . 74 | Dorcasia . : ‘ ; . 285 Apus 3 : : . 229 | Duronia . : : : . 43 Artemia . ; : ; - “L89 Aspatharia : : : . 322 Austromontia . : : Se ails) EK Austronuncia . : : ch ony eed Elaphromyia . : : . aS Eneremius : ‘ : a B Ensina . : ; : ee!) Kocyzicus. : : : - 260 Bactropota : : ; -) 24 remus: ~: 3 : : - oo Biacumontia . : : . 403 | Euaresta . : : : of Pais Blossia . : : . 171,179 | Eulimnadia : : : -, 2m Bochus . : : é ; 96) ‘Muribia~ —. ‘ : : - Ze Borborothis : : : . 144 Branchinella_. : : 2" 72011 Branchinellites . : : . 202 F Branchipodopsis : : i S192 Bufotettix : : : =) 208) | ebalkan s : ‘ : . 400 Bulinus . : : : . 314 Burnupia . : : : eres de G C Gastrocopta. : ; . 298 Graemontia : ‘ : . 413 Caenestheriella . : : . 256 | Gryllacris. ; . 84 Cafferia . : : : . 322 | Gymnarion : , . 280 Catantops : : : ae terri; Cecilioides : : : 29 Ceratomontia . : : S 70 H Charilaus . s ; : Gs} Chelypus . ; 3 5 » 179 |) Henicus = : : ; th plod Chrotogonus . : : 67>.) Eiumibe ee : : : =) 00 Cleopatra . : : : - 320 | Hydrobia . : : : > o2d Indonaia . K Kraussaria Larifuga . Leaia Lepidurus Leptestheria Leucothrix Leva Libanasa . Libanasidus Lithidium Lymnaea . Lynceus M Maphyteus Maxentius Melanoblossia Melanoides Mensamontia Mesopsis . Metabiantes Metadaeum Micradaeum Microstele Microtmethis Monomontia Montadaeum Mutela Namutonia Nasidius . Neopilio Nesopupa. Oedaleus . Onchidella Onosandridus Onosandrus Oonopsopilio Index of Genera. PAGE 322 176 320 381 354 444 448 292 416 464 o24 357 96 473 294 dl 309 Ill 1) 470 Opeas ; Orthochtha Palaeestheria Paracinema Paradaeum : Paragymnobothrus Phymateus Physopsis. Pila. : Pisidium . Planorbis . Platomma : Platypternodes . Platysiagon Polycoryphus Prostethophyma Pseudogmothela Pterandrus Pupilla Pupoides . Purcellia . Pycnodictya Pyrgomorpha Rachis 4 Rhabdochaeta . Rhacoclaena Rhampsinitus Rhochmopterun Roeweria . F Rostromontia Schistocerca Schistopterum . Scintharista Sculptaria Segmentina Shelfordites Solpuga Spathosternum . Spathulina Speleiacris Speleomontia Speleosiro. Sphaerium Sphenella Spheniscomyia . Sphingonotus 148, Streptocephalus Subulina . Sucecinea . Terellia Thisoicetrus Thyridota Trachycystis Tridacus . Trigonephrus Trypanea . Index of Genera. PAGE 205 296 307 Viviparus. Xenotettix Xerocerastus Zeriassa Zonitoides Zonocerus b4 PAGE 319 53 297 169 279 67 ANNALS SOUTH “AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXIX. PART I, SE — is Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South African Museum (Trypetidae, Diptera). By H. K. Munro, B.Sc., F.E.S. (With Plate I.) 2. Contributions toa Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa (Orthoptera Saltatoria). By B. P. Uvarov, Imperial Bureau of eee (With Plate IT and 12 Text- figures. ) 3. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae ( Orthoptert as ‘ Saltatoria). By H. H. Karny (Buitenzorg, Dutch Hast | agra Indies). (With 25 Text-figures.) 4, New South African Solifugae. By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida. (With 18 Text- fede ) eek : 5. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. es es No. 10. Revision of Branchiopoda. By K. H, BARNARD, Text-figures.) : 6. Appendix to Speleracris tabulae, Pér, Additional Notes. © bya J. Hesse, Ph.D: FES. ISSUED AUGUST 1929. PRICE 20s. a " , eid. PRINTED FOR THE TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM ‘AND THE ~ GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH, ~~ M.A., DSc. F.LS., Assistant Director. (With 33- I LE ANNALS SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXIX, 1. Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South African Museum (Trypetidae, Diptera).—By H. K. Munro, B.S8c., F.E.S. (With Plate I.) Turovues the kindness of Dr. L. Gill, Director of the South African Museum, and of Dr. A. J. Hesse, the Assistant in Charge of Entomo- logy, I have been able to examine all the Trypetid material in the Museum collection. In addition to the material determined by the late Professor M. Bezzi, including some of his types, and published in vol. xix of the Museum Annals in 1924, there are numerous speci- mens collected subsequently, as well as a certain amount of older material apparently not seen by Professor Bezzi. The new material was obtained mainly from two localities, the Tradouw Pass in the Swellendam district and the northern part of South-West Africa, by expeditions undertaken by the South African Museum. It is, perhaps, remarkable that relatively few Trypetidae have been recorded from the south-western districts of the Cape Province. The material collected in the Tradouw Pass is therefore of much interest, although only sixteen species, all belonging to the Trypetinae, are represented. The greater part of the material, representing forty species, was collected in the northern part of South-West Africa towards the ‘Angola border, in what is known as the Kaokoveld. Practically no Trypetidae have previously been recorded from this area, an area in which the family is evidently well represented. The preponderance VOL. XXIX, PART l. 2 Annals of the South African Museum. of flower-infesting species (Rhabdochaetinae, Schistopterinae, Try- petinae, and some of the Ceratitinae) over the fruit-infesting species (Ceratites, s. 1.) and the cucurb and milkweed infesting Dacinae is noticeable. This is, without doubt, merely a reflection of the com- position of the flora of the region. In spite, however, of the preponderance of the flower-infesting species, a fact usually associated with more temperate regions, the Trypetid fauna of the Kaokoveld is more closely associated with that of Central Africa, more especially with that of Rhodesia, and perhaps the northern and eastern Transvaal, than with the fauna of South Africa proper. At the same time it should be remembered that the country is vast, and that collecting has been done in more or less isolated localities. There is thus scarcely sufficient data on which to make more than very generalised statements as to the distribution and relationships of the Trypetid fauna. That caution must be exercised 1s shown by the discovery of the European Trypanea amoena (Frf.), the curious East African species Bactropota woodi Bez., and more especially of the remarkable Egyptian species Schistopterum moebtust Beck., the last a discovery of much importance. DACINAE. Tridacus pectoralis (Walker, 1861). The specimens in the collection are all typical pectoralis (Walk.) as recognised by Bezzi. As stated by him in the Annals of the South African Museum (vol. xix, p. 455), pectoralis (Walk.) is little more than a form or variation of Bigot’s bivittatus, if indeed it is not merely a synonym. In specimens of pectoralis the infuscation of the lower half of the first posterior cell is often much paler than the broad costal band. . There are a few specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, April-May 1916, March-May 1917, and January 1923, W. E. Jones, as well as a few specimens from Port St. John’s, 1902, Shortridge ; Livingstone, 1911, Miss Powell; Kloof, Natal, 8.2.15, Marley ; and Mt. Selenda, Melsetter, Rhodesia, 13.38.14. The last-mentioned specimen had been determined as bivittatus Big. through the Imperial Bureau of Entomology. Dacus fuscatus Wiedemann, 1819. A couple of specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, February—March, 1917, W. E. Jones ; and from Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe ; and one from Additional Trypetid Materral im Collection of S.A. Museum. 3 Hex River, 7th January 1884. The last specimen is labelled Dacus rufipes Bigot, probably an unpublished manuscript name. Dacus brevistriga Walker, 1861. There are a couple of specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, December 1911, W. E. Jones ; one from Kloof, Natal, 8.2.15, Marley ; and a few from Dunbrody, Cape (no date). Dacus brevistylus Bezzi, 1908. In addition to the material already recorded by Bezzi in 1924 (Ann. S.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 462) there are sundry odd specimens as follows: Walvis Bay, 1888, Wilmer ; Durban, 1891, Hunt ; Seymour, C.P., February 1891; Estcourt, Natal, 1894, E. Haviland; Smith- field, O.F.S., 1908-1910, Kannemeyer ; van Wyk’s Vlei, C.P., April 1910; Inhaca, Lourenco Marques, October 1912, K. H. Barnard ; East London, July 1914, E. Lightfoot ; Potchefstroom, T. Ayres ; Salisbury, Southern Rhodesia, D. Dodds; numerous specimens were also collected by the Museum Expedition in South-West Africa from January to March 1925 at Zesfontein, Otjikondo, Kaoko Otavi, and Zandfontein. Dacus vertebratus Bezzi, 1908. In addition to the material already recorded by Bezzi in 1924 (Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 462) there are odd specimens from van Wyk’s Vlei, 30.4.86, 8S. G. Alton; Vryburg, June 1914; M’fongosi, Zululand, February 1915, W. HE. Jones; Gaub, S8.W.A., December 1919, R. W. E. Tucker; Howick, Natal; and several specimens collected by the Museum Expedition to South-West Africa in January to March 1925 at Zesfontein and Otjikondo. Dacus boinotatus Loew, 1862. Of this species there are a few specimens: Bathurst, Cape, 1898, “on wings”; Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe; M’fongosi, Zululand, May 1917 and February 1923, W. E. Jones; and Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. Dacus immaculatus Coquillett, 1901. There is a specimen from Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe, and one from -Willowmore, Cape, 6.1.17. 4 Annals of the South African Museum. Dacus oleae Gmelin, 1788. There are two specimens of this species from the collection of the Cape Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. Dacus rufus Bezzi, 1915. Of this species there is a single faded specimen from Cape Town, April 1916, L.. Péringuey, not previously recorded. CERATITINAE. Pterandrus rosa (Karsch, 1887). A couple of females from M’fongosi, Zululand, February 1917, W. E. Jones, and another specimen from Port Shepstone, January 1915, Marley. Pardalaspis melanaspis Bezzi, 1920. A single female specimen from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. Pardalaspis cosyra (Walker, 1849). Three specimens labelled “ Bred from wild plum, Spondzas sp., Victoria Falls.” Pardalaspis giffardi Bezzi, 1912. Of this species there are a few specimens from Umtali, Rhodesia, 6.9.15, with the number 749. They were probably received from the Department of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia. Pardalaspis quinarra Bezzi, 1918. Of this Rhodesian species there is a single female from Zesfontein, S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. Pardalaspis aliena Bezzi, 1920. There is a single damaged female labelled ““S.W. Distr., Cape Colony.” RHACOCLAENA Loew, 1862. In the original description of this genus the chaetotaxy is not detailed, but in his table on page 76 of vol. xv of the Bulletin of Ento- Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 5 mological Research (1924) Bezzi states “no prst. and no oc.” With -regard to the ocellar bristles, however, I have to record that in all the species examined by me, namely, pulchella Bez., fasciolata Lw., major Bez., and permagna n. sp., these bristles are present. They are minute and of hair-like proportions, but, nevertheless, from their well-defined and constant position in each species, they are undoubtedly the ocellar bristles. Rhacoclaena permagna n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 1, wing.) A large robust species allied to major Bez., from which it differs chiefly in the wing pattern. $. Length of body, 7-5 mm.; of wing,6-2mm. Occiput yellowish, with restricted, black, shining patches touching upper corners of eyes ; eyes rounded—from a relaxed specimen they appear to be, in life, shin- ing green with two broad, longitudinal, transverse bands of a dull reddish colour, the one above, the other below the line of the base of the antennae ; frons yellow, blackish across the middle with a few short black hairs ; ocellar dot black ; face concave, whitish yellow, broadly infuscated with brown along the mouth border ; antennae as long as the face, dark yellow; arista rather long plumose; palpi and pro- boscis yellow: bristles black ; three inferior orbitals ; ocellars very small but distinct. Thorax and scutellum dark brownish; on dorsum with blackish sub-median and sub-lateral stripes and a median white stripe on posterior two-thirds and across scutellum—the stripe is pointed anteriorly, widening to the scutellum; some rather sparse whitish dust on anterior part of thorax; on either side is a strong, shining white notopleural stripe from whitish humerus to black mesophragma ; bristles black; two mesopleurals; dorso-centrals behind line of anterior supra-alars. Scutellum with four bristles. Legs dark yellow with black bristles and black pubescence. Hal- teres yellow. Wings with upper cross-vein slightly before middle of discoidal cell, and three times its length from the lower cross-vein ; stigma brown; no basal streak; a well-defined brown band from outer half of stigma, across upper cross-vein, slantingly across discoidal cell and into third posterior cell, where it becomes lighter and more diffused, but is very faintly connected along hind margin of wing with terminal band ; terminal band broad, covering end of marginal cell, outer half of sub-marginal, almost outer two-thirds of first 6 Annals of the South African Museum. posterior, end of discoidal, whole of second posterior, and apex of third posterior cells ; at the tip of the marginal cell is a tiny whitish dot ; at the end of the first posterior cell is the characteristic apical whitish spot, and in the second posterior cell a broad, rounded indentation ; between the two bands described is a short, narrow band from the costa crossing the marginal and submarginal cells. The anal cell is drawn out into a sharp point ; the third vein is bristly along its whole length. Abdomen shining black with a broad yellow median stripe except on last segment; pubescence blackish; there is a terminal fringe of black bristles on last segment; genitalia black with elongate yellow appendages. 2. Total length, 9-6 mm.; of wing, 6-3 mm.; of ovipositor, 2-6 mm. The median yellow stripe on the abdomen does not extend on to the last two segments ; ovipositor elongate, flask-shaped, black, two-thirds length of abdomen ; pubescence black. Types g and 2 and an additional § from M’fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones (no date). Afrocneros mundus (Loew, 1863). One specimen from Willowvale, C.P., 6.11.17. Coelotrypes vittatus Bezzi, 1924. The undescribed male is similar to the female. There are several specimens from Zesfontein and Kamanyab, S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., and a male from Nyaka, P.E.A., R. F. Lawrence. The species is also recorded from the Congo and from Madagascar. TERELLIA Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830. This is a genus that requires revision and comparison with EKuropean forms ; as interpreted here it seems well represented in the Ethiopian Region. The inclusion, however, of species with banded (Sztarea R.D.) and species with unbanded wings does not seem satisfactory unless supported by anatomical characters. The generic relation- ships, too, merit attention ; one species in particular, Terellia australis Bez. (described as a variety of Terellia planicsutellata Beck.) seems to be more related to Acanthiophilus helianthoides Bez. than to Terellia taeniaptera Bez. The Ethiopian species may be distinguished as follows :— Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 7 — (6) Wings with dark bands. (3) Wings with two forked dark bands and without isolated spots; antennae and legs blackish; bristles of head and thorax black . hysia Walk. 3. (2) Wings with unforked bands and isolated spots. 4. (5) Antennae and legs entirely pale yellowish . ; . taenaptera Bez. 5. (4) Antennae dark brown and all femora mainly black nigrofemorata n. sp. 6 7 ms . (1) Wings quite hyaline or more or less distinctly, though faintly, spotted. . (10) Wings with faint, but generally distinct, spots towards apex (very seldom quite absent). (9) Larger species (3:5-4 mm.), with milky wings and more pronounced and definite spotting towards apex . : : : 3 australis Bez. 9. (8) Smaller species (2-5 mm.), with less milky wings and more restricted spotting towards apex; eyes large and rounded; frontal bristles yellow . ‘ : : : 5 ‘ xanthochaeta, n. sp. 10. (7) Wings quite unspotted ; head much shortened . complanata, n. sp. so Terellia ‘nigrofemorata, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 2, wing.) @. Length of body, 3-7 mm.; of wing, 3-7 mm. The specimen is rather greasy and is probably darker than is normal. Head dark, rather blackish brown; mouth rather small, and epis- tome somewhat prominent; proboscis short, labellae large, flexed backwards ; palpi thin, flat, leaf-lke, yellowish ; face flat; antennae not as long as face, dark brownish, upper side of third joint shortened so that the apex is distinctly up-turned ; arista brownish, microscopi- cally pubescent; frons slightly longer than wide, rather sunken in centre in specimen; bristles black, three inferior orbitals; ocellar dot blackish ; lunule sunken in specimen ; occiput blackish centrally, brownish peripherally ; occipital bristles whitish, with a row of black setulae on either side. Thorax entirely dull black, except humeri, base of wings and some- what between, yellowish ; white pubescence and rather pale blackish bristles ; dorso-central bristles rather before line of anterior supra- alars. Scutellum black centrally at base, yellow peripherally ; with four bristles, the apicals rather the shorter. (It may be noted here that the thorax and scutellum are probably normally clothed with thick grey dust.) Legs with coxae yellowish, femora black with yellow tips; the front pair, which are more yellow on the inner side, have a row of long brownish bristles behind, two rows of shorter, lighter spines in front, and some thick white pubescence between ; other femora with short black pubescence ; tibiae and tarsi yellow. 8 Annals of the South African Museum. Wings with base hyaline ; stigma black, with a milky spot on basal half; veins yellowish hyaline, but darker where touching spots or bands, of which there are the following: Humeral cross-vein slightly darkened with a faint spot on its outer side; a blackish band from stigma to base of third posterior cell, just entering the axillary cell ; a band from the end of the marginal cell, which it fills, to hind border of wing, covering the lower cross-vein, but not quite filling the extreme lower corner of third posterior cell; between these two bands are a few spots—a narrow spot across the marginal cell about half-way between; and another below the end of the stigma; the anterior cross-vein is infuscated; in the third posterior cell is an inverted club-shaped spot hanging on the fifth vein; and a spot almost on the wing margin below the end of the sixth vein; at the apex of the wing is a broad spot filling the end of the submarginal cell, extending across the first posterior cell nearly to fourth vein, but not filling the end of the cell. Upper cross-vein beyond middle of discoidal cell and one and a half times its length from lower cross-vein, which is upright with a slight outward curve; lower angle of anal cell acute but not definitely pointed. Abdomen—in specimen—dull black, but probably normally clothed with white or grey dust; pubescence white; ovipositor dull black, short, not as long as last two segments. Type a single female specimen from Kaross, 8.W.A., February 1825, Mus. Exp. Terellia australis Bezzi, 1924. Bez., Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 508, pl. xiv, fig. 53 (1924), as var. of Terellia planiscutellata Beck. As will be recorded by me in a forthcoming paper, I now regard this as a distinct species as the wing is typically spotted towards the apex. Specimens from South-West Africa were collected at Zesfontein and Warmbad, February 1925, and at Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp. Terellia xanthochaeta n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 3.) SQ. Length of body, 2-5 mm.; of wing, 2-5 mm.; of ovipositor, 0-4 mm. Head and all appendages and bristles yellow ; head subquadrate ; eyes large, rounded-oval, with longer axis directed backwards ; mouth broadly elliptical, large, mouth border hardly prominent ; proboscis Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 9 short; palpi short, beset with strong yellow bristles; face rather narrow and slightly hollowed; antennae short, half the length of the face, third joint about half as long again as broad ; arista with thickened basal fourth and terminal thinner portion brownish and bare; frons rather prominent in front, with parallel sides, flat, not quite twice as long as broad (10:6); three inferior orbitals, lower superior orbital brownish, as are also ocellars and post-verticals ; ocellar dot greyish; lunule yellow; occiput with slight blackish tinge on sides, swollen below ; occipital bristles translucent yellow, thick. Thorax black, clothed with rather thin greyish dust ; humeri and base of wings yellowish; rather long white pubescence; bristles on dorsum brownish ; dorso-centrals before line of anterior supra-alars ; posterior notopleurals short, thick, and yellow; mesopleurals, pteropleurals, and sternopleurals also yellow, but longer. Scutellum flat, black, paler on margins ; with two long brownish bristles ; with grey dust and white pubescence. MHalteres brownish yellow. Legs brownish yellow, middle tibiae with strong brown spur. Wings narrow; upper cross-vein sloping slightly outwards, lower cross-vein straight or with slight outward curve and directed inwards ; upper cross-vein one and a half times its length from the lower ; third and fourth veins parallel, slightly divergent at extreme tips. Wings hyaline, except slight infuscation near apex, on either side of upper cross-vein, and slight spots at ends of marginal and submarginal cells and along length of first posterior cell. In some specimens the markings are practically invisible, in some others they form an almost reticulate pattern, while in all they are very faint, except in a few in which they are rather darker; two costal bristles; veins straw-coloured. Abdomen black with rather slight grey dust and rather long, thick, yellow pubescence ; hind margins of segments narrowly yellowish ; male genitalia brownish ; ovipositor as long as last two segments, shining brownish-yellow, subtranslucent, with yellow pubescence. Type 3 and 2 and numerous other specimens from Kamanyab, and a few from Kaross, Warmbad, and Otjikondo in South-West Africa, January and February 1925, Mus. Exp. Terellia complanata n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 4, wing.) 39. Length of body, 2-8 to 3:2 mm. ; of wing, 2:6 to 3-1 mm.; of ovipositor 0-7 mm. Head yellow, wider than high, shortened, the length rather more than half the width (15 : 27); eyes correspond- 10 Annals of the South African Museum. ingly shortened; mouth wide, almost circular, epistome slightly prominent ; proboscis yellow, short; palpi yellow, flattened ; face yellow, concave ; antennae yellow, nearly as long as face, not pro- jecting much beyond contour of front of head in side view; third joint twice as long as broad, flattened on inner side; arista brown on thin apical three-fourths ; frons flat, yellow, sloping rather steeply forward and narrowed in front, rather longer than wide at vertex ; lunule yellow, wide; occiput yellow, dark brown centrally, not swollen below ;_ bristles—two rather thin brownish inferior orbitals ; lower superior orbital long, thin, brown, the upper short, white ; ocellars and postverticals brownish, occipitals short, yellow. Thorax and scutellum covered with thick grey-yellow dust, beneath which the dorsum of thorax is black, with a brown lateral stripe above notopleura and wing base on either side; humeri and pleura yellow ; sterna yellow but blackish centrally ; scutellum flat, yellow. Meso- phragma black. Dorsal bristles brownish, pleural yellowish ; dorso- centrals before line of anterior supra-alars; praescutellars closer together than dorso-centrals ; scutellum with two long basal bristles and two shorter apicals. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow; front femora swollen and with row of bristles; muddle tibiae with strong apical spur. Wings rather milky-hyaline, without spots or other marks; veins pale straw colour; ends of third and fourth veins parallel ; upper cross-vein straight, directed outward, one and a half times its length from lower cross-vein, which is almost perpendicular and shghtly curved outwards ; lower angle of anal cell acute, forming a distinct point ; costal bristle double. Abdomen: first segment yellow, second broadly yellow on distal half, brown or blackish on basal half, or entirely yellow except a brownish spot on centre of hind margin ; third (in Q), third and fourth (in 2), segments black with grey dust and fairly broad hind margin yellow; last segment black, yellow on hind half; male genitalia yellow ; ovipositor brownish yellow, slightly translucent, rather broad, as long as two last segments. Types $ and @ and a few other specimens from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), S8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. Acwra longulor, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 5, wing.) This species closely resembles Aciura caeca Bez. from Erythraea (Bez., Bul. Soc. Ent. Ital., vol. xxxix, p. 150, 1908), particularly in the Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 11 wing pattern, but the dark stripe along the base of the costa extends ‘beyond the humeral cross-vein, and the femora are broadly black. S. Head blackish yellow with black ocellar dot and black occiput ; occipital bristles yellowish, others reddish brown; three inferior orbitals ; frons rather more than one-third width of head; face narrow ; antennae yellowish, reaching almost to mouth border, third joint rounded at end ; proboscis short, yellow ; palpi yellow. Thorax and scutellum shining black, with fine grey dust and white pubescence ; bristles reddish brown; scutellum with four bristles, apical pair shorter than basal. Halteres black. Legs; coxae blackish yellow, those of front pair more yellow; femora rather swollen, more so the first pair, which are shining black on outer aspect almost to knee, but are otherwise yellow; middle and hind femora broadly banded with shining black for proximal three parts of their length, the distal fourth being yellowish ; tibiae and tarsi yellowish, except hind tibiae which are blackened medially. Wing-pattern very similar to that of Acwwra caeca Bez., except that the stripe along the base of the costa extends beyond the humeral cross-vein half-way to the stigma ; the basal hyaline area is limited by a line from the stigma to base of anal cell; stigma black, small, and rounded; the two hyaline indentations of the fore border are next to the stigma, broadly triangular and separated by a narrow vertical stripe. The apex of the inner triangle just reaches the third longitudinal vein, while the outer just crosses it into the first posterior cell; the three hyaline indentations of the hind border slope obliquely inwards, the middle being the smallest; the two outer are more or less parallel sided, but rounded inwardly ; the innermost is irregularly widened towards the base of the wing; the two inner indentations are in the third posterior cell, just reaching the fifth vein; the outer, in the second posterior cell, reaches and fills the angle between the posterior cross-vein and the fourth vein. Abdomen shining black, without grey dust; pubescence black, except on first segment where it is white ; genitalia shining black. Type 3 from Kaross, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. ; three other males from Otjiverongo,S.W.A., February 1920, R. W. Tucker ; Gaub, S.W.A., January 1919, R. M. Lightfoot ; and Carnaw (?) EH. G. Wit, respectively. Aciura tetrachaeta Bezzi, 1918, var. haematopoda Bezzi, 1924. _ There are two males from M’fongosi, Zululand, April and May 1916, W. EK. Jones, and a female from De Aar, C.P., October 1917, 12 Annals of the South African Museum. L. Péringuey. The latter has the legs reddish as in typical haematopoda, but the ovipositor is about twice as long as the body. Two females from South-West Africa (Kamanyab, March 1925, and Otjikondo, January 1925, Mus. Exp.) have the ovipositor short as usual, but of a reddish colour. A male from M’fongosi, Zululand, May 1917, W. E. Jones, and another from Potchefstroom, T. Ayres, have the legs rather blacker than in typical haematopoda, but not quite as black as in tetrachaeta. Aciura tetrachaeta Bezzi, 1918, var. interrupta, var. nov. Under this variety is placed a series of specimens which differ from both tetrachaeta and haematopoda in having the basal costal line broken for a short distance before reaching the stigma, while the legs are reddish as in haematopoda. There is a male specimen from Henkries, Bushmanland, November 1911, Lightfoot ; three females (Dunedin, Musto; Steynsburg, Cape, April 1914, Lightfoot; and Jackalswater, Bushmanland, Lightfoot) have the ovipositor longer than the abdomen, as in tetrachaeta, while a female from Komatipoort, November 1925, R. W. Tucker, has a short ovipositor. With the available material it is not possible to estimate the exact status of these three forms (tetrachaeta Bez., haematopoda Bez., and unterrupta var. n.); the examination of a large series of specimens from various localities, especially in regard to the coloration and the length of the ovipositor, would be necessary. Aciura angusta Loew, 1861. There are two females from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp., and another from M’fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones. Aciura perprcillaris Bezzi, 1920. A Central African species ; there are some specimens from Mulange, Uganda, November—December 1922, R. Dummer. SPHENISCOMYIA Bezzi, 1913. While accepting Bezzi’s definition of this genus given on page 123 of vol. xv of the Bulletin of Entomological Research (1924), it is not possible to form an opinion on the validity of Hendel’s Metasphenisca without an examination of specimens of a species actually placed in the last-named genus. Bezzi seems to consider quaternaria Bez., senaria Bez., and quinaria Bez. as belonging to Metasphenisca, Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 18 separating them on account of the whitish bristles on the occipital border. This division, however, as seen in Bezzi’s table of the species of Spheniscomyia, quite erroneously separates binaria Lw. from the three species mentioned ; the four undoubtedly belong to the same group, and may even be little more than variations of one species— senaria Bez., in particular, seems little more than a variety of binaria Lw. From an examination of a large series of specimens of binaria, quaternaria, and quinaria, the most that can be said is that in the two latter the occiptal bristles have a tendency to be whitish. A revised table of the Ethiopian species follows :— 1. (6) Scutellum with four bristles. (3) Wings with a single hyaline indentation on fore border ; the four peice indentations on hind border broad and not in pairs sexmaculata Macq. 3. (2) Wings with two approximated hyaline indentations on fore border; the four posterior indentations short and paired. 4. (5) Three rounded hyaline spots in middle of wing; external posterior indentation not longer than anterior one, and ending at fourth vein ternaria Lw. 5. (4) No hyaline discal spots; the external posterior indentation longer, extending into submarginal cell A : . . capensis Rond. (1) Scutellum with two bristles. 7. (8) Only one hyaline indentation on fore border and two on hind border ; three hyaline discal spots ; base of wing black; halteres black compacta Bez. 8. (7) Two hyaline indentations (or spots) on fore border ; four or more on hind border ; base of wing hyaline; one or more hyaline discal spots ; halteres whitish. 9. (10) Wings with two regular hyaline indentations on fore border; four, paired, indentations on hind border; only one hyaline spot at base of discoidal cell ‘ ; : : ; neavet Bez. 10. (9) Two irregular hyaline spots on ine Loree 11. (12) Femora entirely yellow; hyaline indentations on fore border about equal in size, 1.e. both extend into submarginal cell . quinaria Bez. 12. (11) Femora black ; outer hyaline indentation on fore border smaller and not extending into submarginal cell. 13. (16) Hyaline indentations on hind border not fused with discal spots except that at outer end of discoidal cell. 14. (15) Hind border of wing ae hyaline with ie one or rarely two rays to hind margin : : binaria, Lw. 15. (14) Hind border with shees rays to lines margin ; first posterior cell with a single basal hyaline spot : : senaria Bez. 16. (13) Hind border with three rays to hind margin ; feeling indentations long and broad, and fused with hyaline spots at base of first posterior cell and in the discoidal cell ; first posterior cell typically with two hyaline spots . - ° . ° : - quaternaria Bez. 14 Annals of the South African Museum. Spheniscomyra sexmaculata (Macquart, 1843). There are several specimens of this widespread species from Warmbad, Zesfontein, Kaoko Otavi, and Kaross in 8.W.A., January to March 1925, Mus. Exp. Spheniscomyra binaria (Loew, 1861). There are a few specimens from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp. They are all typical, having only one ray to the hind margin of the wing. | Spheniscomyra senarva Bezzi, 1924. Two specimens from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, and two from Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., appear to be this species. | Up to the present time the full description of this species does not seem to have been published ; the only reference is in Bezzi’s table of the species of Spheniscomyia on page 124 of vol. xv (1924) of the Bulletin of Entomological Research, and the locality reference (Uganda) on page 125. SCHISTOPTERINAE. Schistopterum moebiusi Becker, 1903. There are a few specimens of this species from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. This record is of interest and importance as the species has only been recorded from Egypt. Efflatoun (Mem. Soc. Royale Ent. d’Egypte, vol. 11, fase. 2, pp. 72-74 (1924)) states that it is common in Lower Egypt. Bactropota woodi Bezzi, 1924. Of this curious and interesting fly there are a couple of female specimens from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. RHABDOCHAETINAE. Rhabdochaeta nigra Bezzi, 1924, var. anteroflava, var. nov. 32. This form closely resembles Rhabdochaeta nigra Bez., but differs in having all the coxae and the front femora yellow, except that on the latter there is a blackish antero-lateral spot of greater or ANN. S. AFR. MUS. XXIX. PT. 1., ARTICLE 1. The locality Warmbad does not refer to the well known Warmbad in the south of South West Africa, but to a small native village about 10 miles S.E. of Sesfon- tein in the Kaokoveld. See map in vol. XXV. p. 218. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 15 less extent near its distal end. The third antennal joint is not so dark, nor the distal half of the palpi so black. There are numerous specimens from Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. It may be noted here that the form recorded as Rhabdochaeta nigra Bez., by the author in Entomology Memoir No. V (Department of Agriculture, Union of South Africa), page 36, proves to be this same variety. Rhochmopterum munrov Bezzi, 1924, var. major Bezzi, 1926. There is a single, rather damaged, male from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. TRYPETINAE, Platomma luniferum (Loew, 1861). Specimens of both sexes from Kaross, February 1925, and from Kamanyab, March 1925, Mus. Exp. The male is similar to the female, but the abdomen is rather more rusty red, especially the last segment ; the genitalia are also rusty red. Elaphromyva adatha (Walker, 1849). Of this widespread species there are specimens from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer; M/’fongosi, Zululand, May 1917, W. E. Jones, and Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. LEUCOTHRIX, gen. nov. Allied to Afreutreta Bez. and Platomma Bez., but distinct owing to the shape of the head and the length of the antennae. Shining black species with thickened white pubescence on most parts of the body. Head short ; occiput concave above, rather swollen below ; mouth opening narrowed, epistome thin and somewhat produced ; proboscis short and thick with large flattened labellae ; palpi large, flat, and broad ; face long, narrowed, and concave in the middle, with a large rounded tubercle below base of antennae ; frons flat, as long as wide ; antennae long, second joint as long as third, the two together equal to the length of the longer diameter of the eye; lunule distinct but closely approximated to base of antennae; ocellar bristles small and 16 Annals of the South African Museum. white ; thickened white pubescence covering lower parts of head and sides of face and of frons. Thorax as long as wide, convex; black, with faint whitish dust and thickened white pubescence; dorso-centrals slightly before line of anterior supra-alars. Legs normal; middle tibiae with one long and two or three shorter apical bristles. Wings relatively short and broad ; venation much like that of Platomma Bez. Stigma of medium length ; discoidal cell long and broad, extending beyond middle of wing ; lower angle of anal cell rather blunt and slightly produced ; basal cross-vein much attenuated just before reaching fourth vein ; anterior cross-vein short, slightly before outer third of discoidal cell and about four times its length from lower cross-vein ; lower cross- vein about as long as distance between it and upper cross-vein—almost perpendicular with a slight outward curve; fifth vein not reaching the wing margin. Abdomen rather broad, as long as thorax in male, shorter (not including ovipositor) in female ; ovipositor as long as abdomen, wide cone-shaped. Genotype the following new species. Leucothriz barbata, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 6, wing.) A black species with thickened white pubescence, peculiarly shaped head, long antennae, and characteristic wing pattern. S. Length of body, 355 mm.; of wing, 2-6 mm. Head black, shortened, and eyes lengthened perpendicularly ; occiput concave above, swollen below; mouth rather elongate oval, epistome with thin margins and somewhat produced snout-like ; proboscis brownish black, thick and short, with large labellae much compressed laterally ; palpi brownish black, flattened, broad, wider distally with rounded corners ; face shining black, long, narrowed, narrower in middle, and hollowed between epistome and large rounded tubercle below base of antennae; parafacials wide, but narrowed in middle; antennae separated at base by rather more than width of second joint, blackish brown, third joint almost quite black, long ; second joint as long as first, the two together as long as the longer diameter of the eye, and pendant from the first joint, which is one-fourth the length of the second ; second joint cylindrical with short black setulae; third joint linear, somewhat flattened, rounded at apex, and more black on Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 17 apical half ; arista pale brown, hardly longer than third joint, minutely pubescent, basal fourth thickened ; frons flat, with parallel sides, as long as wide ; lunule close to base of antennae; chaetotaxy as follows: three inferior orbitals, the lowest slightly below line of the base of antennae, long, thin and brownish ; lower superior orbital long, thin, and brownish, upper short, thick, and white; ocellars very short, hair-like, white ; inner verticals long, thin, and brownish, the outer short and white; the few occipitals short, thick, and white, while on either side of upper portion of occipital margin is also a row of black setulae ; the lower half of the occiput, the genae and parafacials and sides of face and frons densely clothed with thickened white pubescence, which is long on the lower parts of the head ; the centre of the face is bare, but on the centre of the frons is some scattered white pubes- cence ; round the base of the eye, widening behind, is a streak free of white pubescence but clothed with shining silvery dust. Thorax as long as wide, shining black with faint whitish dust which is thicker on sides, and rather long but not very dense white pubes- cence. Chaetotaxy normal; dorso-centrals slightly before line of anterior supra-alars ; mesophragma black; scutellum black, large, one-third length of thorax, flat, broadly rounded behind ; faint white dust and white pubescence as on thorax; four brownish bristles of about equal length. Legs black with brownish tinge ; all tarsi pale brown ; halteres blackish ; alulae white. Wings relatively short and broad ; venation much as in Platomma luniferum (Lw.). Stigma of medium length; second vein straight; third vein undulating on outer half, reaching margin well before apex of wing; fourth vein ending at apex of wing; discoidal cell long and broad; anterior cross-vein short and about four times its length from lower cross- vein ; lower cross-vein about as long as distance between it and the upper cross-vein, almost perpendicular with a slight outward curve ; anal cell drawn out into a rather blunt, slightly produced point ; basal cross-vein much attenuated just before meeting fourth vein. The wing pattern is in the form of a broad band from the base of the wing, filling the space between the costa and the fourth vein, towards the apex of the wing, then turning round sharply towards the base of the wing, fading somewhat and not actually reaching the base ; around the apex of the wing, from, or just before, the end of the third vein, is a large, lunate, whitish-hyaline area, which extends below narrowly and irregularly along the posterior margin; the inner half of the discoidal cell and the basal cells are also whitish-hyaline ; the . anterior portion of the band is brown and has numerous small, VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 2 18 Annals of the South African Museum. whitish-hyaline spots ; around the bend the spots become larger and the colour less intense, while on the posterior portion of the band the spots are so large as to make it broadly reticulate. The veins are brownish, except the whitish terminal part of the fourth vein in the apical lunate area. The microtrichiae are black on the brown parts of the wing, white elsewhere, but the hind marginal fringe is blackish. °. The single female specimen (of which the head is missing) is similar to the male. The abdomen (not including the ovipositor) is not quite as long as the thorax ; the ovipositor, 1:5 mm. in length, is as long as the abdomen, shining black, with black pubescence, wide cone-shaped, being wide at the base and tapering gradually. Type ¢ and 9 and two other g¢ from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp. Euaresta striatufrons Mro, var. oblita, var. nov. There is a single female from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., which is described here as a variety of a new species, Euaresta striatufrons, to be described elsewhere.* It agrees with strzatifrons in wing pattern and in the well-defined striation on the dorsum of the thorax, but differs in the absence of striation on the frons, which is yellow. The examination of addi- tional material may prove this to be a distinct species. Spathulina semratra (Loew, 1861), var. semirufa Bezzi, 1924. (Plate I, fig. 7, wing.) Of this form there is a typical specimen from Nyaka, P.E.A., February 1924, R. F. Lawrence. A couple of specimens from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp., have the spots on the wings somewhat enlarged, and they are, in fact, intermediate between semirufa and the following new variety. The figure of the wing of semirufa is given for comparison. Spathulina semratra (Loew, 1861), var. swperhyalina, var. nov. (Plate I, fig. 8, wing.) While Spathulina semiatra (Lw.) and the variety semirufa Bez. agree in having predominantly black wings, this new variety differs in having the black pattern so reduced that the wings are mainly hyaline ; the reduction of the black being effected by the increase in size and the coalescence of the hyaline spots. Further, Loew (Berl. * Under a new genus, Insizwa, in a forthcoming number of the Bulletin of Entomological Research. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 19 Ent. Zeitschr., vol. v, p. 276, pl. ii, fig. 12 (1861)) founded his species semiatra on a single female, and he describes the abdomen as “‘ shining black.” As recorded by Bezzi, and in all the specimens seen by me, the abdomen in both sexes of semwrufa Bez. is more or less reddish at the base, more so perhaps in the males than in the females. In this new variety, however, the males only have the abdomen reddish, while in the females the abdomen is shining black. Whether or not the greater reddishness of the abdomen in the male of these forms is to be regarded as a sexual character cannot be decided without a greater series of specimens, and at least not until authentic specimens of males corresponding to Loew’s female have been examined. In the wing pattern the hyaline spots and indentations occupy corresponding positions to those in the typical “black”? wing. The base of the wing is hyaline; stigma black; two large hyaline spots occupy most of the marginal cell, the outer being broadly confluent with the inner of the two large hyaline spots in the submarginal cell. In the first posterior cell are three spots, the inner above the upper cross-vein but not touching any vein, a median one touching the fourth vein, and a large terminal spot that reaches from the vein above to the one below; the three spots in the second posterior cell are all confluent, only a portion of the division between the lower two remaining; these three confluent spots are also more or less confluent with the spot on the fourth vein in the first posterior cell. The confluent spots in the second basal and the discoidal cells are very large, occupying most of the cells; there is also a relatively small spot (sometimes absent) at the outer end of the discoidal cell. The three large indentations in the third posterior and the axillary cells cover most of the area concerned, and are more or less confluent with one another. | Type ¢ and other specimens from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp. ; type 9 from Otjikondo, and a specimen from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. Spathulina péringueyt Bezzi, 1924. One female specimen from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, Cape, November 1925, Mus. Exp. Spathulina arcucincta Bezzi, 1924. The type is a very poorly preserved specimen minus the third antennal joint and the abdomen. There are a few specimens from 20 Annals of the South African Museum. Tradouw Pass, Swellendam, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, November 1916, R. M. Lightfoot. The locality of the type is Kraaifontein, Cape—not Kleinfontein. The following additional descriptive notes are given :— 39. Antennae rather darker yellow than the head, nearly as long as the face, third joint with angular upper corner. Dorsum of thorax with opaque grey dust on which may be seen, especially when viewed rather obliquely from behind, three longitudinal blackish stripes ; the median short stripe reaches only to the middle of the thorax, the two outer, on the lines of the dorso-central bristles, widen and become indistinct towards the scutellum ; the stripes are more distinct in some specimens than in others; pubescence white. Halteres whitish. Wings with two small costal bristles. The hyaline spots and indentations of the wing pattern vary somewhat as shown in the table (p. 21). The abdomen in both sexes is shining black, with black pubescence. The shining black ovipositor is rather narrow and slightly longer than the last two segments. Spathulina elegantula Bezzi, 1924. A small series of specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from Langebergen, Swellendam, 3000-5000 ft., October 1925, K. H. Barnard, agree well with the type specimen. Another specimen, however, from Tradouw Pass, has an additional narrow indentation in the second posterior cell between the normal two. The male is similar to the female. It may be noted that in this, and in the variety diminuta Bez., there is a distinct ‘“‘ apical fork ” in the wing pattern. Spathulina elegantula Bezzi, 1924, var. diminuta Bezzi, 1924. A few specimens from Tradouw Pass, November 1925, Mus. Exp. ; from Matroosberg, Ceres, 3500 ft., November 1917, Lightfoot ; and from Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, November 1916, Lightfoot, agree with the type specimen. Ensina Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830. This genus is becoming more and more unwieldy owing to the number and variety of species included in it. In the present paper the wider interpretation employed by Bezzi is followed, as it seems 21 SS SSS SSS SS ee a ee "Tews *quosq WV “quesq Vy ‘od 44 ur sev ysouly *quosq V a | ‘]TeuIs 971nt “‘quosqVy “quesq Vy ‘od 44 Ul sev ysouy “quoselg | “re[ns -uelly pue |[eus ‘Siew -qns jo puo 4e yey} ‘odeys A a ee eS gh PS eras Re PS ‘Z9q VLONIONOUV VNITOHLVAQ wt suownrwy, fo aqny S = 0) WH = = = ca jensn jo {joo “qsod 4s[ jo “poystuea Ss “quosqy ‘qguosoid yods [ews A10A W ‘yuosqy | pus 7e yeyy ‘oyeredes oqyin% | ysouye ‘Teus 190A ‘a : S “*quUOsol “quesq V “quesq VW 0g “*quoselg Te) 8 = ‘UOA paryy 3 jo puso 4e yods aepnsueiy "]]90 -ysod puz ut yods 104n0 ‘pozefost ‘“[Teus e wloyy .S *poueyysus] | pousyysuey Jo pus Jo0uUr “quosoid u99M4oq SI o10y} SUTYONOY 3 qnq “yuesergq | Sutyonoy yods punor]jeus y | yods jfews YW | [Ms oyu qnq ‘a1es1e, TIS “quosolg rei 3 7 iS “SUIYONOY S TH48 9nq = “Feszt Ur qe = “*quaselg “quosqW ‘quesqy | -nore o10u Yovo pue JesIeT ‘Tjeug 'V aS $s “pueq o7eno1e 190440804 & “*quoselg “quosqy ‘quesqy | SuIUII0y “yUoNPUOD ‘MmorreNy ‘queseig | ‘ody, > Ny 8 *]]99 “sod "[]99 “gsod puz hy ots} *][99 “sreUr ‘sijoo “qsod 4sq pue "]]99 pug ul ‘yueput Joyno o41soddo ‘urea 447 -Qqns UI UIOA pig : jeutsieur ut 4ods 1S ‘ é SIVUIQNS JO spue ye syodg ‘ s ioyno ‘“1eyTeuULG UO [[90 “4so0d 4sT ur yodg jo puo ye yodg Jeyno ‘1ay]eurg = NX 22 Annals of the South African Museum. advisable that before any breaking up of the group is considered a general review of the species should be undertaken. Ensina barnardi Bezzi, 1924. In addition to the two females seen by Bezzi, his type and another specimen, there are a few other specimens also from South-West Africa: Windhoek, December 1919, R. W. Tucker; Otjiverongo, February 1920, R. W. Tucker; and Kamanyab, February 1925, Mus. Exp. The species seems to be fairly common in South-West Africa. A comparison of the type and other specimens with the description calls for the following remarks :— The proboscis, which Bezzi states to be “about as long as the entire body,” is actually only slightly longer than the thorax, or about twice as long as the head. The first basal cell is stated to be unspotted ; in both specimens seen by Bezzi, however, there is a small, rather inconspicuous, spot in the outer part of the cell; in seven other specimens the first basal cell is quite unspotted, two have a small spot, and in four the spot is quite conspicuous. As regards the coloration of the body, the thorax and scutellum are so heavily grey-dusted as to appear whitish, except the margins of the scutellum which are blacker. The abdomen is only slightly grey-dusted and, compared to the thorax, distinctly blackish. The undescribed male is similar to the female. The genitalia are shining black. ce Ensina mecistocephala, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 9, wing.) Very similar to Ensina barnardi Bez. in size and wing pattern, but with a much more elongated head. 3. Length of body and of wing, 455 mm. Head much depressed and very elongate wedge-shaped, three-quarters as high as long ; eyes oval, with long axis directed backwards; peristome very prominent, projecting beyond outer edge of antennae by a distance equal to the width of the third antennal joint; yellowish, with a blackish mark below face. Face narrow, strongly incurved owing to prolongation of peristome ; yellow on sides, with a dark brown median stripe. Parafacials very wide, twice as wide as width of third antennal joint, yellow, but broadly blackish towards eye, and with a deep brown, kidney-shaped, longitudinal spot at top. Frons Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 23 long and narrow, with parallel sides, slightly hollowed, twice as long as wide; yellow and narrowly grey on sides anteriorly, posteriorly broadly grey on sides, yellow centrally, with a narrow dark median stripe; vertex, including ocellar dot, grey. Lunule large, but relatively smaller than in Ensina reticulata n. sp., depressed, dark brownish with black centre, covered with fine grey dust. Antennae not quite as long as face; all joints brownish, as is thickened basal fourth of arista, terminal portion of arista darker; third joint of antenna rounded apically. Palpi narrow, flat, not spatulate, extend- ing well beyond peristome. Proboscis with basal portion blackish and as long as head; apical portion yellow, and about one-seventh longer than basal. Chaetotaxy: three inferior orbitals, verticals and lower pair of superior orbitals brown; upper pair of superior orbitals, post-verticals, and occipitals white (most of the occipitals are missing in the specimen) ; bristles and hairs on lower parts of head white. 2 Thorax and scutellum entirely dull black, except humeri, base of wings, and a small spot between, yellowish. Dorso-centrals on line of anterior supra-alars; praescutellars present. It is to be noted that the specimen is rather damaged and had become greasy ; the dull black appearance of the thorax is due to this ; after a comparison with fresh and greasy specimens of Ensina barnardi Bez. it is most probable that in this species, too, both thorax and scutellum are normally covered with thick grey dust, with probably three more or less fuscous longitudinal lines on the dorsum of the thorax. The thorax and scutellum have also been denuded of most of the white pubescence. On the scutellum were four bristles, all probably of equal length. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae brownish black ; all femora black except on distal ends yellow, least yellow on front femora; all tibiae brownish yellow and tarsi yellow. Wing very similar in pattern to that of Ensina barnardi Bez., but blacker and with hyaline spots small. Base of wing from stigma to outer end of anal cell hyaline ; stigma yellow, brownish at outer end ; two triangular, adjacent, hyaline spots next to stigma, the apex of inner reaching second vein, of outer not quite; a fair-sized spot near end of marginal cell; submarginal cell subhyaline brownish at base, otherwise unspotted except for ends of costal indentations noted ; first basal cell unspotted ; first posterior cell with two small hyaline spots, one about inner third midway between veins and one touching fourth vein at outer third ; immediately above this, touching the third vein, is another spot which is only just perceptibly hyaline; discal 24 Annals of the South African Museum. cell with three small round spots—one touching fourth vein at inner quarter, one just above fifth vein about middle, and one at outer quarter about midway between the longitudinal veins; second posterior cell with a small irregular, and two larger, marginal indenta- tions ; third posterior and axillary cells together with a wide, two- pointed, marginal indentation, which has a dark spot about its middle on wing margin ; anterior cross-vein about its own length from lower, and each narrowly edged with subhyaline yellowish ; lower angle of anal cell acute. Abdomen and genitalia black, rather shining, with very slight indication of grey dust. Type 3, a single specimen from Koabendus, 8.W.A., January 1926, Mus. Exp. Ensina reteculata, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 10, wing.) Closely allied to both Ensina barnard: Bez. and Ensina mecistoce- phala, n. sp., especially in the peculiar elongation of the head, but differing in having a typical Hnsina-like reticulate wing pattern. 3. Length of body, 45 mm.; of wing, 4:3 mm.; of ovipositor, 10mm. Head much depressed and elongate, wedge-shaped, not quite twice as long as high; eyes oval, long axis directed backwards ; mouth border very prominent, channel-like, but hardly projecting beyond line of outer edge of antennae ; face narrow, whitish; para- facials as broad as third antennal joint, whitish but with a subtrans- lucent, blackish spot near middle and a brown, elongate spot at top ; peristomalia whitish ; frons elongate, with parallel sides, not quite one and a half times as long as wide, flat, yellow centrally in front, with some very fine golden pubescence, slightly blackish grey at sides and behind, ocellar dot black ; lunule very large, grey, swollen ; occiput yellow, broadly black in centre; antennae as long as face, first two joints yellowish, third reddish, second joint prominent, third rounded apically ; arista with thickened basal fourth yellowish, distal three-fourth brown and very finely pubescent ; palpi flattened, narrow, projecting slightly beyond mouth border ; proboscis yellowish, long, about twice as long as head, the terminal portion being as long as the basal; bristles on occiput thick and white, yellowish on lower side of head, remainder brown. Thorax elongate, with five longitudinal fuscous stripes separated by grey. The two lateral lines extend from humeri above wing bases and end rather diffusely on scutellum; the three median lines converge Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 25 before reaching scutellum; bristles brownish, and on dorsum are situated on the longitudinal lines where the alveoli are ring-like, and are surrounded by small brown areas; pubescence white; dorso- centrals on line of anterior supra-alars. Scutellum greyish centrally, more fuscous laterally ; with four brownish bristles of equal length. Pleura and sterna blackish, with rather sparse white pubescence and some longish, flattened, white hairs on humeri and propleura. Mesophragma blackish. Legs entirely yellow except dark spots near extremity of middle and hind femora. It is to be noted that the male type is greasy and the thick dust on dorsum has disappeared. The dorsum is dull black, the rest of the thorax is dull, rather dark, yellow. The scutellum, except extreme dull black base, is also yellow. In the female type the abdomen, except the last segment, is dull reddish yellow, darker on anterior half, and with a more or less well- defined, median, darkish line; pubescence golden; last segment shining reddish yellow, with the pubescence very fine medially. Ovipositor shining black, triangular, as long as last three segments, with blackish pubescence. In the damaged male type the abdomen seems to have been covered with thick dust rather more greyish than in the female. The denuded portions of the abdomen are reddish, the anterior and posterior margins of the segments blackish; with short yellow pubescence ; on the posterior margin of last segment are a few thin bristles ; genitalia rather shining yellow. Wing: cross-veins rather approximated, the upper its own length from the lower ; third and fourth veins strongly convergent towards apex of wing; veins pale yellowish, but darkened where markings touch them; pattern reticulate, narrow, and pale; stigma black, with broad yellow subhyaline spot at inner third ; the reticulation of the discoidal cell is well marked. Types ¢ and 9, Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. Ensina sororcula Wiedemann, 1830. Numerous specimens from Kaoko Otavi, S8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.; Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1926, Mus. Exp.; and a couple from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer. Ensina gladiatrixz Bezzi, 1920. There are several specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from Zesfontein, 26 Annals of the South African Museum. S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., which I refer to this species. It seems, however, that this and Ensina liliputiana Bez. may be only varieties of one species, H. laliputiana being the smaller and darker. The wing pattern in LZ. gladiatrix shows some variation : the hyaline spot at the end of the first posterior cell is often confluent with the one before it in the same cell and with the ones above and below it. Ensina liliputiana Bezzi, 1924. Two specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., may be placed here. They are very similar to some of the specimens of Ensina gladiatrix Bez. recorded from the same locality, but the hind tibiae are distinctly blackened, although not quite as much as is the case in the type specimens. Further, they are rather larger than the types. Ensina hyalipennis Bezzi, 1924. There are several specimens of this species from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and a pair from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. In comparing the type specimen with the description, it is difficult to understand the reference to the length of the proboscis being as “long as the body ”’; from actual measurements, the length of the body, 2-5 mm., given in the description, is found to be the extreme length from the front of the head to the end of the ovipositor. Further measurements show that the proboscis is two-thirds the length of the body, or not quite three times the length of the head. The body and wing lengths are approximately equal, but the body is often difficult to measure owing to its bent position. Wing lengths vary from 2:3 mm. to 3-4 mm. In some specimens the frons and lunule are yellow, but this seems to be due to discoloration. The abdomen, both in the type and in other specimens, is shining black with rather long, pale yellowish pubescence as stated by Bezzi. The undescribed male is similar to the female. The genitalia are rather dull black. Ensina anceps Loew, 1861, and var. fasczolata Bezzi, 1924. Two specimens from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp., belong to the anceps form, that is, there are three hyaline spots in the marginal Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 27 cell beyond the stigma. Three from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from French Hoek, December 1917, K. H. Barnard, belong to the form fasciolata Bez., having only two hyaline spots in the cell mentioned. For reasons similar to those stated under Ensina rzgnobilis (Lw.) it does not seem that the separation of fascrolata as a variety is justified. Ensina myiopitoides Bezzi, 1908. There is a specimen from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp., and three from Matroosberg, 3500 ft., Ceres district, November 1917, Lightfoot. The species is variable in size, wing lengths varying from 2-1 mm. to 3°3 mm. Ensina ignobilis Loew, 1861, and var. plebeja Bezzi, 1924. Among numerous specimens collected by the Museum Expedition in the Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, in November 1925, it is interesting to note that only one or two have the stigma spotted, that is, the majority belong to the species zgnobilos Lw., and not to Bezzi’s variety plebeja. A few specimens, however, from South-West Africa (Warmbad, February 1925; Kaoko Otavi, March 1925, Mus. Exp.) have all the stigma spotted and so belong to the variety (cf. Munro, Entomology Memoir, Union Dept. of Agric., No. 5, 1926, p. 26). From a consideration of this material and of many specimens in my own collection, it hardly seems that the separation of the variety plebeja on account of the spotted stigma is justified. The species (ignobilis Lw., s. 1.) is one that shows great instability, both as regards wing pattern and also in the intensity of the coloration of the pattern. Typically the wing pattern is reticulate and covers the outer two- thirds of the wing surface ; the markings are fainter and less defined in the discoidal and third posterior cells; the hyaline spots are rounded, but vary individually very much in size, tending to become confluent. Points to be remarked are that in the marginal cell, beyond the brown spot below the stigma, there are, as a rule, three hyaline spots, but occasionally four or only two; the hyaline spot at the outer end of the first posterior cell is practically constant in all specimens ; the stigma is the darkest part of the wing and may be almost black, the spot may be quite small, or cover almost half the area of the stigma, while further, as noted by Bezzi, it may be absent 28 Annals of the South African Museum. on one wing and present on the other of the same specimen; the inner corner of the stigma is more often than not hyaline. The main line in the reduction of the pattern, as shown in several specimens, is in the confluence of the hyaline spots with those above and below in adjacent cells, resulting in the wing becoming more or less banded in appearance, but the bands are never so clearly defined as those on the wings of Ensina anceps Lw.—the fact that the spots have coalesced is always apparent. In two or three specimens the reduction of the pattern and of the intensity of the coloration have proceeded so far that the wing resembles that of Ensina sororcula (Wd.). In the majority of the specimens the femora are black, except for the extreme distal ends, but in a few the black is more restricted. It may thus be concluded that only one variable species is under consideration ; a closer study, however, especially a comparison of allied species, may reveal facts necessitating a revision of this conclusion. Ensina hieroglyphica Bezzi, 1924. One specimen from Swellendam, October 1925, K. H. Barnard. Sphenella marginata Fallen, 1820, and var. melanostigma Bezzi, 1908. Of this widespread species there are a few specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp. I am unable to regard melanostegma Bez. as more than a variety of marginata Fall., if indeed it is not but little more than a variation. In the present material some of the specimens have the stigma entirely black, but the apical black spot in most has a distinct tooth; it is remarkable that, in spite of the fewness of the specimens, they show quite a wide range from spotted to unspotted stigma and toothed to untoothed apical fuscous band. Sphenella nigricornis Bezzi, 1924. There is a single male specimen from Willowvale, Cape, 6.1.17. With regard to the description of the type, it may be noted that the frons is as long as width at vertex, and not twice as long as broad. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 29 Euribia praetexta Loew, 1861. There is a single specimen from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer. Euribia caffra Loew, 1861. This species, together with Eurzbia dissoluta (Lw.), Euribia tri- strigata Bez., and Huribia cyana (Walk.), seem to be variations of one species. Without, however, much more material and more detailed anatomical studies it is not possible to make any definite decision. The species are distinguished on differences in wing pattern, but, as is the case with various groups of Hnsina, etc., the wing pattern is very inconstant. According to Bezzi’s tables (Bulletin of Entomological Research, vol. xv, p. 138) Huribia caffra is the form in which the markings on the wings are arranged so that there is a more or less definite band across the middle of the wing, and the hyaline spot at the end of the first posterior cell is small (“ much narrower than the space between the third and fourth longitudinal veins ”—Bezzi). Specimens in my own collection, and one in the South African Museum collection determined by Bezzi, show this spot nearly as wide as the space mentioned. The band across the wing is, as a rule, well defined, especially when examined with the naked eye. There is a specimen from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer, which is a typical Huribia caffra (Lw.). Euribia tristrigata Bezzi. Of specimens that may be referred to this species I have only seen five. There are three in the present material—one from Durban, September 1920, C. P. van der Merwe; one from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.; and one from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer. It is, therefore, not possible to judge much of the wing-pattern variation, nor to compare them with typical Euribia caffra wings. In all there is a band across the wing, especially on naked-eye examin- ation, but it is much less definite than in caffra. The spot at the end of the first posterior cell in the Durban and Kaoko Otavi specimens is large, touching both the third and fourth veins. In the Uganda specimen the spot, while large, does not reach either vein. It should be noted further that the Uganda and Kaoko Otavi specimens might 30 Annals of the South African Museum. well be regarded as Euribia dissoluta Lw., as the stripes on the dorsum of the thorax are practically absent. The appearance of the stripes on the thorax depends on the state of preservation of the specimen. Loew (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. v, p. 291, 1861) states “‘ Die Oberseite des Thorax nur mit einer sehr undeutlichen Spur von Langslinien ” in the case of dissoluta, while, in his description of tristrigata, Bezzi (Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 1x, p. 37, 1918) says, “On the back (of thorax) there are three well-marked longitudinal stripes.” In this connection it is interesting to note that an examination of a series of Huribia caffra (Lw.) shows that in fresh, well-preserved specimens there are also three similar longitudinal stripes on the dorsum of the thorax ; for some reason, however, specimens tend to become greasy, and then the lines practically disappear, or are difficult to see except anteriorly. It is inferred, therefore, that Loew happened to have a badly preserved specimen, but definite information could only be obtained from an examination of the type if it is still in existence. There does not seem to be any other character except the thoracic stripes on which to separate dissoluta Lw. and tristrigata Bez. It may be noted that Bezzi (Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 558, 1924) actually saw no specimens he could consider to be dissoluta Lw., but considered his trzstrigata might only be a form of it. Acanthiophilus hessei, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 11, wing.) A distinct species with a well-defined, dimidiate, reticulate wing pattern. 3¢. Length of body and of wing, 3-0 to 3-4 mm. in males and 3-7 to 3-8 mm. in females. Head shorter and wider than high, yellow, occiput black centrally ; frons narrowed in front, rather more so in male than in female, as long as wide at vertex, yellow in front and centrally with paler yellow margin round lunule, posterior corners broadly darker yellow ; ocellar dot blackish ; slight yellow pubescence in middle anteriorly, and a line along sides of frons; lunule wide, yellow, with its margins marked with sharply impressed lines. Chaetotaxy : postverticals, upper superior orbitals, occipitals, and hairs on lower side of head yellow; verticals, ocellars, lower pair of superior orbitals, and the two pairs of lower orbitals, black. Antennae as long as face, rather darker yellow than head, third joint broadly rounded at end. Proboscis yellow, short, geniculate, distal portion two-thirds length of basal; palpi short, flat. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 31 Thorax with dorsum rather shining black, but normally covered with thick yellow dust, together with closely set white pubescence. Bristles black; dorso-centrals before line of anterior supra-alars. Pleura and sterna black, except yellowish wing bases, with less grey dust, and less, but often longer, white pubescence, than on dorsum. Pteropleural bristles whitish. MHalteres yellow. Scutellum flat, shining yellow, with very fine yellow dust, some short yellow pubes- cence, and four black bristles of equal length. Mesophragma black with fine grey dust. Abdomen in the male rather shining black, finely grey-dusted, with narrow yellow posterior margins to segments—yellow margins wider on venter ; white pubescence and a few dark bristles on posterior margin of last segment. Genitalia large, rounded, as wide as posterior margin of last segment and visible from above; shining black with slight white pubescence. In the female the abdomen is covered with yellow or white pubescence, which is longer on posterior margins of segments and is darkened on posterior margin of last segment. The first segment is black with yellow posterior edge, but more or less thickly covered with yellow dust; second segment with yellow posterior margin and more or less thickly covered with yellow dust on sides only ; third and fourth segments black with yellow posterior margins; fifth segment with yellow posterior margin wider, almost half the width of the segment ; all the black on the abdomen is finely covered with grey dust. Ovipositor trapezoidal, short—only slightly longer than last segment, shining black with white pubescence on basal portion and fine black pubescence on distal portion. Venter blackish with short yellow pubescence. Wings strongly dimidiate, having a rather pale but well-marked brown pattern restricted to above the fourth vein from base to apex ; below this vein there is a slight reticulation at the end of the discoidal cell, and odd brown spots in the third posterior cell. The pattern is reticulate with numerous rather small hyaline spots arranged con- spicuously along adjacent sides of veins. Stigma black, but with a large yellow spot at outer third, and the base yellow to a greater or less extent. Type g and 9 and some other specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp. Trypanea peregrina (Adams, 1905). There is one specimen from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp. 32 Annals of the South African Museum. Trypanea bulligera Bezzi, 1924. There are specimens of both sexes from the type locality, Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, April 1916, R. M. Lightfoot ; one from French Hoek, December 1917, K. H. Barnard; and one from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp. A comparison of Bezzi’s type female with the specimens of females represented here reveals the fact that he has inadvertently described the female of his Trypanea euarestina as the female of Trypanea bulligera (Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xix, pp. 563-564, 1924). In the genuine females of T. bulligera there is an identical “ bulla ” as is present on the wing of the male. The error seems to have arisen owing to the fact that occasionally two or three specimens—often of different species—were pinned on one mount; in this case a male bulligera and a female euarestina had been placed together. It is perhaps wise not to pin more than one specimen on a single mount unless it is a pair actually taken in copula, a fact which Bezzi evidently assumed in the present instance. With regard to the male the following additional notes are given: The frons is only a little longer than wide (9 : 8), and not one and a half times as long as wide as stated by Bezzi. In some specimens there is a faint median greyish stripe on the frons. The abdomen is only covered with cinereous dust on the first segment, the remainder are more shining black with very little dust. In the wing the third vein is curved forward just above the “ bulla.” The characters of the female are: Length of body and of wing, 3°6to 4:0 mm. The frons is a little longer than broad (10: 8), and thus a little narrower proportionately than in the male; it is yellow with a wide, distinct, median, grey-dusted stripe, narrowing from the blackish ocellar dot, which is also grey-dusted, to the lunule ; sides of frons grey-dusted, and appearing shining white from certain angles, especially from behind. The abdomen has cinereous dust on first segment, the remainder being rather dull shining black with slight dust. Pubescence white. Venter more reddish. Ovipositor shining black with white pubescence; rather narrowed, with rounded end, and as long as last two segments. Legs as in male. Wings as in male, that is, there is also present a peculiar rounded “ bulla ” just before the middle of the first posterior cell, and the third vein is curved forward just above the bulla. The cross-veins are close, being less than the length of the upper apart ; lower angle of anal cell is rectangular. Wing pattern as in male. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 33 Trypanea euarestina Bezzi, 1924. (Plate I, fig. 12, wing.) Trypanea bulligera Bez., female (Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 563, 1924). Very like Trypanea bulligera Bez., but differing by the absence in both sexes of the peculiar bulla on the wing. There are several specimens of both sexes from Winterhoek (3600-3800 ft.), Tulbagh, April 1916, R. M. Lightfoot. As the type specimen is in very poor condition the following notes, on both sexes, have been made, apart from the fact that the female was described by Bezzi as the female of Trypanea bulligera. 32. The antennae are shorter than the face; palpi short, thick, flattened, and curved ; the basal portion of the proboscis is longer than the mouth, and the apical shorter than the basal. The abdomen is shining black, and wholly grey-dusted, but less densely than on the thorax, and with white pubescence. The wing is very similar to that of 7. bulligera, but, as stated above, the bulla is absent in both sexes and the third vein straight ; the cross-veins are a little more than the length of the upper apart, and the lower angle of the anal cell is distinctly acute; the wing pattern is also very similar to that of T. bulligera, but the stigma is slightly infuscated along the costa, and the bar across the discoidal cell is not prolonged beyond the fifth vein in any of the specimens examined. Genitalia black. Ovipositor shining black, flattened, and as long as the last three segments. With regard to Bezzi’s figure of the wing of this species (Ann. S.A. Mus., vol. xix, 1924, pl. xv, fig. 121) it is to be regretted that it is drawn rather out of proportion ; a fresh drawing is given here. Trypanea luctans, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 13, wing.) Very similar to both Trypanea bulligera Bez. and Trypanea euares- tina Bez. in wing pattern ; it differs from 7’. bulligera in the absence of the bulla on the wing, and from 7’. euarestina in having the lower angle of the anal cell a right angle. 2. Length of body, with ovipositor, 3-5 mm.; of wing, 3-0 mm.; of ovipositor, 0-°8 mm. Head pale yellow; frons slightly longer than broad, flat, with parallel sides, yellow centrally and in front, greyish behind and with grey margins; ocellar dot blackish ; lunule yellow. Epistome slightly projecting, mouth wide; proboscis rather darker VOR. Ex, PARI |. 3 34 Annals of the South African Museum. yellow, geniculate, basal portion as long as mouth, apical half length of basal; occiput black centrally, yellow on sides. Antennae rather darker yellow, shorter than face, third joint broad and rounded. Chaetotaxy : two pairs of lower orbitals, lower pair of superior orbitals, ocellars, verticals, and genal black; upper pair of superior orbitals, occipitals, and hairs on lower part of head white. Thorax: dorsum bluish black with cinereous dust, except humeri yellowish ; rather sparse white pubescence and black bristles ; dorso- centrals much before line of anterior supra-alars. Pleura and sterna bluish black with some yellow dust and yellow pubescence. Scutellum as thorax; with two bristles. Legs entirely yellow. Wings: distance between ends of first and second veins relatively much shorter than same distance in both 7. bulligera and T. euarestina ; cross-veins approximated, being less than the length of the upper cross-vein apart; lower angle of anal cell a right angle; costal bristle double. Wing pattern of same type as in T. bullwgera and T. euarestina, that is, stigma broadly united to dark pattern which extends well towards base of wing. The apical fork is complete ; two streaks extend across second posterior cell—one along lower cross-vein and one across outer end of discoidal cell—all reaching margin of wing. At end of submarginal cell are two marginal hyaline indentations, and two along costa into marginal cell, the one next to the stigma being relatively much shorter than the corresponding mark on the wing of the two species already mentioned; stigma broadly infuscated along costa, and discoidal cell broadly infuscated along its upper half. Abdomen shining black, somewhat dusted with bluish cinereous basally and with black pubescence; venter rather dull black. Ovipositor shining black, with black pubescence ; flat ; rather longer than last two segments. Type @ from Matroosberg, 3500 ft., Ceres district, November 1917, R. M. Lightfoot. Trypanea confluens (Wiedemann, 1830). Of this common species there are a few specimens from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp. ; one from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), March 1926, Mus. Exp.; and one from Tradouw Pass, Swel- lendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp. Trypanea woodi Bezzi, 1924. There is a male from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 35 Trypanea amoena (Frauenfeld, 1856). A single female specimen from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp., appears to be this European species. The specimen is unfortunately rather damaged, but the wing pattern is practically identical with the figure given by Bezzi in the Memoirs of the Indian Museum, vol. i, pl. x, fig. 70, except that the stigma is yellowish hyaline, with a dark spot on the costa at the end of the axillary vein. Further, a comparison with European specimens re- veals the same slight difference. Trypanea amoena (Frf.) is widespread throughout Europe and the entire Oriental Region as far as the Philippines. It is common in Egypt, and has been recorded by Bezzi from Erythrea. Trypanea superdecora Bezzi, 1924. There is a single specimen from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp. Trypanea bisreducta Bezzi, 1924. Three specimens from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp., agree with the type in the reduced pattern, with only a rudi- mentary tooth projecting into the second posterior cell. A specimen from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., has two short, but distinct, rays into the second posterior cell, and in this it agrees with a specimen in my collection determined as bisreducta by Bezzi, but it may be noted that they apparently run down to azra (Walk.) in Bezzi’s tables on pages 141-143 of vol. xv of the Bulletin of Entomological Research. It may be suggested here that not only bisreducta Bez. and atra (Walk.) but also stellata (Fiissl.) are forms of one species. No definite statement can, however, be made without adequate material for study. , Two further specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., are also referred here, and they agree with a specimen in my collection which Bezzi considered as probably bisreducta. They differ from the type in having the black spot at the end of the wing larger and more intense black; the short streaks radiating from it are thicker, so that there is a complete hyaline spot opposite the top end of the lower cross-vein. Further, there is a short, broad tooth projecting into the second posterior cell, and in one specimen this encloses a hyaline dot. In my specimens, and in one 36 Annals of the South African Museum. from Tradouw Pass, there are no hyaline dots on the black, but in the other Tradouw Pass material there is a small hyaline dot at the top just below the end of the marginal cell. There are no structural differences in the wing venation in the various specimens. Trypanea maculaminuta, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 14, wing.) The species is characterised by the extreme reduction of the apical spot on the wing, which is otherwise quite hyaline. It is much like the European Trypanea eluta (Meig.) in appearance, but is dis- tinguished by having only two scutellar bristles. 3. Head pale yellow; eyes large, rounded ; occiput yellow with central black spot; mouth large, round, mouth border slightly projecting ; palpi and proboscis short, labellae large ; face narrow ; antennae not quite as long as face, third jomt darker yellow, with sharp upper angle ; frons about one and a half times as long as wide at vertex, rather narrowed in front, yellow centrally with broad grey border and grey ocellar dot; three inferior orbitals; occipital bristles white, other bristles brownish ; lunule yellow. Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen covered with blue-grey dust and white pubescence; humeri yellowish; bristles brownish, dorso- centrals before line of anterior supra-alars ; scutellum with two long bristles. Halteres white. Legs yellow, front femora swollen and with a row of yellow bristles. Ovipositor shining black, triangular, rather longer than last two segments ; with white pubescence. Wings with normal venation; cross-veins slightly farther apart than length of upper. Hyaline with greatly reduced pattern ; stigma slightly infuscated along costa, or more or less wholly, but faintly, infuscated ; costa dark along basal half of stigma; upper and lower cross-veins darkened ; a faint dark bar at middle of distance between ends of second and third veins extends in female type across marginal cell, and in male type and other specimens across submarginal cell as well; the infuscated spot at apex of wing covers the end of the marginal cell for one-third of the distance between ends of second and third veins, extends across submarginal cell and one-third of way across first posterior cell, where it narrows abruptly before continuing to fourth vein; on the inner side of this narrowed portion is a half- enclosed hyaline spot ; in one specimen there is a ray to the top of lower cross-vein which practically encloses this spot. The costa is Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. X XIX. Plate I. | Tl if AIA i yA} in a M Alli i; | I, 13. Trypanea luctans Mro. 14. Trypanea maculaminuta Mro. SOUTH AFRICAN TRYPETID DIPTERA. Neill & Co., Lid. Auct. del. Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 37 darkened from the infuscation at the end of the marginal cell to the end of the fourth vein. In some specimens the intensity of the infus- cation is so reduced as to be only just discernible, and the terminal spot is reduced to more or less slightly infuscated spots between the veins. Type ¢ and 9 and some other specimens from Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, and one specimen from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp. Trypanea decora (Loew, 1861). There are three typical specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp. 38 Annals of the South African Museum. A Acanthiophilus Beck. Aciura R.D. adatha (Walk.), Blaphromyia Afrocneros Bez. : aliena Bez., Pardalaspis amoena (Frt.), Trypanea anceps Lw., Ensina angusta Lw., Aciura . anteroflava Veo inabdoeheeta arcucincta Bez., Spathulina australis Bez., Terellia B Bactropota Bez. : barbata Mro., Leucothrix barnardi Bez., Ensina binaria (Lw.), Spheniscomyia binotatus Lw., Dacus. bisreducta Bez., Trypanea brevistriga Walk., Dacus brevistylus Bez., Dacus bulligera Bez., Trypanea C eafira Lw., Euribia Coelotrypes Bez. ; complanata Mro., Terellia . confluens (Wd.), Trypanea cosyra (Walk.), Pardalaspis D Dacus Fabr. decora (Lw.), Trypanea diminuta Bez., Spathulina . E Elaphromyia . elegantula Bez., Spathulina elegantula Bez., var. diminuta Bez., Spathulina Ensina R.D. .. Kuaresta Lw. 3 , euarestina Bez., Trypanea . Kuribia Meig. i fasciolata Bez., Ensina fuscatus Wd., Dacus . INDEX PAGE G 30 | giffardi Bez., Pardalaspis 10 | gladiatrix Bez., Ensina 15 6 H 4 haematopoda Bez., Aciura . 35 | hessei Mro., Acanthiophilus 26 hieroglyphica Bez., Ensina . vi hyalipennis Bez., Ensina y I ignobilis Lw., Ensina. immaculatus Coq., Dacus interrupta Mro., Aciura 14 15 L 22 | Leucothrix M 14 4eucot rix Mro. 3 liliputiana Bez., Ensina 35 longulior Mro., Aciura 3 luctans Mro., Trypanea 3 luniferum (Lw.), Platomma 32 M maculaminuta Mro., Trypanea 29 major Bez., Rhochmopterum 52 6 marginata (Fall.), Sphenella 9 mecistocephala Mro., Ensina 34 melanaspis Bez., Pardalaspis i melanostigma Bez., Sphenella moebiusi Beck., Schistopterum mundus (Lw.), Afrocneros . munroi Bez., var. major Bez., 2 Rhochmopterum : 37 | myiopitoides Bez., Ensina . 20 N nigra Bez., var. anteroflava Mro., 15 Rhabdochaeta 20 | nigricornis Bez., Sphenella . nigrofemorata Mro., Terellia 20 20 O 18 | oblita Mro., Euaresta. = oleae Gmel., Dacus 12 Pardalaspis Bez. 26 | pectoralis (Walk.), Tridacus 2! peregrina (Ad.), Trypanea . Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. péringueyi Bez., Spathulina permagna Mro., Rhacoclaena perpicillaris Bez., Aciura Platomma Bez. , plebeja Bez., Ensina . praetexta Lw., Euribia Pterandrus Bez. Q quinaria Bez., Pardalaspis . R reticulata Mro., Ensina Rhabdochaeta Meij. . Rhacoclaena Lw. Rhochmopterum Speis rosa (Ksh.), Pterandrus rufus Bez., Dacus S Schistopterum Beck. semiatra (Lw.), var. semirufa Bez.., os Spathulina semiatra (Lw.), var. superhyalina Mro., Spathulina ; semirufa Bez., Spathulina . senaria Bez., Spheniscomyia : sexmaculata (Macq.), Sphenis- comyia . : ; : . PAGE 19 5 12 15 Pall 29 4 sororcula (Wd.), Ensina Spathulina Rond. Sphenella R.D. Spheniscomyia Bez. striatifrons Mro., var. oblita Mro.. - Euaresta superdecora Bez., Trypanea superhyalina Mro., Spathulina Ay Terellia R.D. tetrachaeta Bez., var. haematopoda Bez., Aciura . : tetrachaeta Bez. .» var. interrupta Mro., Aciura . Tridadus Bez. ‘ tristrigata Bez., Kuribia Trypanea Schrank Vv vertebratus Bez., Dacus . vittatus Bez., Coelotrypes . W woodi Bez., Bactropota woodi Bez., Trypanea xX xanthochaeta Mro., Terellia 14 34 ' Nr int ae se Wi hatenen. Ha | : 2 Ra 2 ve Bing jaa sete ght : 4 * a oe yy ear nN SNe AE atta, Se es i , ee yo Teh Paty PATA Fi ey r POU, mah te eked (C84) S Nee Tae he ae at i 3 Py ee Pee | 771 Shy meee 4 : , + ‘ 1 ae Pill ars fee revi.) d . 7 a GARRET Vidi 4s 2. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa.—By B. P. Uvarov, Imperial Bureau of Entomology. (With Plate II and 12 Text-figures.) THE present paper is based on a collection of South West African Acrididae submitted to me by Dr. E. L. Gill, Director of the South African Museum, and Dr. A. J. Hesse, of the same Museum. I wish to express here my thanks to both these gentlemen for the opportunity given me to study the interesting material. The Orthopterous fauna of South West Africa seems to be very rich generally and in highly peculiar forms, but it is still imperfectly known. Its study begun with Stal, who had some material from Ovambo- land and Damaraland;* Karsch + also published a short list of Orthoptera of the latter country. The next paper, by Krauss,t also contains a list of species taken at several places in South West Africa, but all these lists are much shorter than that published by Karny,§ which includes a large number of records and descriptions of many new species and genera. Unfortunately, the descriptions are all exceedingly brief, while the illustrations of new forms on the plate are quite useless, being not more than the roughest of sketches, so that most of Karny’s species published in that paper remained unrecognis- able. As a result, some of them have been recently described by me || under other names, and I am glad to be able to establish their correct synonymy now, when I have had an opportunity to study the types * Stal, C., “ Bidrag till sédra Afrikas Orthopter-fauna.”—Ofver. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 1876, No. 3, pp. 29-76. + Karsch, F., “‘ Verzeichniss der von Herrn Waldemar Belck, 1885, in Damara- Land gesammelten Orthopteren.’”—Entom. Nachr., xiii, 1887, pp. 39-46. {t Krauss, H. A., “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orthopteren Deutsch-Stdwest- afrikas.”’—Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li, 1901, pp. 281-293. § Karny, H., “ Orthoptera,” in Leonard Schulze, “‘ Zoologische und anthropolo- gische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siidafrika.” —Denkschr. med.-nat. Gesellschaft, Jena, xvi (4), 1910, pp. 35-90, 1 plate. || Uvarov, B. P., “On some new short-horned grasshoppers (Acrididae) from South Africa.”—Ann. Natal Museum, v, 1925, pp. 159-187, 24 figs. 42 Annals of the South African Museum. of Karny’s species, kindly sent to me by Professor Dr. W. Ramme, of the Berlin Museum. I hope that the present paper will be a useful supplement to that of Karny. The paper does not include the whole of the South West African Acrididae received from the Cape Town Museum, because I thought it better to defer the determination of species of certain difficult groups until it becomes possible to study the groups critically on the basis of a larger material from various parts of South Africa ; I hope to have this opportunity before very long, as I am undertaking to work out the whole collection of the Cape Town Museum. The groups and genera left partly, or wholly, out of the present paper are Pamphaginae (except a new species of Charilaus), most of the Cal- liptamini, genera Acrotylus, Methone, and a few others. Apart from the Cape Town material, I have included in the paper some records of the species collected recently in South West Africa by Mr. R. E. Turner and presented by him to the British Museum. I am very grateful to Mr. Turner for the attention he paid to the collect- ing of Orthoptera at my special request ; it will be seen from the text that he succeeded in discovering some very interesting species. The types of the new species (except when unique) have been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) ; the unique types and paratypes of other species are in the South African Museum, Cape Town. All illustrations for the paper have been made by Mr. D. HE. Kimmins, and I am very much obliged to him for the careful execution of the work. SuBFAMILY ACRIDINAE. Genus ACRIDELLA I. Bolivar. Acridella rendalli (Kirby). South West Africa: Windhoek, 1919, 1 2; Tsumeb, December 1919, 2 99 (R. W. Tucker). Apart from the striking coloration of the hind wings, this species is remarkable for its very long and narrow antennae, even in the female sex, the male being still unknown. Acridella serrata (Thunberg). Windhoek, November 1920, 1 9 (S. Gilman). There are two other species of Acridella in the collection, but I have to leave them unnamed until more South African material of Records and Descrvptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 43 this genus is available for study. Karny (l.c.) recorded A. variabilis, Klug, from South West Africa, but the name conveys very little. Genus THyripota Uvarov. 1925. Thyridota, Uvarov, Ann. Natal Museum, v, p. 160. Thyridota dispar Uvarov. South West Africa: Narebis, 1921, 1 g, 2 99 (K. H. Barnard) ; Kamanyab, March 1925, 2 gg (Mus. Exped.); Otjiverongo, April 1921, 1.4, 12 (J. 8. Brown). Genus PtatypreRNoDES I. Bolivar. Platypternodes crevipes (Stal.) South West Africa: Kamanyab, January 1925, 1 3 (Mus. Exped.) ; Tsintsabis, December 1919, 1 3,12 (R. W. Tucker) ; Otjituo, January 1925, 1 3 (R. W. Tucker). Genus Duronta Stal. Duronia chloronota Stal. A series of specimens from various localities. Genus OrtHocHTHA Karsch. Orthochtha dasycnemis (Gerstaecker). South West Africa: Gaub, January 1919, 3 gg (R. Lightfoot). Genus ParacInEMA Fischer. Paracinema tricolor (Thunberg). South West Africa: Nuragas, January 1919, 2 9? (R. Lightfoot) ; Waterberg, February 1920, 1 3, 299 (R. W. Tucker) ; Otjituo, January 1920, 1 3 (R. W. Tucker). Genus PsEUDOGMOTHELA Karny. 1910. Pseudogmothela, Karny, l.c., p. 79. 1921. Pachycarus, Uvarov, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vii, p. 383 (syn. nov.). Karny described his genus on the basis of three very poor specimens without hind legs. He said in the description that the pronotum has td Annals of the South African Museum. inflexed lateral keels, while in fact the keels are scarcely perceptible at all. = C Cs c 4 ne ny Dy es te “ ~~ Live b eR sibASD ey IY ee Nr el « DEK, Fic. 8.—Bufotettix rubridens, g. et sp. n., g General coloration pale testaceous. Antennae blackish, except basally. Antennal furrows purple. Mandibles of brilliant sealing- wax-red, marginated with black. Lower inner sulcus of hind femora ne 2 et sp g. ix rubridens, Fic. 9.—Bufotett 62 Annals of the South African Museum. pale cinnabar red. Hind tibiae wax-yellow ; their spines with black tips. 2 (paratype). Somewhat larger than the male and very different from it in general appearance, owing to the relatively smaller head and the very strongly dilated pronotum, mesonotum, and metanotum. Face narrower than in the male, with numerous round tubercles. Frontal ridge with the margins irregular even above the ocellum. Vertex forming a very obtuse angle with the face; occiput not convex, concealed under pronotum. Pronotum extremely broad, transverse. The surface very feebly selliform, covered with numerous tubercles partly arranged in series. Hind margin semicircular, armed with conical tubercles. Mesonotum very broad, convex, almost smooth. Metanotum also strongly expanded, with an obtuse median carina ending with an acute median projection ; there are on the hind margin two shorter lateral projections and some small tubercles; the surface of the metanotum uneven and with tubercles. Abdomen relatively small, conical, with a median and two lateral series of tubercles. Valves of the ovipositor short and very stout, excavate and indented near the apices. Length of body, 3 30, 2 36; pronotum, 3 8:5, 2 15; maximum width of pronotum, ¢ 15, 9 20; hind femur, $ 16:5, 9 19 mm. South West Africa: Karibib, March 1923, 6 $3 (including the type which, together with some of the paratypes, is labelled simply ‘‘ Karibib, South West Africa ’’), 7 92 (Mus. Exped.). This extraordinary insect is particularly remarkable for the ab- normal development of the head in the male and of the pronotum in the female, the male reminding one strongly of wingless Stenopelmatids occurring in the same regions of Africa. The mandibles are equally well developed and brilliant red in both sexes, but the red colour becomes invisible when the mandibles are closed, as they normally are. It would be useless to speculate on the biological significance of the coloration of mandibles, since nothing is known about the habits of these insects, which probably belong to the true desert fauna. I have before me also a series of very small larvae (first and second stage) of the same species collected at Outjo in January ; it may be judged from the data that larvae hatch in January and the adult stage is reached in March. I suspected this insect to be identical with Crypsicerus cubicus Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 63 Saussure, which has been described from a single female, but there are some differences between Saussure’s species and our specimens, which cannot be specific only. Thus, in C. cubicus the vertex forms a right angle with the face, while in B. rubridens the angle is very obtuse, particularly in the female. Antennal furrows, which are purple in my species, are black in the other, but this is a specific character, though the length of antennae is generic. The description of the shape of pronotum given by Saussure is not very lucid, but in B. rubridens the pronotum is certainly not “ rhomboidale”’; hind margin in Saussure’s species is said to be “ latiuscule truncatus, subarcuatim incisus,” which description does not fit our insect at all. Hind tibiae in C. cubscus are armed with 5 inner and 6 outer spines, there being no apical spine on both sides; in B. rubridens there are 6 inner and 7 outer spines, as well as a small, but distinct, apical spine on the inner side. The presence of the latter spine, and the structure of the frons, vertex, and antennae, excludes my species from the genus Crypsicerus, according to Saussure’s key to genera, although I am not inclined to attach too much importance to the spine; in. any case, the genus Lathicerus, in which the spine is present, 1s widely different from Crypsicerus in the structure of the sternum. The larvae of B. rubridens, even in the first stage, possess all these characters separating them from C. cubicus. SuBFAMILY PAMPHAGINAE. Genus CHARILAUS Stal. Charilaus monomorphus, sp. n. (Text-fig. 10.) 1876. Charilaus carinatus, Stal (partim!), Ofver. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1876, No. 3, p. 35, 2 (nec 3 !). Differs from all known species by the elytra being rudimentary and the pronotum truncate in both sexes. 3 (type). Antennae considerably longer than head and pronotum together, compressed, but little dilated, basally. Head acutely conical, as long as the pronotum. Face strongly oblique, slightly concave in profile, finely rugulose. Frontal ridge above the ocellum compressed and finely sulcate, below the ocellum 64 Annals of the South African Museum. gradually widened downwards with the margins little raised and the surface scarcely impressed, rugulose. Lateral facial keels fine, straight. Cheeks with fine transverse rugosities. Fastigium of vertex longer than at the base wide, parabolic in shape; the apex with a narrow, closed slit; the surface of the fastigium slightly concave, finely rugulose; the two parallel carinae distinct, though not sharp, becoming irregular on the occiput; median carinula scarcely perceptible. Pronotum with the surface rugulose and granulose. The paired median carinae gradually convergent backwards. Lateral carinae developed between the front margin and the first sulcus, slightly incurved and convergent backwards ; lateral carinae of the metazona are sharp, much more distant from each other than those of the prozona, feebly convergent backwards, while in front of the typical sulcus their prolongation is formed by oblique supplementary carinae of the lateral lobes. Both the front and the hind margin of the pronotal disc are broadly rounded-truncate. Only the typical sulcus developed on the disc and cutting all three keels. Metazona trape- zoidal, equal in length to about three-fourths of the prozona; the width at the hind margin a little greater than the length. Lateral lobes much longer than deep; front margin oblique, feebly sinuate ; lower margin practically straight; hind margin strongly rounded- excised in the lower half, straight and very oblique above; front angle obtuse, hind angle subacute; surface uneven and with round tubercles ; the space between the lateral keels and the supplementary oblique keels of the prozona smooth, longitudinally depressed, the depression being obtusely triangular in cross-section ; there are two deep sulci, the typical one and one in front of it cutting the supple- mentary keels. (Prosternum deformed by the pin.) Mesosternal lobes well separated. The piece between the metasternal lobes circular. Mesonotum, metanotum, and abdomen with an acute median carina. Elytra elongate-oval, lateral, not reaching the middle of the first tergite, with strongly prominent veins and veinlets. Abdomen with the apex slightly recurved. Last tergite with a very large trapezoidal emargination, so that only its sides remain and the supra-anal plate appears to follow the tergite before the last. Supra- anal plate large and consisting of two pieces; the basal piece is trapezoidal with broadly rounded apex and occupies the place of the cut-out portion of the last tergite; the apical piece is elongate- triangular, with feebly convex sides and acute apex. Cerci very Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 65 small, conical. Subgenital plate short, round, with the apex truncate and slightly emarginate. Coloration pale green. Antennae purplish-brown, purplish-red basally. Frontal ridge in its lower portion and broad but indefinite postocular fasciae, whitish ; each of the fasciae includes a yellowish callous stripe ; cheeks with an oblique yellowish-green stripe ; vertex and occiput with brown stripes along the outer edge of the median keels. Pronotum with the following portions brown or brownish: median keels and their interspace in the metazona ; depressed space ~ Be pae YS, AB Rerrass 7): So — Fie. 10.—Charilaus monomorphus, sp. n., gf and 9. between the lateral keels and the supplementary keels in the prozona ; the space between the two sulci of the lateral lobes; and the lower portion of the prozona of the lobes, except the front lower angle. Mesopleurae brown. Elytra chocolate-brown, with the costal margin, radial veins, and the anal margin paler. Abdomen with indistinct darkish lateral fasciae. Lower sulcus of the hind femora pale sealing- wax-red. Hind tibiae purple; their spines very pale testaceous with black tips. 2 (paratype). Considerably larger and more stout than the male. Fastigium of vertex transverse, with the apex obtuse. Head only as long as the prozona of pronotum. Metazona of pronotum about half the length of the prozona; its width at the hind margin more WOL. Te EEE ee OREN. eo (tie Fic. 4.—Gryllacris lyrata. Left middle : 9, apex of right tegmen, with an anomalous ramification of radii sector. Right middle: 9 from Delagoa Bay, anomalous base of left hind wing, seen from below. Above: Q, ramification of medial vein on both tegmina (right normal, left with one supernumerary branch). Below: the same 9, preanal part of left hind wing, anomalous ; media and radii sector arising separately from radial vein. Lowermost: 4 subgenital plate, end of ¢ abdomen in lateral view, end of 2 abdomen in ventral view. All figures of the same magnification. Hind Wings.—Costal area with rather dense cross-veins from base till deviation of radial stem from subcostal vein, then for a long distance without cross-veins, and just before the end with one or a few obliquely directed, rather strong cross-veins again. Radial vein forked as in tegmina, but the ramification beginning already before the middle, the branches, therefore, directed still more longitudinally. In one of the hind wings before me (fig. 4, above) the ramification of radial vein is somewhat anomalous ; it emits at first one hind branch A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 87 which is simply forked in its distal part; just after this chief fork, the fore branch is forked again into a simple fore branch and a hind branch which is bifurcate again shortly beyond its middle ; in all, five branches as usual, but the order of their ramification is anomalous. Rs+M arising from radial stem where this curves again into a longitudinal direction after the deviation from subcostal vein; Rs+M touches at one point the cubital vein (which has a free origin and re- mains simple), or emits a short M, against it. The simple medial vein arises from Rs+M at about the end of basal third; the radial sector is itself then pectinately four-branched backward in apical third of wing-length, but one of the branches may have a further short apical fork. In one case the first cross-vein between radial vein and Rs+M is decidedly oblique (fig. 4, right middle), thus giving the impression of a doubled Rs+M root. Is this perhaps an atavistic formation signifying some relations to the Neotropical species and to the Australian munda group ? In all the other cases now before me the Rs+M root is always simple in lyrata. But there is another hind wing (fig. 4, below) in which radial sector and medial vein show no relations at all to one another, both arising quite independently and freely from the radial stem, viz. the simple medial vein near the wing- base where radial stem deviates from subcostal vein, and the radial sector just before the end of basal third of wing-length, then being pectinately three-branched backward in the apical third. I am, however, inclined to believe that this is a secondary dissolution of Rs+M rather than a primitive formation, though there is no doubt that the latter condition is suggested by the case with exceptionally doubled Rs+M root just mentioned. Middle part of anal fan with thirteen to twenty cross-veins in any area. Gryllacris nana Brunner v. W. Compare Griffini (141), loc. cit., p. 126. 1 2 (det. Griffini), Cape Colony, Port St. Johns, ‘‘ Found in a cocoon of leaves under tree bark.” Griffini has published this specimen and a second one I have not before me as “ nana var,” without giving a name to that variety. This, in fact, is nothing else than the true nana, as the chief character of Griffini’s variety cannot stand, because Brunner’s description of his type specimen is incorrect in this respect, as I have shown in my revision of the Gryllacridae of the Vienna Museum. Griffini had not 88 Annals of the South African Museum. seen Brunner’s type specimen, but knew it from Brunner’s description only. Supplementing Griffini’s description, I give here a figure of the @ subgenital plate, and a discussion of the tegminal and wing venation, which have not yet been described either by Griffini or by Brunner. Tegmina (fig. 5).—Two simple precostals ; at the end of the second one the fore margin being slightly emarginate. Costal vein slightly convex forward, simple, reaching fore margin not before the apical fourth of tegmen. Costal area in the same condition as the others, band-like, though somewhat wider than the others, broadest at about the middle of tegmen. Subcostal vein arising from tegminal base, Sire eea 75. ee Sa a ee 0 ee ee, g Fia. 5.—Gryllacris nana, 9. Left tegmen, preanal part of left hind wing, and © subgenital plate. slightly S-curved, with a very small, simple, apical fork. Radial vein simple or simply forked at the end. Radial sector arising from radial vein somewhat before the middle of tegmen, and receiving just after its origin a distinctly oblique cross-vein from the cubital stem which may perhaps represent the base of the medial vein. At the distance of a cross-vein from it the simple media branches off backwards from the radial sector, so that it cannot be said with certainty whether in fact it starts from the radial sector, or whether from the cubital stem, being only united near the base with the radial sector for some distance. Radial sector itself with a very small apical fork. Cubital vein simple. There follow, furthermore, five simple longitudinal veins ; the common stem of the last two not quite half as long as the radial stem from base to the origin of radial sector. The last longi- A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 89 tudinal vein is less developed than the others, ending near the middle of tegminal hind margin. Hind wings decidedly cycloid, of a similar condition apically as the tegmina, otherwise hyaline. A moderately long space in costal area before its middle without cross-veins. Subcostal and radial veins simple throughout. Medial vein simple, arising from the radial stem where this curves again into the longitudinal direction after the deviation from the subcostal vein. Radial sector arising from radial stem not before the apical third, receiving (on both wings !) just after its origin a very distinct oblique vein from the medial, then simple at the end or with a very small apical fork. Cubital vein free from base, receiving from medial root a short inconspicuous cross-vein ; thence simple till the end. Middle part of anal fan with 7 to 9 cross-veins in every area. Gen. Eremus Brunner v. W. Key to the South African Species of Hremus. 3d. 1. § subgenital plate produced at the end into a narrow median lobe showing a sharp, deep fissure (fig. 7) . : : Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker). 1’. g subgenital plate without any median fissure at the end. 2. 3 subgenital plate produced at the end into a broadly triangular median lobe, on either side of which there is a small triangular lateral lobe (fig. 9) : : : : ‘ . LHremus chimaera Griffini. 2’. § subgenital plate not lobate, rectangular, with rounded angles and a straight or slightly convex hind margin Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker). 3. Clypeus and upper side of femora darkened brownish. Tarsi spotted piceous . Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker) s. str. 3’. Clypeus, femora, and tarsi uniformly pale brownish yellow Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini. ee 1. Ovipositor broad, rounded at the tip (fig. 6). Q subgenital plate transversely rectangular, with rounded angles, hind margin scarcely emarginate Eremus obtusus nov. sp. 1’. Ovipositor evenly pointed at apex or even slightly emarginate above. 2. 2 subgenital plate divided by a broad angulate excision into two large, lateral diverging lobes (fig. 7) : Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker). 2’. 2 subgenital plate with backwardly directed lobes or without any excision at all. 3. 2 subgenital plate with a rectangular excision (fig. 8). Ovipositor somewhat longer than the body Hremus sphingoides nov. sp. 3’. 2 subgenital plate either without any excision or with a narrow fissure. Ovipositor shorter than the body. 90 Annals of the South African Museum. 4. 2 subgenital plate short, slightly rounded or transversely truncate at the end, with an S-like emargination laterally (fig. 9). Ovipositor about one and a half times as long as hind femur, decidedly shorter than the body, evenly obtusely pointed at apex . Hremus chimaera Griffini. 4’, 2 subgenital plate short, bilobate, the lobes lying close together, backwardly directed, rather acute, separated from each other by a narrow median slit. Ovipositor a very little longer than hind femur, strikingly broad, at the end pointed from below, slightly emarginate above before the acute apex (fig. 10) Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker). 5. Clypeus and upper side of hind femora darkened brownish. Tarsi with pitchy spots Hremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker) s. str. 5’. Clypeus, femora, and tarsi uniformly pale brownish yellow Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini. Eremus obtusus nov. sp. 1 2 (type), Cape Town, P. C. Keytel, 1913. Measurements.—Length of body 15-7 mm., pronotum 3-5 mm., fore femur 4-5 mm., left hind femur 8-7 mm., right hind femur 5-6 mm., ovipositor 12-3 mm. Body more massive than in the other South African Hremus species, with short strong legs. General colour brownish yellow, some of the dorsal segments indistinctly darkened along the hind margin. Head hardly wider in dorsal view than pronotum, obovate in frontal view. Boundary between occiput and vertex with two dark spots side by side, lateral to these a nebulous oblique band directed backwards and outwards. Fastigium of vertex fully one and a half times as wide as the first antennal joint, flattened in front, with rather obtuse lateral margins. No ocellar spots. Frons and mouth parts without any peculiarity. Pro-, meso-, and meta-notum as described by Griffini for perongueyt. Fore tibiae, except the very small apical spines, with 4 well- developed spinelets below on either side, which are distinctly shorter than the tibia is thick, and somewhat adjacent. Middle tibiae with but 3 such below on inner margin; on fore (outer) margin there is basally present (on both tibiae) a supernumerary very small spinelet, thus 4 in all, the first of them being much smaller than the others. Hind femora very thick and strong, with 4 very small black-tipped spinelets on inner margin distally below and 3 such on the outer A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 91 margin. The right hind leg is without doubt a regenerate, being much shorter and feebler than the left, the femur spineless throughout. Left hind tibia cylindrical and spineless in basal third, flattened above in middle third, and with 6 very small, black-tipped spinelets on either side above. The right hind tibia is cylindrical throughout, showing only 1 very small spinelet on either Oy side near the middle above; its \ apical spurs too are much less de- Ca veloped than on the left tibia. = (sg \ 2 subgenital plate (fig. 6) trans- Fie. 6.—Hremus obtusus, 9. Apex of ovipositor (left) and subgenital plate (right). versely rectangular, with the sides very slightly converging distally, hind margin with a very slight obtusangular emargination in the middle, slightly arcuate on either side. Ovipositor slightly curved at base only, thence quite straight, very wide (high), rounded off at apex. At once easily distinguishable from all the other Hremus species ; agreeing in most characters with Ametroides peringueyr (Griffini), but distinctly differing from it by the more numerous spines on fore and middle tibiae. Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker). Compare Griffini (141), loc. cat., p. 130. 1 3 (det. Griffini), Cape Town, 8. 152; 1 g (det. Karny), no locality ; 1 $ (det. Karny), Cape Town; 1 3 ( (det. Karny), Cape Town, Barnard, 1914; 1 9 (det. Griffini), Stel- lenbosch, L. Péringuey, 1897 ; 1 @ (det. Karny), Cape Town, 1893 ; 1 2 (det. Karny), Ceres Div., Matroosberg, 4500 ft. ; 1 2 (det. Karny), Cape Town, Master Péringuey, 1909. As a completion of Griffini’s detailed description (loc. cit. Fie. 7.—Hremus sphinx. Above: End of ¢ P ( ) abdomen in dorsal, lateral, and ventral I give here figures of the view. Below: Apex of ovipositor and gexyal characters of both sexes 2 subgenital plate. All figures of the same magnification, higher than in fig. 6. (fig. 7). I have, moreover, compared the ¢2 with Gers- taecker’s type specimen (Mus. Berlin), and have found that they agree completely with it in all characters. The sternites of the type, including the subgenital plate, have been cut open throughout ee 4 ee 92 Annals of the South African Museum. the length during preparation, and for this reason the shape of the subgenital plate is not easily distinguishable without comparison with other material and has therefore in all probability not been described by Gerstaecker. But, when comparing the type with un- mutilated specimens, it can be stated with certainty that in the type too this plate had the same shape. Judging by the material before me, this species seems to be by far the commonest Hremus species of Cape Colony. Eremus sphingoides nov. sp. 1 9 (type), Cape Town, R. Trimen, vii, 1885. Measurements.—Length of body 14:3 mm., pronotum 3 mm., fore femur 3-7 mm., hind femur 6-8 mm., ovipositor 15-3 mm. Slender, very similar in general appearance to E. sphing. Rather uniformly yellow-brown, without ocellar spots. Head a little wider in dorsal view than pronotum, narrowly obovate in frontal view. Occiput and vertex very strongly convex. Fastigium verticis rather flattened, with rather sharp lateral keels ; together with the whole frons very finely microscopically and densely punctured, but beyond this the frons is without larger impressed punctures. First antennal joint narrow at base, then strongly dilated above and here more than half as wide as the fastigium of vertex. Frons with two dark, almost vertical stripes near the middle, which converge downwards and unite on the clypeus. Pronotum somewhat wider than long, with the fore margin rounded, only slightly produced in the middle, hind margin emarginate. Fore cross sulcus very feebly indicated, otherwise the disc practically without distinguishable sculpture, the sulci on the lateral lobes normal, though little impressed. Shape of lateral lobes as in shelfordi. Spines of fore and middle tibiae as in shelford:, but the left fore tibia has on the outer margin basally below an additional supernumerary Ov, spine. Hind femora unusually well Ore a : A developed, below with 4 to 6 dark- tipped spinelets on either side. Fic. 8.—Eremus sphingoides, Or Apex Hind tibiae as in shelfords. rae aes and, Zacumeantal —@ subgenital plate with straight, distally strongly converging lateral margins, obtusangularly excised at apex, with obtusangular, scarcely rounded lobes (fig. 8). Ovipositor very slender, distinctly upcurved at base, thence almost straight, acutely pointed at apex. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 93 In general very similar to sphinx, differing from it by the less numerous spines on fore and middle tibiae, and by the shape of the @ subgenital plate. Among all the species known up to now this is without doubt most closely allied to EF. shelfordi from Mauritius, differing from it chiefly by the shape of 2 subgenital plate, the lobes of which are much more rounded off in shelfordi (of which species I have studied the type in the Hope Department, Oxford) and the sides decidedly S-curved. In the circumstances it would have been natural to consider sphingoides as a variety or subspecies of shelfordt, but in view of their wide geographical separation I think it wiser to treat sphingordes as a distinct species, especially as no similar form is so far known from the entire intermediate region. Neither do we yet know the 96 of either shelfordi or sphingoides—which may perhaps differ by more striking characters. Otherwise, sphingoides cannot be mistaken for any other of the hitherto known species. Eremus chimaera Griffini (141), loc. cit., p. 133. 1 9, Cape Town, Master Péringuey, 1909 ; 1 g (allotype), Cape Town, Barnard. Both det. Karny. The hitherto unknown ¢ is somewhat smaller than the 9, perhaps not yet quite fully developed, otherwise agreeing very well with the 9. Apical tergite evenly y rounded (fig. 9). As may ain } Ov be seen from the figure, i C 58 there are visible under it Fic. 9.—Hremus chimaera. From left to right: two processes similar to End of ¢ abdomen in dorsal and lateral view ; those described by Griffini 6 subgenital plate; 9 subgenital plate. Same for knothae. 3 subgenital mie retloabiomiasiioe ie plate rounded-triangular, on either side near base bearing an acutely triangular, somewhat outwardly curved process which evidently re- presents a rudimentary style fully fused at base with the subgenital plate. Articulated inserted styles not present. Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini. 1908. Griffini (97), Atti Soc. It. Sci. Nat., xlvii, p. 6. 1911. Griffini (126), Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, xxvi, 634, p. 17. 1911. Griffini (141), Mon. Zool. It., xxii, 5, p. 133. 1911. Griffini (143), Atti Soc. It. Sci. Nat., 1, p. 242. 94 Annals of the South African Museum. 1 2 (det. Karny), Barberton, Transvaal, H. Edwards; 1 ¢ (det. Karny), Transvaal, Pilgrims Rest, L. . Ov Schunke. A detailed description has already been Fie. 10. Eremus glomer- given by Griffini; as an addition to this, I inus knothae. Apexof ©, race ovipositor, of thesame give here a figure of the very characteristic magnification as fig.7- anex of the ovipositor (fig. 10). Genus AMETROIDES Karny. This genus is represented in South Africa by a single species only, viz. peringuey? (Griffini). For South West Africa there is to be added namaqua (Karny) (Jenaische Denkschr., xvi, Schultze, Forsch. Siidafr., iv, p. 89, 1910). I have given a key to all the species of this genus known at present in Stett. Entom. Zeit., 1928. It is not represented in the material now before me, though Griffini has described peringueyt * from the material in the South African Museum, Cape Town. SuspraM. HENICINAE. Key to the South African Genera of Henicinae. 1. Fore tibiae, besides the apical spines, furnished with 2 spines on upper inner side, unarmed above on outer side. 2. Hind femora heavy, basally scarcely thickened. Mandibles of g not enlarged, shaped as in 9. Frons and cheeks of g without any processus. Ovipositor extraordinarily short, only 3 mm. long 1. Bochus Péringuey. 2’. Ovipositor decidedly longer. Hind femora often thickened basally ; if not so, frons or genae of the ¢ furnished with a processus. 3. Hind femora but little thickened basally. In the ¢ the upper part of frons produced into a blunt, obtuse cone, which is—though very slightly—also indicated in 9 . : 2. Nasidius Stal. 3’. Hind femora decidedly thickened basally and attenuated before apex (figs. 18, 22). 4, Frons and cheeks of § without any processus 4. Onosandridus Péringuey. 4’, Head of ¢ greatly enlarged, with a processus on either side above base of mandibles , : 6. Henicus Gray. * The 9 type of this species, still placed under the genus Hremus, is present in the S.A. Museum collections but, having been overlooked, was unfortunately not forwarded to Dr. H. Karny for study.—Epr1ror. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 95 1’. Fore tibiae, besides the apical spines, with but 1 spine on upper inner side, unarmed above on outer side. 2. Hind femora heavy and relatively short, scarcely thickened basally 3. Faku Péringuey. 2’. Hind femora longer and stronger, strongly thickened basally, decidedly attenuated distally (figs. 18, 22). 3. Mandibles simple in both sexes. Fore tibiae without a tympanum 5. Onosandrus Stal. 3’. Mandibles of ¢ usually strongly enlarged; if not so, a distinct tympanum is present on either side of fore tibiae. 4, Mandibles and labrum of g enlarged. Near base of mandibles an acute processus present in the g. Tympana of fore tibiae present or absent. Abdominal tergites smooth, shining. 5. Hind femora rather uniformly coloured, without any or with a not very striking pinnate marking outside ; without a pale ring before the knee, the knee itself being usually pale above. The middle inner spur of hind tibiae about as long as or shorter than the metatarsus. The acute processus near the base of $' mandibles placed on the fore part of the genae, thus being separated from the mandible by the mandibular articulation comp. Henicus Gray. 5’, Hind knees outside very strikingly pinnate, pale and dark ; further with a striking pale ring before the knee, the knee itself being blackish. The middle inner spur of hind tibiae about as long as the first three tarsal joints taken together. The acute processus in the g¢ placed on the mandibular base itself, thus not separated from it by an articulation or a suture 7. Platysiagon Brunner v. W. 4’, Labrum of ¢ never, mandibles rarely enlarged; near their base no processus. Fore tibiae always with a well- developed tympanum on either side. 5. Abdominal tergites rugulose-punctulate, strikingly roughened . . 10. Borborothis Brunner v. W. 5’. Abdominal tergites smooth. 6. Mandibles simple in both sexes 8. Libanasa Walker. 6’. Mandibles of g on median upper side produced into a cylindrical, upcurved processus, broad and thick at the base, sharply pointed at apex, and crossing each other near the tips 9. Libanasidus Péringuey. I have not included in the preceding key the African genus Dyscapna, as it is as yet not known from South Africa, being represented by but 96 Annals of the South African Museum. one species in Angola (atra Brunner v. W.) and one in the Tanganyika Territory (pulchriventris Griffini). Gen. Bocuus Peringuey. Of this genus one species only is known at present, viz. Bochus puncticeps (Pictet and Saussure). 1891. Pictet and Saussure, Mitth. Schweiz. Entom. Ges., p. 297, pl.i, figs. 3, 3a (Onosandrus). 1916. Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 419 (contemnendus). 1 3 (holotype of contemnendus), South Africa, 1875, E. Hughes; 1 S$ (paratype of contemnendus); 1 2 (allotype of contemnendus), Smithfield, O.F.S., Kannemeyer, September 1910. I have carefully compared Péringuey’s types with the detailed description by Pictet and Saussure, and I find it agrees completely with them in every detail. The differences from the other Onosandrus species mentioned by Pictet and Saussure are more than sufficient to justify the erection of a separate genus. Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 422) expressed the opinion that puncticeps should be placed with Ono- sandridus ; but this is in contradiction with the shape of the hind femora, as may be seen from Pictet and Saussure’s figure and from the following statements in the original description : “ Pattes postérieures courtes ; fémurs peu allongés, sans partie gréle a l’extremité, fort peu renflés 4 la base.” Gen. Nastpius Stal (Péringuey, nec Brunner v. W.). Key to the Species of Nasidius. 1. Shining black, but the antennae, ocellar spots, palpi, tarsi, and the spines of the legs ferruginous. Frons of ¢g obtusely produced basally near the insertion of the mandibles. Cheeks with dense longitudinal wrinkles. (Occurring in Angola) . : . (Genus ?) costulatus Brunner v. W.* 1’. Never shining black throughout. Frons of 3 with a broad, obtuse, arched or conical elevation, simple in 9. 2. Fore tibiae with a distinct tympanum on either side. Ovipositor about as long as hind femur . : : Nasidius longicauda nov. sp. 2’. Fore tibiae without any tympanum. Ovipositor decidedly shorter than the hind femora. 3. Body and legs ferruginous; face and abdominal dorsum more or less darkened . : 5 Nasidius mimus Péringuey. 3’. Body and legs shining black; head ferruginous with the face darkened . : d : Nasidius truncatifrons Stal. * T cannot decide from Brunner’s short description under what genus costulatus should be placed, as I have not seen the type specimen. I have therefore included it in the species key of every genus to which it may possibly belong. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 97 Nasidius longicauda nov. sp. 1 2 (type), Kaapmuiden, Transvaal, R. W. E. Tucker, 30th October LOLS. Measurements.—Width of head 10-5 mm., length of body 33-5 mm., of pronotum 9 mm., fore femur 9 mm., hind femur 24 mm., hind tibia 21-5 mm., ovipositor 21 mm. Head castaneous, fastigium verticis somewhat darkened ; ocellar dots distinct, yellowish, though very small; antennae dark brown, eyes yellow-grey. rons, fore part of genae, clypeus, and labrum blackish brown, mandibles reddish brown with shining black chewing margins. Pronotum yellow-grey, diffusely darker greyish, nebulous, especially along fore margin; shining black along the whole hind margin, this band continued along lower margin of lateral lobes, becoming gradually wider and paler forwards, where it suddenly stops before the anterior angle. Posteriorly the whole dorsum bronzy black, but meso- and meta-notum slightly lighter laterally. Ventral surface blackish brown. Coxae yellowish brown, blackish brown, nebulous. Femora dark brown, becoming darker at the knees; tibiae and tarsi nearly black; the spines on the legs dark yellowish brown, blackish at the tips. ; Head somewhat wider than pronotum. Fastigium of vertex fully twice as wide as first antennal joint, semicircularly rounded anteriorly, but in the median part continued into fastigium frontis without a distinct boundary. Frons, fore part of cheeks, and upper part of clypeus roughly covered with thimble-like punctures, the punctures becoming gradually smaller and scantier upwards and backwards on the cheeks. Frons rather strongly arched in the middle part, sloping downwards to the clypeus in a broad, obtuse-angulate, triangular area ; it may thus be supposed that a frontal cone will be present in the 2. Clypeus trapezoidal, with a strong median furrow in lower part. Labrum almost circular. Mandibles very strong. Pronotum semicylindrical, somewhat dilated backwards and there about as wide as long; fore margin very slightly arcuate, hind margin transversely truncate. Disc without a distinct sculpture, with a very feeble, finely impressed median line and an uncertain indication of two transverse sulci running one behind the other in the anterior part ; the 7-shaped furrow (of Gryllacris) too is indicated by an indistinct oblique impression. Lateral lobes nearly as high as long below; lower margin. straight, somewhat descending backwards; anterior angle obtuse-angularly rounded, posterior angle almost rectangularly VOL. XXIX, PART [>_ 7 98 Annals of the South African Museum. rounded ; anterior margin somewhat oblique, posterior margin nearly vertical. V-shaped sulcus and hind oblique furrow feebly indicated, the former far removed from lower margin, transversely truncate below ; the hind oblique sulcus is also situated relatively far forwards. Prosternum quite unarmed. Mesosternal lobes almost rectangularly triangular, but more acuminate at apex. Metasternal lobes almost square, transversely truncate at the end, more rounded at the outer than at the inner angle. . Fore and middle coxae with a rather short, but strong and acutely pointed spinelet. All femora strongly compressed, unarmed; the hind ones somewhat more thickened than in the allied species, but much less than in Henicus or Onosandrus, etc. All genicular lobes rounded, unarmed. Fore tibiae with a distinct tympanum on either side, unarmed above on outer side (excluding apical spines), with 2 spines on the inner side, the second of them being placed at about the middle. Middle tibiae above on outer side (=in front) with 2, on inner side with 3 spines (excluding apical spines). Hind tibiae straight, above on the outer side with 7, on the inner side with 8 spines which are about half as long as the tibia is thick, but the last one much smaller and situated just before the upper apical spur ; below on either side with the usual preapical spinelet before the lower apical spur, besides these with but 1 spinelet on inner side at about the middle, on the outer side with 3 spinelets from the middle to the apex. Middle inner spur strong, as long as the metatarsus, the upper one a very little longer, the undermost more than half as long as the middle ; upper and middle outer spurs hardly longer than the inner undermost, the lower outer spur shorter by about one-fourth. Ovipositor long and slender, a little shorter than the hind femur, slightly upcurved, valvulae with complete margins, the upper ones decidedly longer than the lower ones, apex rather acute. Q subgenital plate with the shape of an obtuse-angled triangle, obtuse-angularly excised at the end, fully twice as wide at base as long. The general appearance, size, and especially the coloration of pronotum reminds one very much of Faku minotaurus, but it is easily distinguishable from it by the darker head, the much longer ovipositor, and by the fore tibiae being two-spined above. By this latter character, the species comes under Nasizdius, but cannot be mistaken for any of the other known species of this genus. The fact that longicauda possesses tympana on the fore tibiae is very remarkable, and gives to this species an exceptional systematic position, though it is not sufficient, I think, to separate it generically. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 3g) Nasidius truncatifrons Stal (nec Brunner v. W.). Syn.: monachus Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 417. 1 g (type of monachus), between Zambesi and Limpopo, T. Ayres. Apart from the smaller size, which I cannot consider as important (compare with. Henicus prodigiosus and Libanasidus vittatus), the specimen before me agrees completely in all details with Stal’s description of truncatifrons. Péringuey, when he stated that truncati- frons differs from his new species by having but one median spine above on fore tibiae, overlooked the fact that this is true only for truncatifrons Brunner v. W., whilst Stal expressly states for his species that it has 2 spines on the upper inner margin of fore tibiae (excl. apical spines). Brunner’s species is, in my opinion, different from that of Stal, for (apart from the num- ber of spines) the frontal cone is, according to the figure by Brunner, much more slender and acute (compare fig. 11 here with that given by Brunner), and the coloration is described by Brunner simply as “ picea ”’ without mentioning the striking difference between occiput and dorsum of body, which he could not have overlooked. I propose therefore a new name for Brunner’s species and have placed it provisionally in the genus Faku (see Faku brunnert). Fie. 11.—Nasidius truncati- ies tu + ; frons (type of monachus), Péringuey seems to consider mamus as dorsal view, paturallsize. more closely allied with truncatifrons than (Del. Goesti Abdoel- monachus. Although the type locality of eae mimus would suit truncatifrons better than monachus, I must never- theless identify the latter species with truncatifrons on account of their agreement in coloration. Moreover, the head is considerably broader in the $ of mimus, and Stal expressly states “caput . . . pronoto vix latius,” a condition which agrees also with monachus and not with mumus. I have few additions to make to the published descriptions: All genicular lobes unarmed. Middle tibiae with 2 reddish-brown spines above on outer side (=in front), 3 on inner side, below 4 such on either side (everywhere excluding apical spines). Hind tibiae with 8 shining black, brownish-tipped spines above on the inner side, 7 such on the outer side ;_ below on either side with 1 brownish spinelet in the 100 Annals of the South African Museum. middle, and, besides these, 2 in the distal half on the outer side ; further, the usual preapical spines just before the lower apical spurs. All apical spurs of hind tibiae blackish basally, brownish distally. The upper inner one scarcely as long as the metatarsus, the middle one a very little shorter, the undermost hardly two-thirds as long as the middle one. The upper outer spur about as long as the lower inner, the middle one a little shorter, the undermost somewhat shorter still. Cerci well developed. Anal valves (appendices cerciferae) with a short, cylindrical, slender process directed upwards inside, the two crossing each other, almost completely covered by the subgenital plate. This latter large, hexagonal, somewhat broader at base than at the end, broadest a little before the middle, truncated squarely at apex, bearing at either angle of this apical margin a rather well- developed cylindrical style. Nasidius mimus Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 416). 1 $ (type), Transkei, Dr. Kolbe, 1896; 1 9 (allotype), Kentan1, H. P. Abernethy, 1907 ; 1 9 (det. Péringuey), Transkei, Kentani, 1899. Easily distinguishable from the preceding species by the coloration and by the much broader head of g¢. Armature of legs as in that species, but there may be present exceptionally (¢ right leg) 8 spines above on the outer side of hind tibia. The spines of lower side of hind tibiae relatively longer than in truncatifrons ; on the other hand, on the outer side, with the exclusion of preapical spines, there are always present 2 spines instead of 3. Apical spurs ferruginous, only blackish at the tips; their relative lengths as in truncatifrons, but the middle one of both sides not shorter, rather a little longer than the uppermost. ¢ sexual characters as in the preceding species, but the processes of anal valves longer, straight, horn-like, not crossing each other. 3 subgenital plate slightly bisinuate at the end. Ovipositor very similar to that of the ferox type. 2 subgenital plate rectangular in shape, slightly triangularly emarginate at apex, in the middle of its surface with a shallow triangular impression. Gen. Faxu Peringuey. Key to the Species of Faku. 1. Occiput at least, or occiput and pronotum, yellowish. 2. Body shining black above, occiput only yellowish ivory to pale ferruginous. 2 subgenital plate small, trapezoidal, about as long as wide, slightly emarginate at apex . ‘ . . Faku dregi (Burmeister). A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 101 2’. Occiput brownish yellow, pronotum yellowish grey, at most dilutely darkened along margins. Meso- and meta-notum and the abdominal tergites shining black, often somewhat greyish at their bases. Q subgenital plate obtuse-angularly triangular, much wider than long, with an obtuse-angled excision at apex Faku minotaurus nov. sp. 1’. Occiput dark, of a similar colour to rest of body on dorsum. 2. Pitchy coloured to shining black. 3. Frons above with a conical processus in the ¢.* 4. General colour pitchy brown. Frontal processus of ¢ * rather slender, directed forwards and upwards, conical Faku brunneri nov. sp. 4’. Bronzy black above, but the pronotum with a large, more or less distinct yellow spot on either side. Occiput dark brown, frons deep black. Frontal processus of 3 very short, obtuse, and broad . Faku nigrifrons nov. sp. 3’. Frons of ¢ * without a median processus, bluntly produced basally near the base of mandibles. (Occurring in Angola.) (Genus ?) costulatus Brunner.t 2’. Fuscous bronze sprinkled with pale flavescent Faku minax Péringuey. Faku dregw (Burmeister). =-Y\. Lev eAieicarny,. Zertsehr te “ Naturwiss., Ixxxvin, 1/2 ‘p. 10 (Mimnermus). The original description of this species given by Burmeister (Handb. Entom., 1, p. 721, 1838) runs as follows: “ niger, nitidus, pedibus caesiis ; capite ovato flavo, integro ; clypeo labioque utrinque nigro. Long. corp. 1”-14”. Vom Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung.” Since that time the species has not been redescribed, and it has also not been incorporated in Brunner’s monograph. In 1927 I restudied Burmeister’s type specimens, and added a few further remarks to his short description, but on that occasion I had very little time and space at my disposal to give a more detailed redescription of this species. The measurements of Burmeister’s types are : Width Length Giese ae acdy ae ea ETOCS: sem ex) mes mm. mm. mm, mm. mm. mm, mm 3S 10-1 39-0 6-0 7:6 8-0 19-3 uh Q 12-5 47-0 8:0 9-6 10:7 23°2 8-5 * The 9 of costulatus is not yet known. Under brunneri, Brunner has placed a 9 he described, but it is not quite certain whether it belongs in fact to this species. + See the footnote to the species key of Nasidius above (p. 96). 102 Annals of the South African Museum. At present I have before me the following material from which I now give a more detailed redescription of the species :— 2 3S (Brit. Mus., London), South Africa, C. G. Barrett, 1903-11; 19 (Mus., Cape Town), Hast London, May 1912, Loundale. Their measurements are : Width Length : Fore Hind . of head. | of body. teal on fem. fem. Oe mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. 3 IS) 37°3 on fA 8:5 20-5 3 11-0 | +32-0 8-0 6-5 8-7 18-5 Be 2 9-3 32°8 6-0 8-2 9-6 21-6 T°5 Body deep black, with a strong metallic lustre, somewhat less intensively coloured in 9; legs paler, grey. Head rather uniformly brownish yellow in 9; in the 3, occiput ivory yellow passing into castaneous downwards onfrons. Face of ¢ dark castaneous brown to blackish brown, the lower part of genae straight on shining black ; mandibles red-brown, black at the end; clypeus in the one g ivory white, in the other blackish, but with a narrow whitish margin all round. Fastigium verticis in 9 hardly, in ¢ decidedly more than twice, as wide as first antennal joint (fig. 12); in Q concolorous, whilst pale greyish in the g; from its upper end, three longitudinal rows of very fine impressed punctures running on till the hind margin of occiput in the 3, not distinguishable with certainty in 9. Ocellar spots very small but distinct, brownish yellow. Structure of frons as in minaz. Lateral region of frons and the greater part of cheeks furnished with strong wrinkles and raised ribs in the 3, these being hardly visible even under the magnifying lens in 9. Clypeus trapezoidal, much longer in g than in 9. Labrum almost circular. Mandibles of 2 normal, fitting close to clypeus and labrum without any gap; in the g elongate and very strongly curved, so that there remains a rather large gap between them and the clypeus. Labrum covering the apices of mandibles in the one 3g, whilst situated behind them in the other (as described already by Stal for Nasidius). Pronotum relatively short, wider than long, decidedly dilated forwards in the g. Fore and hind margin transversely truncate. Besides the ascending branch of V-sulcus, which has the same situation as in minaz, there are no other sulci distinguishable with certainty. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 103 Lateral lobes hardly longer than high, similar in shape to those of minax. Prosternum unarmed. Mesosternal lobes acute-angulate, metasternal lobes obtuse-angulate (in minax apparently also of the same shape). All femora unarmed, the hindermost slightly dilated basally, though much heavier and less strong and less attenuated distally than in Onosandrus or Inbanasa. All genicular lobes rounded, spineless. Fore tibiae without any tympanum at all. Armature of tibiae as in minax, but one of the hind tibiae before me has 9 spines on the inner side above instead of 8. Apical spurs of hind tibiae more slender and relatively longer than in minaz ; the uppermost inside one fully as long Fie. 12.—Faku dregii. Left: Head of g, frontal view. Middle above: g, end of hind tibia, seen from inside. Middle below: Q and ¢ subgenital plate. Right : end of g abdomen in lateral view. The head less magnified than the other figures. as metatarsus, the second one quite as long or even a very little longer, the third (=undermost) about two-thirds as long, the fourth (—pre- apical spine) much shorter and weaker; the outer two upper ones about equal in length, a little more than half as long as the inner ones, the third a little shorter, the fourth as inside one. 3 subgenital plate large, trapezoidal, lateral parts obliquely ascending and separated from middle part by a very sharp longitudinal keel (fig. 12), middle part with the apical margin quite straight, transversely truncate, bearing a short, thick style on either lateral angle. Anal valves (=appendices cerciferae) transverse, extended mesad upwards into a long, cylindrical, almost straight, horn-like processus. Cerci but a little longer than this processus. ? subgenital plate very small, trapezoidal, about as long as wide at the tip, apical margin slightly emarginate, with a blunt rounded angle on either side. Ovipositor very weak and short, strongly directed 104 _ Annals of the South African Museum. upwards even from the base, and also slightly upcurved for its whole length, with integer valves, blunt at apex. Easily distinguishable from minax by the coloration alone ; further, by the shape of $ mouth parts, by the wider fastigium of vertex, by the relative lengths of apical spines of hind tibiae, and, finally, by the structure of g sexual characters. Differing from brunneri at a glance by the absence of 3 frontal processus. I have already stated in 1927 that in my opinion dregiz may perhaps be identical with costulatus. I have, however, not yet seen true specimens of costulatus, and thus know the species only from the very short description given by Brunner. From this I find that the only difference is in the coloration of the head, which is evidently not sufficient for a specific separation. On the other hand, Brunner’s description is so laconic that not even the generic position of his species can be inferred from it with certainty. At all events, it is possible that the South African dregw may be represented in Angola by a similar, closely allied species, or by a local race somewhat different in coloration, which would then be costulatus. It seems impossible to decide these questions without having seen Brunner’s type specimen (Mus., Stettin). Faku minotaurus nov. sp. 1 § (holotype), East London, Lightfoot, October 1912; 1 3 (para- type), Transkei, Kentani, Dr. Kolbe; 1 3 (paratype), Natal, Umvoti, H. Fry ; 1 9 (allotype), Hast London, Lightfoot, November 1915. Width | Length of head. |:of body. | 'TC@ | fem. | femeu 41) db. Si memeeems mm mm mm. mm. mm mm mm ¢ E.L 13-2 44-0 9-5 10:7 23:5 20-0 36 Tr 12:5 33°59 8-7 9-5 22-8 20:4 3 Nat 10°5 31-7 cl 8-7 19-8 16-7 BS Q 9-5 34:3 9-0 9-5 22-3 19-7 10-4 Occiput pale brownish yellow, laterally towards the genae gradually becoming red-brown. Face dark castaneous brown to blackish ; mandibles sometimes paler, red-brown. Pronotum pale, greyish yellow, diffusely darker nebulous along margins, usually narrowly blackish, especially along hind margin. All following tergites bronzy black, but meso- and meta-notum yellow-grey in basal part, some of the A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 105 following tergites also somewhat paler basally. Under-surface of body yellow-brown to blackish. Legs yellow-brown to dark grey, tibiae darker than the femora. Head wider than pronotum. Fastigium of vertex twice as wide as first antennal joint, slightly excavate on surface and with impressed punctures. Ocellar dots very small, dark yellow. Frons with a distinct, thick median elevation in 3; in @ only arched, without a tubercle, though also obliquely descending against the clypeus in the shape of a very blunt, obtuse-angled triangle. Frons coarsely impresso-punctate, the punctuation becoming scantier and finer on clypeus and labrum; fore part of cheeks coarsely and irregularly wrinkled. Clypeus trapezoidal, usually longer and relatively narrower in $ than in 9, in the g from Natal shaped asin 9. Mandibles of 3g strongly curved, not closely fitting to clypeus and labrum but enclosing with them a distinct, though not very broad, free gaping space, at the apex covering and embracing the labrum in front in the g type ; in the two other specimens covered by the labrum. Pronotum a little wider than long, slightly dilated forwards. Disc with a very fine median sulcus and three to four broad, very shallow, . but slightly imdicated cross-sulci, and with a feeble oblique im- pression at the site of the anterior end of 7-shaped sulcus. Lateral lobes a little longer than high, with almost straight, very slightly convex lower margin, the fore and hind angle being roundedly obtuse- angulate. The ascending branch of V-sulcus distinct, the descending branch slightly indicated ; oblique hind sulcus usually not distinguish- able at all. The soft-skinned throat bearing four shallow, circular, somewhat darker brown elevations, the two posterior ones somewhat larger and somewhat wider apart from each other than the two anterior ones. Prosternum with two acutely triangular points. Mesosternal lobes triangular, acutely pointed. Metasternal lobes inside more shallowly, outside more steeply obliquely truncate, with a rounded obtuse angle between them. Fore and middle coxae each with a very short, triangular spinelet. Legs as in dregit ; but the hind tibiae above always bear 8 spines on the outer side in the 4, the last of them being, of course, very small ; in only 7; on the inner side usually 8, though the number may increase to 10 or 11; the spines being decidedly less than half as long as the tibia is thick. Apical spurs of hind tibiae also as in dregu, but the middle inner spur may be a very little shorter than the uppermost; in the ¢ from Natal it is normal on the right hind tibia only, whilst on the left it is very short, decidedly shorter than the lower one, very 106 Annals of the South African Museum. thin in distal half and with a very acute tip (evidently an abnormality, perhaps regeneration). A similar abnormality may be seen on left hind tibia of type-d in which the middle outer spur is very thick in- deed, but quite short, almost tubercle-like, nevertheless with a distinct, blackish point; on the right hind tibia of the same speci- men it is quite absent (perhaps broken). 3 sexual characters (fig. 13) similar to those of dregw. Ovipositor very broad in basal half and strongly upcurved, whilst narrow and rather straight in distal half, at the tip obliquely truncate from below. Valves complete, the lower ones decidedly shorter than the upper Fic. 13.—Faku minotaurus, g. (compare fig. 14). 2 subgenital plate Head in lateral view, and similar to that of nigrifrons, of the shape subgenital plate. Same mag- , nifications as in fig. 12 (head Of an obtuse-angled triangle, obtuse- a magnified than subgenital anoularly excised at apex, twice as wide Bae at base as long. Without doubt closely allied to dregii, differing from it in both sexes by the much paler, yellowish-grey pronotum ; in 3, moreover, by the presence of a frontal elevation and by the decidedly narrower fastigium verticis ; in ¢ by the different shape of subgenital plate and ovipositor. Faku brunneri nov. sp. Syn.: Nasidius truncatifrons Brunner v. W., 1888, nec Stal 1876. This species differs from the true Nasidius spp., not only by the number of fore tibial spines, but also by the ¢ frontal cone being (according to Brunner’s figure) much slenderer and directed more upwards. I place in this species, though with some doubt, 1 2 from Albany Dist.?, C.P., January 1891, Mrs. G. White. Measurements.—Width of head 10-5 mm., length of body 35 mm., of pronotum 8-5 mm., fore femora 9-5 mm., hind femora 20-5 mm., hind tibiae 18-7 mm., ovipositor 9-4 mm. In all structural characters agreeing very well with Brunner’s statements. Upper surface of body (including occiput) dark brown, rather shining, going over into ferruginous laterally (including cheeks). Antennae uniformly ferruginous brown, but the first joint darker. Fastigium verticis, frons, and upper part of clypeus greyish black, A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 107 lower ocellar spot and a median spot between frons and clypeus ferruginous yellow, with the lower part of clypeus and the mandibles also of the same colour. Labrum darker again. Abdominal sternites dark brown, but on each sternite the hind margin and a rounded spot on either side ferruginous yellow. Ovipositor ferruginous brown. Femora dark ferruginous brown, all knees broadly shining black. All tibiae ferruginous brown below throughout their whole length, shining black above, but with a ferruginous ring below the knee, and all spines and spurs ferruginous yellow, blackish only at the tips. Anterior part of genae and upper part of clypeus as strongly wrinkled as the frons. Femora and genicular lobes unarmed. Middle tibiae, besides the apical spines, with 2 spines above on the outer side and 3 on the inner side. Hind tibiae above on the outer side with 7, on the inner side with 8 spines, the last of them being very small and placed just before the upper apical spur; the others hardly half as long as the tibia is thick. Below 2 spinelets in distal part on the outer side, 1 on the inner side slightly beyond the middle, further on the usual preapical spines. Upper inner spur a very little longer than the middle one, almost as long as the metatarsus, the undermost about half as long. Outer spurs about two-thirds as long as the inner ones respectively, the undermost even slightly more. @ subgenital plate trapezoidal, more strongly narrowed distally, arcuately emarginate at apex. Preceding sternite with the hind margin slightly and uniformly convex, without any keels or depressions on surface. Faku mgrvfrons nov. sp. 1 g (holotype), Mt. Frere, Transkei, Dr. S. L. du Toit ; 1 9 (allotype), Brakkloof Farm, November 1897, Mrs. G. White, Albany Museum, Graham’s Town. Width Length Pein Fore Hind Hind Ovinas of head. | of body. ok fem. fem. tib. Pp mm mm mm. mm. mm mm mm 3 11-2 26°8 6-4 9-0 18-2 15-0 2 10-6 36-0 8-2 10-3 N-7 18-0 9-5 General colour bronzy black, sprinkled with orange yellow in 2 laterally and below. Occiput very dark brown, upper and posterior part of genae lighter brown. Eyes grey. Antennae dark brown. 108 Annals of the South African Museum. Fastigium of vertex, frons, and lower anterior part of cheeks blackish. Clypeus becoming somewhat paler downwards, labrum darker again distally. Mandibles red-brown, blackish at the tip. Pronotum bronzy black ; in 9 there is present a large orange-yellow spot around the ascending branch of the V-sulcus, passing backwards below into several somewhat irregular smaller spots, and above emitting forwards a sharp point on disc, joined to the opposite one by two small trans- verse orange-yellow spots close before the middle of pronotum ; just before hind margin another orange-yellow transverse median spot on disc. All these colorations are present in the g too, but darker and much less well defined, so that they may be easily overlooked. Femora Fie. 14.—Faku nigrifrons. Left: Head of g in lateral view. Middle: ¢ sub- genital plate. Right above: Ovipositor. Right below: Q subgenital plate. Same magnifications as in fig. 12 (head less than the others). yellow-brown, with blackish reticulation, gradually darkened above and towards the knees. Tibiae and tarsi almost black. Spines of legs brown with dark tips. Ovipositor yellow-brown at base, becoming darker distally, but abruptly yellow-brown again before the tip. Head in @ slightly, in ¢ decidedly wider than pronotum. Occiput strongly arched, especially in the g. Fastigium of vertex twice as wide as the first antennal joint, below arcuately rounded, surface excavate and impresso-punctate. Three dark yellow ocellar dots rather distinct. Fastigium frontis arched in Q, whilst in the ¢ pro- minent downwards and thus passing over into a blunt, conical elevation, the tip of which is situated at about the middle of the frons ; from here downwards the surface of frons slopes suddenly and strongly again towards the clypeus. Frons, clypeus, and labrum impresso- punctate, sides of frons and lower anterior part of cheeks even costulate, especially strongly so in the g; in 9 these costules are also A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 109 distinguishable, but much weaker. Mandibles of $ very strongly arcuate, enclosing with clypeus and labrum a large, almost semi- circular gap (fig. 14); in @ slightly arcuate, but also not fitting close to clypeus and labrum, leaving between them a distinct though narrow space. Pronotum somewhat wider than long in dorsal view, with well- indicated 7-shaped sulcus; moreover, with a broad valliform cross- sulcus behind fore margin in the g. Lateral lobes longer than high, with lower margin slightly rounded, almost straight, and with fore and hind angle roundedly obtuse-angulate. Ascending branch of V-sulcus strongly impressed. Prosternum with two flat, downwardly pro- minent lobes which are transversely truncate in 3, acutely pointed in 9. Mesosternal lobes broad, with a rather sharp, outwardly and backwardly directed point at apex. Metasternal lobes transversely truncate, with obtuse-angulate outer angle. Fore and middle coxae with a short, acutely pointed spine. All femora compressed, unarmed. All genicular lobes rounded, spineless. Fore tibiae without tympana, above on the inner side with only 1 spine in the middle. Middle tibiae (besides the apical spines) above on the outer side with 2, on the inner side with 3 spines. Hind tibiae straight in both sexes, above on the outer side with 6 to 7, on the inner side with 8 short but sharply pointed spines, the last of them being much reduced, placed close before the upper apical spur. The other spines decidedly less than half as long as the tibia is thick. Below, besides the preapical spines, are 2 in distal half on the outer side, nearly as long as the upper ones, and with but a single one on the inner side at about the middle, decidedly shorter and weaker than the outer ones. Upper and middle inner spur about equally long, somewhat shorter than metatarsus; lower one about two-thirds as long as the middle spur. Upper and middle outer spur about as long as the inner undermost ; lower outer one even somewhat shorter. 3 subgenital plate large, trapezoidal, with well-developed styles ; between them the hind margin is distinctly convex, but slightly emarginate in the middle (fig. 14). The horn-like processes of anal valves almost parallel, cylindrical, bluntly pointed at apex. 2 sub- genital plate and ovipositor practically as in minotaurus (fig. 14). Without doubt this new species is very near to minotaurus, differing from it especially by the coloration of head and pronotum ; in the 3, moreover, by the mandibles being decidedly more arcuate, by the somewhat differently shaped frontal processus, and by the shape of the subgenital plate. 110 Annals of the South African Museum. Faku minax Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 419). 1 g (type), Cape Colony, Dunbrody, J. A. O’Niel, 1901. I can complete Péringuey’s description by the following additions :— Fastigium of vertex hardly twice as wide as first antennal joint, bluntly keeled laterally, rounded below. The two upper ocellar spots small, circular, pale, well defined, the undermost just as small, but much less distinct. The elevation on the frons (the “clypeus” of Péringuey) is very blunt and slight, defined on either side by a not very strongly marked, though distinct, subantennal pit, becoming gradually more shallow downwards and finally ceasing altogether. Frons obliquely truncate downwards towards the clypeus in the shape Fic. 15.—Faku minax, 3. Left: Head in frontal view. Right above: End of hind tibia from inside. Right below: Subgenital plate. Same magnifications as in fig. 12 (head less magnified than the other figures). of a broad, low triangle which is transversely slightly rugulose (“‘ striolate,” Péringuey). Mandibles short and broad, very heavy, in the unique type specimen widely separated (by preparation). In the normal position I suppose they will no doubt fit close to the clypeus and labrum without any free space between them. Pronotum 7-7 mm. long, with fore and hind margins very slightly rounded, almost transversely truncate; fore and hind cross sulci broad and very shallow, separated from fore and hind margins respectively by about one-sixth to one-fifth of pronotal length. Lateral lobes longer than high, with very slightly rounded lower margin, somewhat obliquely ascending fore and hind margin ; fore and hind angle bluntly obtuse-angulate. Ascending branch of V-sulcus situated about in the middle of lateral lobes, strongly and deeply impressed ; no other sculpture distinguishable with certainty. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. iat All femora unarmed; the hindermost a little more thickened basally than in Bochus, but the difference is not striking, and they certainly belong to the heavy type with only slight distal attenuation, quite different from Onosandrus, Libanasa, etc. All genicular lobes rounded, unspined. Fore tibiae without tympana at all; besides the apical spines, with but a single spine at the middle above on the inner side, below with 4 such on either side. Middle tibiae (excluding apical spines) with 2 spines on upper outer, with 3 on upper inner side, with 4 below on either side. Hind tibiae below with a very small spinelet at the middle on the inner side, with 2 such in distal half on the outer side ; with 8 spines above on the inner side and 7 on the outer side somewhat larger than those below, decidedly shorter, however, than in the other allied species ; the last of them, situated on either side just before the upper apical spur, is much smaller and weaker than the others. Besides the usual preapical spines on lower side, there are further 3 apical spurs on either side, the upper ones distant from the others ; the inner uppermost the longest of all, but still not quite as long as the short, heavy metatarsus; the middle one somewhat shorter, and the lower one somewhat shorter again (fig. 15). Outer upper spur about two-thirds as long as the outer inner one; the middle and the undermost somewhat shorter, about equal in length to each other. 3 subgenital plate roughly quadrate but somewhat narrowed distally, emarginate at apex. Styles not present in the specimen before me, though the places of insertion are easily distinguishable. Without doubt a peculiar species, which was quite entitled to be separated generically from all the formerly known species. It is also very different from all the other species I have now provisionally placed in the genus Faku, differing especially by the shape of head and of ¢ mandibles. It is not impossible therefore that the genus Faku, as I have defined it here, may be a heterogenous one, and perhaps in the future will have to be restricted to minaz only. Never- theless, I wish to avoid the erection of a new generic name for the other species placed here under Faku, at any rate until their relations based on richer material have been definitely cleared up. Gen. ONOSANDRIDUS Peéringuey. Key to the Species of Onosandridus and Henicus. 1. Shining black, but the antennae, ocellar spots, palpi, tarsi, and spines on legs ferruginous. Frons (g) bluntly produced basally near the insertion of 112 Annals of the South African Museum. mandibles. Cheeks with dense longitudinal wrinkles. (Occurring in Angola) : : : , . (Genus ?) costulatus Brunner v. W.* 1’. Never shining black throughout, at least part of occiput or pronotum decidedly paler, yellow-brown or red-brown. 2. Legs dark brown to blackish. 3. Fore tibiae above on the inner side with but 1 spine besides the apical spurs, often with a distinct tympanum on either side. Body above strongly shining like varnish, abdomen shining black. Anterior part of genae above the base of mandibles in 6 with a long, slender, horn-like processus reaching decidedly beyond the middle of labrum. Ovipositor almost ‘as long as hind femora ; : : . Henicus pattersonii (Stoll). 3’. Fore tibiae above on the inner side with 2 spines besides the apical ones, always without tympana. Body rather faintly shining. 4. Frons and cheeks rather light grey ; labrum grey. Mandibles ochreous yellow. Ovipositor upcurved, about two-thirds as long as hind femora. @2 subgenital plate small, trapezoidal, shallowly emarginate at apex Onosandridus simplex nov. sp. 4’. Face fairly Ron brown. Ovipositor decidedly longer or shorter than in the preceding species. ¢ unknown. 5. Spines of hind tibiae fully as long as the tibia is thick. Ovipositor by one-sixth shorter than hind femur. 2 subgenital plate trapezoidal, transversely truncate or even slightly emarginate at apex Onosandridus deceptor Péringuey. 5’. Spines of hind tibiae decidedly shorter than the tibia is thick. Ovipositor hardly more than half as long as hind femora. 2 subgenital plate semicircular (fig 16) Onosandridus plebeius Péringuey. 2’. Legs entirely or for the greater part brownish yellow or pale ferruginous. 3. Frons laterally and fastigium verticis dark reddish brown or black. Middle of frons with a distinct pale yellow vertical band or at least with a pale yellow lower ocellar spot. Cheeks pale yellow. 4, Frons entirely black, only the pale yellow ocellar spot distinct, well defined. Middle tibiae above, besides the apical spurs, with 3 spines on either side Onosandridus larvatus nov. sp. 4’. Frons from upper end of fastigium frontis to the similarly coloured pale yellow clypeus with a well-defined bright yellow median band, on either side thereof pitchy black. Middle tibiae, besides the apical spurs, above with 2 spines on the outer side and 3 on the inner side Henicus pictifrons (Péringuey). * Compare footnote to the species key of Nasidius above (p. 96). A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 113 3’. Frons fairly uniform brownish yellow to darker brown. 4. Castaneous brown. Thoracic tergites on either side with a sharp yellow band of spots. Fore part of genae in the 6 with a short, broad processus, which is hardly longer than first antennal joint. (2 unknown. (Occurring in Angola) Henicus cephalotes (Bolivar). 4’, At least the head paler, brownish yellow to pale ferruginous. Thorax laterally without a well-defined band of spots. 5. Middle inner apical spur of hind tibiae twice as long as the uppermost Onosandridus calcaratus nov. sp. 5’. Middle inner apical spur of hind tibiae shorter or hardly VOL. XXtx, PART |; longer than the uppermost. 6. Fore part of cheeks in the ¢ above base of man- dibles with an acutely triangular, outwardly directed processus (fig. 19). Ovipositor hardly one-third as long as hind femur Henicus prodigiosus (Stal). 6’. Anterior part of genae in the ¢ above base of mandibles with a cylindrical, forwardly directed processus (fig. 21). Ovipositor about as long as hind femora. 7. Middle tibiae above, besides the apical spurs, with 2 spines on the outer side and 3 on the inner side. Hind tibiae somewhat less strongly thickened basally. —g: Head hardly twice as wide as pronotum. Mandibles uniformly and slightly curved.—® : Lateral lobes of pronotum about twice as long as high, with slightly rounded lower margin. Subgenital plate (fig. 20) broad, rounded at apex. Ovipositor somewhat shorter Henicus brevimucronatus Griffini. 7’. Middle tibiae above, besides the apical spurs, with 3 spines on either side. Hind femora somewhat more _ thickened basally.—¢ (fig. 21): Head more than three times as wide as pronotum. Mandibles at the end of basal fourth and at beginning of apical fourth obtuse-angularly curved inwards.—® : Lateral lobes of pronotum but little longer than high, with strongly rounded lower margin. Subgenital plate (fig. 22) shaped as an equilateral triangle, but obtuse-angularly truncate at the apex. Ovipositor somewhat longer Henicus monstrosus (Herbst.). 8 114 Annals of the South African Museum. Onosandridus sumplex nov. sp. 1 @ (holotype), 1 3 ?? (with damaged abdomen and but one middle femur and one hind leg, no fore legs), both from 8.E. Tropical Africa, Manica, Coope, 1894. Width | Length of head. | of body. ome fem. fem. tib. Ovipos. mm mm mm mm. mm mm mm 7:3 27-5 +6-0 (ee 16:5 14:0 10-5 5 tt fea 28-0 5:8 Q 16-7 14-2 Body very dark brown above, rather shining, uniformly coloured, but the occiput paler brown, fastigium of vertex darker brown again. Antennae uniformly dark brown. Cheeks and frons rather pale grey, fastigium frontis with a small, circular, dark yellow ocellar spot, well defined in ¢ ??, less distinct in 9. Clypeus on upper part of the same colour as the front, then with an ill-defined darker cross-band, pale ferruginous yellow below. Mandibles—so far as they are not covered by the labrum—ochreous yellow. Labrum grey, darker than the mandibles. Legs paler than body, brown, paler than in deceptor and plebeius, but decidedly darker than in pictifrons and most of the other Henicus species. Ventrally brown, in the ¢ ?? almost as dark as above, in 9 decidedly paler. Ovipositor yellow-brown. Head not or hardly wider than pronotum. Fastigium verticis rounded, twice as wide as first antennal joint. Cheeks shining, with a few shallow, parallel, oblique impressions, hind margin with a linear prominence, but not enlarged. Mouth parts quite normal, without any enlargements or processes. Pronotum relatively small, wider than long in dorsal view, with a very slightly curved fore margin and transversely truncate hind margin. On the disc a relatively slender, finely impressed median line, and with the indication of two shallow cross-sulci, the hindermost of which is nearer to the hind margin than the anterior one is to the fore margin; fore sulcus curved, with the convexity directed backwards. Lateral lobes somewhat longer than high, fore and hind margins somewhat converging downwards, lower margin slightly curved, fore and hind angle rounded. The ascending branch of V-sulcus distinct, situated about in the middle of lateral lobes, the descending branch quite as far from fore margin as A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 115 from hind branch ; lower angle rounded, as far from the lower margin as the fore branch is from the fore margin. Hind oblique sulcus absent, but in this region there is present a small, rounded, decidedly impressed dimple. Fore and middle coxae with a distinct, short spine. Prosternum produced into two processes which are directed obliquely backwards and downwards, nearly lamellate, with the shape of an obtuse-angled triangle, but sharply pointed at tip. Meso- sternal lobes of a similar shape, but larger and thicker, more massive, not lamellate. Metasternal lobes broad, slightly arcuate at the end, almost transversely truncate. All femora unarmed, the hindermost strongly thickened basally, decidedly attenuate distally. All genicular lobes rounded, unarmed. Fore tibiae absolutely without tympana, unarmed above on the outer side, on the inner side with 2 spines besides the apical ones; below with 4 spines on either side and the usual apical spines. Middle tibiae with 2 spines above on the outer side, 3 on the inner side, excluding the apical spurs, below as in the fore tibiae. Hind tibiae above on the inner side with 8, on the outer side with 7 spines, the last of them situated just before the upper apical spur and very small; the others nearly as long as the tibia is thick ; below on the outer side in distal half with 3 spines and the usual preapical spinelet, on the inner side besides the latter unarmed. Upper and middle inner spur about equal in length, as long as the metatarsus, the undermost somewhat more than half as long. Upper and middle outer spur hardly longer than the lower inner one, lower outer spur somewhat shorter than the inner. Ovipositor in length and shape between deceptor and plebevus. 2 subgenital plate small, trapezoidal, slightly arcuately emarginate at the end. I do not know whether the other specimen is in fact a 4, because the apical part of the abdomen is damaged. Onosandridus deceptor Peéringuey (loc. cit., p. 422). 1 9 (type), S. Rhodesia, Umtali, Bodong, 1903. Head brown. All genicular lobes spineless. Hind tibiae dark brown, spines of the same colour, otherwise as in Henicus pictifrons. Apical spurs of hind tibiae also as in that species. By the expression “styles long,’ Péringuey means the cerci. Ovipositor uniformly slightly upcurved, valves with complete margins, the lower ones decidedly shorter than the upper, apex bluntly pointed. 2 subgenital plate of the shape of an equilateral triangle, slightly emarginate at the apex. Preceding sternite with a shallow median impression. 116 Annals of the South African Museum. Onosandridus plebetus Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 423). 1 2 (type), Transvaal, Hughes, 1878. Hind femora very strongly thickened basally, unspmmed. Genicular lobes spineless. Hind tibiae very slightly curved in distal part, with 7 spines above on either side, the last of which is smaller than the others and situated just before upper apical spur. Middle inner spur of hind tibiae fully as long as the abbreviate metatarsus, the upper nearly as long, the undermost only about two-thirds of the middle one. Upper and middle outer spur a little longer than the lower inner one, the lower outer shorter. Valves of ovipositor with integer margins, the lower ones decidedly shorter than the upper. @ subgenital plate uniformly arched, almost semicircular, obtuse-angled at apex. Preceding sternite with a distinct, large, transverse pit which is bounded distally on either side by an ear-shaped process overlapping it from the hind margin (fig. 16). Onosandridus larvatus nov. sp. 1 juv. 3 (type), Cape Town, L.P., June 1885. Though we have to do with a rather young specimen, all its char- acters are already so strongly marked that the species may be satis- factorily described from it. The measurements are to be considered, naturally, as of mere relative value, viz. :— 3S, width of head 4:8 mm., length of body 12-5 mm., of pronotum 3:2 mm., fore femora 4:3 mm., hind femora 11 mm., hind tibiae 9-7 mm. . Body uniformly dark brown above, almost blackish, but the occiput somewhat paler brown, and the lateral lobes of pronotum becoming gradually ferruginous backwards. Antennae brown, the two first joints pale yellowish, with a darker brown longitudinal stripe along inner side. Fastigium verticis, frons, and fore part of genae black. Lower ocellar dot distinct, circular, well defined, dark yellow. In addition, a similarly coloured, somewhat larger, but less well- defined spot is present from the inner angle of antennal scrobes towards the middle and downwards. Genae, except their foremost part, pale brownish yellow. The mouth parts of a similar colour, but the clypeus along the upper margin and lower part of labrum darkened. Legs pale brownish yellow. Fore and middle femora A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 117 gradually more or less darkened distally, hind femora somewhat darker above, but at knee itself decidedly pale above. Tibiae darker basally than distally, the colour gradually becoming paler. Whole ventral surface of body uniformly pale brownish yellow. Head globose, decidedly wider than pronotum. Fastigium verticis not quite one and a half times as wide as first antennal joint. Frons, cheeks, and mandibles without any processes, the latter ?-like, fitting close to clypeus and labrum, without any gaping space between them. Genae with a few shallow, parallel, oblique impressions, hind margin linear, but not lamellate. Pronotum somewhat compressed in middle part by the strong impression of the broad, not well-defined ascending branch of V-sulcus. Lateral lobes somewhat longer than high, with rounded hind margin. Fore and middle coxae with a short, sharp spine. Prosternum with two rather large tubercles side by side. Mesosternal lobes triangular, metasternal lobes slightly rounded. All femora unarmed ; the hindermost strongly thickened basally, attenuate distally. All genicular lobes spineless, rounded. Fore tibiae without tympana ; except for the apical spines unarmed above on outer side, on the inner side with 2 spines, below with 4 spines on either side. Middle tibiae, except the apical spines, above with 3 spines on either side, with 4 below. Hind tibiae very feebly curvate, above with 8 to 10 spines on either side which are scarcely half as long as the tibia is thick ; below with a preapical spine on either side and, moreover, with 2 similar spinelets on the outer side in the distal half. The upper apical spurs strikingly far removed from the middle ones, hardly shorter than those. Middle inner spur a little shorter than metatarsus, the outer one only as long as metatarsus from base to the end of first pulvillus. Lower apical spurs hardly two-thirds as long as the middle ones, and also decidedly more slender. $ subgenital plate almost quadratic, truncate at the end, and with a slender style on either side which is almost as long as the subgenital plate. Surface with a blunt median keel, on either side of it a large, rather deep, darkened pit. This species is very well characterised and cannot be mistaken for any one ofthe others. The armature of the middle tibiae distinguishes it at once from most of the other species and agrees with Henicus monstrosus. The coloration of hind knees also would fit Henicus better than Onosandridus, but as the type specimen is a g and has no frontal processes like Henscus, it must be placed in Onosandridus. 118 Annals of the South African Museum. Onosandridus calcaratus nov. sp. 1 9 (type), Beaufort West, Cape Colony, Dr. Purcell, 1905. Measurements, ?.— Width of head 5:3 mm., length of body 15:5 mm., of pronotum 5:0 mm., fore femora 5-2 mm., hind femora 10:3 mm., hind tibiae 9 mm., ovipositor 8-4 mm. General colour brownish yellow, thoracic and abdominal tergites with blackish cross-bands along the hind margins. Head not or hardly wider than pronotum. Occiput arched, with a sharp blackish stripe along each supraocular sulcus, and with an U-shaped black line between them slightly interrupted in the middle. Fastigium of vertex but little wider than first antennal joint, grey ; on either hind angle there is present an outwardly directed, well- defined, whitish ocellar spotlet, and from here extends backwards a black longitudinal line ascending for a short distance on the vertex. Eyes grey. Antennae ferruginous, the two first joints paler, yellowish, with a dark spot on the inside. Lower ocellar spot well defined, whitish, acutely pointed above, and reaching here the lower margin of fastigium verticis. Frons and cheeks brownish yellow; below antennal base a large, not well-defined, nebulous, brownish-grey spot, and a similar one below each eye. Mandibles in the free part and clypeus above brownish yellow ; clypeus below and labrum dark. Pronotum somewhat darker than the remaining part of body, ferruginous, diffusely blackish along hind margin ; almost quadratic in dorsal view, with a median sulcus nearly throughout its whole length. Otherwise there is no other sculpture distinguishable with certainty, except a large, shallow depression in the anterior part of lateral lobes. These about as long as high, with the lower margin slightly rounded, fore and hind angle obtuse-angularly rounded. Fore and middle coxae with a short, tooth-like, sharply pointed spine, blackish at the tip. All femora spineless, uniformly coloured, except the knees which are narrowly and diffusely darkened. Hind femora shaped as in Onosandrus tigrinus (fig. 18). Fore tibiae without tympana, above on the inner side with 2 spines; middle tibiae above on the outer side with 2, on the inner side with 3 spines (excluding apical spines). Hind tibiae with 11 short spines above on either side ; below, besides the usual preapical spines, with but a very small spinelet on the outer side at about the end of middle fifth. The middle inner spur somewhat longer than the metatarsus, the upper- most only about half as long, the lower one even shorter. Outside, the relative lengths of spurs practically the same, but all outer spurs A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 119 shorter than those inside, the middle one hardly three-fourths as long as metatarsus. Cerci short and slender. Ovipositor very strongly upcurved in basal part, thence almost straight, sharply pointed at apex. 2 sub- genital plate (fig. 16) almost an equilateral triangle, rounded at the apex, and here with a weak median sulcus; before this, a horse- shoe-shaped carina, opening backwards, em- bracing a depression, and surrounded outside by some further depressions. Fra. 16.—9 subgenital plate This new species reminds one of the 99 of To eee pleberus s gnification as Hencus (monstrosus, brevimucronatus) by the in fig. 6) and calcaratus shape and colour of the head, but the length ee oe os and shape of the ovipositor and the struc- ture of the hind femora definitely exclude it from that genus accord- ing to my opinion. I therefore think it better to place it in Ono- sandridus, where it can be easily distinguished with certainty from all the hitherto known species. By the coloration, by the shape of the hind femora, and by the relative lengths of the apical spurs of the hind tibiae, it is strikingly similar to Onosandrus tigrinus, but differs from it by the fore tibiae being two-spined above, by the more slender form, by the shorter ovipositor, and by the different structure of the 2 subgenital plate. Gen. Onosanprus Stal. Key to the African Species of Onosandrus.* I have included in this key the species from the African continent only. Besides these, the genus is also represented in Madagascar and in New Zealand, and one species is supposed to have been recorded from India (!?). These are not incorporated in the key below. 1. Fastigium verticis flattened or even almost excavate. 2. Thoracic and abdominal tergites with distinct black bands along hind margins. : . Onosandrus bipinnatus nov. sp. 2’. Dorsal surface of body fairly uniformly coloured, without well-defined bands along hind margins. 3. Lateral lobes of pronotum twice as long as high. Hind femora more slender (fig. 17) . Onosandrus opacus Brunner v. W. 3’. Lateral lobes of pronotum hardly longer than high. Hind femora strongly thickened , . Onosandrus splendens Sjéstedt. * For the 22 compare also the genus Platysiagon and the Henicus spp. monstrosus, brevimucronatus, and pattersonit. 120 Annals of the South African Museum. 1’. Fastigium of vertex arched. 2. Hind femora with small spinelets below in distal half. 3. Hind tibiae of ¢ decidedly curved. Ovipositor scarcely more than half as long as hind femur . Onosandrus fasciatus Stal. 3’. Hind tibiae of ¢ straight. Ovipositor at least two-thirds as long as hind femora. 4. Surface of body brownish yellow to castaneous ; thoracic and abdominal tergites with blackish cross-bands along hind margins . - . Onosandrus natalensis nov. sp. 4’. Surface of body uniformly blackish. 5. Hind femora three times as long as pronotum. Hind tibiae above with 10 spines on the outer side, 8 on the inner side Onosandrus fuscodorsalis Sjostedt. 5’, Hind femora fully four times as long as pronotum. Hind tibiae above with 8 to 10 spines on the outer side, with 7 spines on the inner side Onosandrus mediocris Péringuey. 2’. Hind femora quite unarmed. 3. Lateral lobes of pronotum as long as high. Middle inner spur of hind tibiae twice as long as the uppermost and decidedly longer than metatarsus. 4. Hind margins of all tergites with well-defined blackish cross- bands. Ovipositor almost as long as or even longer than the hind femora. @ subgenital plate triangular, sharply pointed. Body heavier Onosandrus tigrinus nov. sp. 4’. Hind margins of tergites not or hardly darkened. Ovipositor decidedly shorter than hind femur. 9@ subgenital plate rounded at apex Onosandrus crassipes Brunner v. W. 3’. Lateral lobes of pronotum longer than high. Middle inner spur of hind tibiae as long as the uppermost, shorter than metatarsus Onosandrus saussurei Brunner v. W. Onosandrus bipinnatus nov. sp. 1 @ (type), Johannesburg, Dr. Purcell, 1905. Measurements, 9.—Width of head 5 mm., length of body 16-8 mm., of pronotum 5 mm., fore femora 4:6 mm., hind femora 13 mm., hind tibiae 11-3 mm., ovipositor 6-8 mm. Pale ferruginous yellow. All thoracic and abdominal tergites with blackish cross-bands along the hind margins, decidedly wider on the three thoracic segments than on abdomen; pronotum also narrowly darkened along the fore margin. Head coloured like that of Ono- sandridus calcaratus, but the occiput without an U-shaped line; on the contrary, with a fine, sharp, pale yellow median sulcus running over the occiput and vertex to the base of fastigium verticis, where it A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 121 suddenly stops. Fastigium verticis almost one and a half times as wide as first antennal joint, flattened, and somewhat depressed in the middle; grey, transversely blackish along upper border, but emit- ting no black longitudinal lines backwards. Eyes black. Antennae brownish yellow, the basal joints also immaculate. Lower ocellar spotlet pale yellow, transversely truncate above, distinctly separated from the lower margin of fastigium verticis, produced downwards into a vertical band of the same colour which occupies fully half the height offrons. Cheeks pale yellow ; frons of the same colour, but irregularly clouded with grey, especially so below the eyes. Mouth parts pale yellow throughout. Pronotum ferruginous yellow, shaped as in Onosandridus calcaratus, blackish along fore and hind margin. No sculpture distinguishable with certainty, except a median sulcus running throughout the whole length of the disc, and a feebly indicated hind branch of V-sulcus about the middle of the lateral lobes. Fore and middle coxae with a rather short, acute tooth. Femora as in Onosandridus calcaratus. Fore tibiae absolutely without tympana, though somewhat depressed in this region, with but 1 long spine above on the inner side at the middle. Middle tibiae above with 2 spines on the outer side, with 3 on the inner side besides the apical ones. Hind tibiae above on the outer side with 7, on the inner side with 8 spinelets, below on the outer side with 2 such in distal half and the usual preapical spinelets. Middle inner spur as long as metatarsus, the uppermost but very little shorter, the lower one scarcely half as long. Upper outer spur about three-fourths as long as the inner one, middle outer slightly shorter, lower one hardly shorter than the inner undermost. Ovipositor as in Onosandridus calcaratus, but blunt at tip. 2 sub- genital plate moderately large, trapezoidal, slightly emarginate at the apex; surface of this and of the preceding sternite without sculpture. This species reminds one in general appearance, in coloration, and especially in its short, thick hind femora strongly of Onosandridus calearatus and Onosandrus tigrinus, but differs from both by the relative lengths of the hind tibial apical spurs, by the shape of the 2 subgenital plate, and also by the darkened fore margin of the pronotum ; from calcaratus, moreover, by the armature of the fore tibiae, and from tigrinus by the much shorter ovipositor. According to the structure of the fastigium verticis, bipannatus must be placed, not with the crassipes group, but near opacus. According to Brunner, this latter has the hind femora “ uniseriatim pinnata ”’ (compare the 122 Annals of the South African Museum. following description), whereas they are bipinnate in bepinnatus just as in tegrinus (fig. 18). Onosandrus opacus Brunner v. W. I place the following specimens in this species :— 1 g, 1 @ (Onosandrus saussuret, det. Péringuey), Kalk Bay, J. H. Power, 1914; 2 juv. 99, 1 juv. g, same locality and collector ; 1 very young dg, Stellenbosch, Barnard, 1913. The last specimen is too immature to be determined with certainty ; it may belong either to this or to another closely related species. The others without doubt all belong to the same species, though only the two first-named are mature enough to enable me to give a more detailed description. Their measurements are : Width Length Pp Fore Hind Hind Ov; of head. | of body. rs fem. fem. tib. be mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm 3 5:6 21-0 5:5 6-0 14:5 12:5 F 2 5:0 20:5 5:0 5:5 14:5 12:8 11:5 Péringuey’s identification of this species as saussure: is without doubt erroneous, for the fastigium verticis is decidedly flattened and even a little excavate on surface; furthermore, in saussurei the ovipositor is slightly longer than the hind femora, whereas in these specimens before me it is decidedly shorter. According to Brunner’s key, I have no doubt in referring them to opacus, and there is nothing in the original description that would be in conflict with this identifica- tion. It certainly is very short and says nothing on some of the important characters, so that an absolutely certain determination is not possible from it alone. Nevertheless, I think it very probable that the specimens before me be- long to opacus, and I give here a short description of them. Fie. 17.—Onosandrus opacus, 3, lateral view, Occiput and vertex natural size. (Del. Goesti Abdoelkadir.) | arched, rather dark brown, with 2 to 3 longitudinal blackish lines and the sides strongly darkened. Fastigium verticis black, with an ovate or piriform outline, slightly wider than the first antennal joint ; surface slightly excavate and finely — A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 123 impresso-punctate. All three ocellar dots present, dark yellow, the upper ones almost circular, directed outwards, the lower one larger, not well defined. Hyes brownish grey. The two first antennal joints pale brownish yellow, the first slightly darkened in the middle ; following joints darker, brown. Frons and cheeks pale yellow, without a distinct sculpture, below the antennae and eyes with an ill-defined blackish-grey nebulous patch. Mouth parts brownish yellow, shaped in ¢ as in 8. Pronotum decidedly longer than wide, slightly dilated forwards, yellowish brown, with indistinct blackish lines on the disc, strongly darkened along the margins, but pale again near the fore angle of lateral lobes. No sculpture distinguishable with certainty. Lateral lobes about twice as long as high, fore and hind angle strongly rounded. Prosternum with 2 small tubercles. Mesosternal lobes produced into an acute, almost spine-like point. Metasternal lobes almost rect- angularly triangular. Meso- and meta-notum and abdominal dorsum dark brown, but with a faded yellowish-brown median line, the colour of the segments often also slightly paler before hind margins, the margins themselves darker again. Ventral surface brownish yellow. Fore and middle coxae with a sharply pointed, not very long spine. All femora unarmed, brownish yellow, decidedly paler above at the knees as in Henicus monstrosus and brevimucronatus ; femoral surface with a more or less distinct blackish reticulation, distinguishable on the outer surface of hind femora either in the upper half only (uni- pinnate) or on lower half also (bipinnate); this character, to which Brunner called special attention, seems therefore to be of no specific value. Posterior (=inner) genicular lobes of middle and hind legs ending in a small, acutely pointed spine; the outermost of hind legs with a similar spinelet at lower margin before the middle. All tibiae basally darker than the femora, and there with a faded, yellowish, annular spot, distally gradually becoming paler brownish yellow in apical part. Fore tibiae with a slight impression on either side in tympanal region, without a tympanum on the outer surface, whilst there is one present in ¢ on the inner surface, but not distinguishable with certainty in 9; above on the inner side with 1 spine slightly beyond the middle. Middle tibiae, besides the apical spines, above on the outer side (=cephalad) with 2, on the inner side (=caudad) with 3 spines. Hind tibiae straight, above on the outer side with 8 to 10, on the inner side with 9 to 10 spines which are about half as long as the tibia is thick ; below, besides the preapical spines, 3 to 4 spinelets on the outer side and 1 on the inner side beyond the middle. The upper 124 Annals of the South African Museum. apical spurs on either side rather distant from the middle ones. Middle inner spur as long as metatarsus from base to end of first pulvillus, the uppermost hardly longer, the undermost slightly more than half as long as the middle one. Relative lengths of the outer spurs similar to inner ones, the upper one about two-thirds as long as the upper inner one. 3S subgenital plate semicylindrically arched, rounded at the end, brownish yellow, with well-developed reddish-brown styles. Pro- cesses of anal valves horn-like as usual, decidedly shorter than the cerci. Ovipositor decidedly, if only slightly, shorter than the hind femora, very slightly upcurved, rather pointed at apex; all the valves with integer margins and of equal length. 2 subgenital plate small, bluntly triangular, almost semicircular. Onosandrus splendens Sj6stedt. 1912. Sjostedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 17, pl. 3, feo TL. I only know this species from Sjé6stedt’s description and figure. It is not represented in the collection of the 8.A. Museum. As may be seen from Sjéstedt’s figure, it is more massive than opacus, the hind femora much more thickened basally, and the lateral lobes of pro- notum relatively shorter and much higher. Thus it may easily be confounded with opacus. Onosandrus fasciatus Stal. Compare Sjéstedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 2, 1912. Not represented in the collection before me. It was always con- founded with the following species until Sjéstedt pointed out the differences between them in the paper cited above. Onosandrus natalensis nov. sp. Syn.: O. fasciatus Brunner v. W., 1888, nec Stal, 1876. Sjéstedt has pointed out that fasciatus Brunner v. W. cannot be identical with Stal’s species. He supposed that the former might be synonymous with fuscodorsalis. There are, however, some differences to be mentioned: the legs of Brunner’s species are shorter in pro- portion to the body than in fuscodorsalis, the ovipositor is relatively longer, and the colour also is not quite identical in both species. I therefore think it more prudent to keep Brunner’s species separated provisionally, and here propose a new name for it. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 125 1 g, Natal, Durban, purch. J. James, March 1888. The specimen was already determinated as Onosandrus fasciatus (without any indication as to who determined it), probably from Brunner’s monograph. The author of the determination apparently did not know at the time that fasciatus Brunner v. W. was not identical with fascratus Stal, which Sj6stedt demonstrated in 1912. The abdomen of this specimen has been immoderately extended during preparation; for the rest, the measurements agree quite well with those given by Brunner. Lateral lobes of pronotum but little longer than high. Hind femora (fig. 18) much more slender than in tugrinus and crassipes. Hind tibiae quite straight, above on the outer side with 9, on the inner side with 7 spines, whereas in the other species there are usually more on the inner side than on the outer side. Upper and middle inner spur a little shorter than metatarsus. dg subgenital plate elongately trapezoidal, transversely truncate at the end; styles wanting in the specimen before me (probably broken off at base). Processes of anal valves as long as the cerci and decidedly wider than these, depressed, parallel-sided to beyond the middle, from whence they are attenuated to an acute point in apical third. Onosandrus fuscodorsalis Sj6stedt. 1912. Sjostedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 19. Not represented in the collection before me. I only know this species from Sj6stedt’s description. Onosandrus mediocris Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 421). 1 3 (type), no locality label. Distinguishable at a glance from the two most closely allied species, natalensis and fuscodorsalis (with the original descriptions of which I could only compare it and not with the type specimens), by the decidedly shorter pronotum. Middle inner spur of hind tibiae as long as metatarsus along its upper edge, thus somewhat shorter than the average length of meta- tarsus ; upper inner spur almost as long as the middle one. Upper and middle outer spur about equal in length to each other, two-thirds as long as the inner ones. Lower spur, on either side, not quite half as long as the middle one. Preapical spinelets very short and delicate, inconspicuous. 126 Annals of the South African Museum. Onosandrus tigrinus nov. sp. 1 2 (type), Smithfield, O.F.S., Kannemeyer, “ Orangia,”’ 1910 (“ Onosandrus spec.” in coll., without name of author of determination). 1 2 (det. Karny) (“ 2 immatura sine tibiis anticis non determinanda, ’ det. Griffini; further with a second label: “‘? Onosandrus vel Carcinopsis,” without name of author of determination), Cape Colony, Hanover, 1901, Cron. Schreiner. 1 young 2 (det. Karny), Smithfield, O.F.S., Kannemeyer, 1908; its ovipositor still very short, though already rather slender; bands of tergites easily distinguishable, but not yet as well defined as in the larger specimens. Width Length ailieadl, | sited, | EB | aa a tib, | Ovabee mm, mm. mm, mm, mm. mm, mm. Q 6-4 18-0 6-0 5-7 13-7 12-0 11-9 Q 6:5 15-5 5:3 @ 11-7 10-5 13°3 At first I mistook this species for crassvpes, with which it agrees well in most of its characters. Then I found amongst the material of the British Museum a true crassvpes (2) for comparison, and from this I. have been convinced as to the specific difference of the two (compare key to the species). All thoracic and abdominal tergites with well-defined black bands Fic. 18.—Hind femur (seen from outside) of Onosandrus natalensis (above) and tigrinus (below). along hind margins, but even the pronotum without a fore marginal band. Fastigium verticis somewhat darkened, but the margins broadly pale yellowish. Face pale, with a distinct dark subocular spot. Tergites pale yellowish laterally and paler there than the A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 127 ferruginous dorsum ; lateral lobes of pronotum with a dark middle spot. Fore and middle tibiae normally spined, the upper fore tibial spine being situated slightly basally from the middle. Hind tibiae above on the outer side with 11 to 12, on the inner side with 10 to 11 dark-tipped spines. Ovipositor about as long as hind femur, slender, uniformly slightly upcurved, rather pointed at apex. 2 subgenital plate rather large, of the shape of an equilateral triangle, uniformly pointed at the tip, not blunt. All other characters as in crassipes. Onosandrus crassipes Brunner v. W. Not represented in the material of the South African Museum. For comparison I had before me a 2 from the British Museum which certainly specifically differs from tegrinus. Onosandrus saussuret Brunner v. W. Not present in the collection now before me. Two specimens (3, 2) determined by Peéringuey as saussurez I have placed with opacus (see above). Gen. Henicus Gray. For key to species see Onosandridus. I cannot regard Stal’s Mimnermus as a different genus. It may be considered either as a synonym of Henicus or as a subgenus of it. In this latter case the genus Henicus should be divided into two sub- genera as follows :— Frontal processes of ¢ short, triangular or conical, sharply pointed at the end, more or less outwardly directed. Ovipositor hardly one-third as long as the hind femora . : . subgen. Mimnermus Stal. Frontal processes of 3 eriindridal or ioEneunaned, forwardly directed. Ovipositor not at all or but little shorter than the hind femora subgen. Henicus Gray s. str. Henicus (Mimnermus) pictifrons (Péringuey) (loc. cit., p. 422). 1 juv. 9 (type), Nylstroom District, Transvaal, A. Tucker, 1906. This species has been described by Péringuey as Onosandridus. According to a ¢ specimen now before me in the material of the. British Museum, it must, however, be placed in Henicus (Mimnermus) _ and is closely related to prodigiosus. I shall return to that specimen in another publication, and will only state here that the structure of 128 Annals of the South African Museum. the head is practically the same as in prodigiosus, whereas the colour characters are quite as in the type @ and thus different from prodigiosus. Colour of frons very characteristic for the species. Occiput and vertex with a narrow, well-defined, fine longitudinal sulcus, suddenly stopping at the base of the fastigium verticis and not extending on to it. Lateral lobes of pronotum broadly pale yellow along lower margin, black along fore and hind margin. Fore and middle femora just before the knee with a small black spot, the knees themselves being pale; hind knees almost entirely black. All genicular lobes spineless. Hind tibiae black above along both edges, but the spines pale ; 8 on the inner side, 7 on the outer side, the last of them much smaller and weaker than the others, situated just before the upper apical spur ; the others decidedly longer, stronger, and more acutely pointed than in Onosandridus plebevus. The upper inner spur of hind tibia slightly longer than the middle one, the latter as long as the first and second tarsal joint taken together ; lower inner spur half as long as the middle one. Upper and middle outer spur as long as metatarsus along its upper edge ; the undermost a little shorter, as long as that of inner side. All abdominal sternites pale yellow, with a black spot at base on each side. Ovipositor quite straight, acutely pointed, very short (larval). Besides this type specimen I also place with this species 2 99 from Johannesburg, Cregoe, 1897; one of these specimens has a label “ Onosandrus pictifacies sp.n.” without the name of the author, and another one by Griffini: “ spinae 2 superae tibiar. anticarum notandae, ut in O. puncticeps Pict. et Saussure, 1891 (gen. Onosandrus ???).” The measurements of these two specimens (the second being that labelled as “ pictefacies’’) are: Width Length of head. | of body. Rei fem. fem. tib. Orne mm mm mm mm. mm mm mm 2 6:8 19-0 5-6 6-3 13-7 12°3 7:8 2 7-2 20-0 5:8 6:5 13-9 11-8 8:0 Both specimens agree very well with the type in all morphological characters, but the middle inner spur of hind tibiae is as long as, or even a little longer than, the uppermost. The colour is more intense than in the type, especially the pronotum, which is more castaneous A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 129 brown. Face with similar markings as in the type, but in the first specimen (without a determination label) the pale vertical band on the frons is interrupted by a black cross-stripe close above the clypeus, thus connecting the black markings on the sides of the frons. In the other specimen (with Griffini’s label) the markings on the face are as in the type, the black parts of the latter (fastigium verticis and sides of frons), however, being only castaneous in this case, passing into black only lower down at the base of the mandibles. For all the three specimens it 1s very typical that the lateral lobes of the pronotum are pale yellow below, especially towards the anterior angle, and that the meso- and meta-notum show a large, upright, yellowish spot laterally. As the sexual characters are not discernible in the (obviously still larval) type, I can only state that the ovipositor is shaped practically as in Onosandridus plebevus; 2 subgenital plate very large, about one-fourth as long as ovipositor, shaped like an equilateral triangle, broadly rounded at the end, even slightly emarginate in the middle. Shape of hind femora the same in all the three specimens, practically as in Onosandrus togrinus (fig. 18). Hencus (Mimnermus) prodigiosus (Stal). 3=Nasidius bechuanus Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 416. 0= Nasidius ferox Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 417. 1 $ (type of bechuanus), Vryburg District, J. M. Bain. 1 9 (type of ferox), Zambesi, Matoppos, Pillans, also with the label (‘‘ verisim. : Gen. nov., apud Gen. Platysvagona Br. locandum, voir les 2 épines aux tib. anter. aussi chez Onos. puncticeps Pict. SSS. 1891,” det. Griffini). These two specimens have been described by Péringuey as two different species of Nasidius, but no specific differences can be gleaned from his species key as ferox is not included init. From his descrip- tions too, and from the types now before me, I am unable to see any differences of specific value. On the contrary, the two specimens agree entirely with each other in all structural and colour characters, with the exception of the secondary sexual characters.- The only fact remaining is that the @ is considerably larger than the g. We must keep in mind, however, that such differences in the measure- ments—so far as they are not relative, but absolute only—are not very important in Henicinae, because we can very often (if the sexual characters are not already well developed) not make out with certainty whether we have to do with fully grown or larval specimens. In this connection I may recall Burmeister’s two types of dregi (see above), which show quite as great differences in size as bechuanus and feroz. VOL X» 1852. 19, 4500 ,, 9 9 Solpuga masienensis, n. sp. (Text-fig. 4.) 1 3, 1 2, 6389, Masiene, P.E. Africa. Colour.—Mandibles infuscated above but not at the sides, head- plate broadly infuscated anteriorly, narrowly posteriorly, forming a broad V-shaped patch ; abdomen greyish above and below, tarsus and apex of metatarsus of palp slightly infuscate, remainder yellow. Dentition.—Outer series as. in fig. 4, a; inner series consisting of a ae —_—_ll ‘ae ————Ss FS SS ar eee 160 Annals of the South African Museum. large distal, moderate middle, and minute proximal tooth, the middle much nearer to the proximal than to the distal tooth. b Fia. 4.—Solpuga masienensis, n. sp. Flagellum (fig. 4, a) reaching to just half-way between the basal enlargement and anterior margin of the headplate; seen from the outer side it is simple, without serrations, and flattened from above downwards in its anterior half and from side to side in its posterior New South African Solrfugae. 161 half ; seen from above (fig. 4, 6) it is a long, wedge-shaped structure ; basal enlargement low and rounded above; fang of jaw just anterior to the bend of the flagellum broad, its upper surface flat to slightly concave (a cross-section taken here would be triangular in shape with the apex of the triangle directed downwards) ; inner tooth, if present, a minute granule. | Spination.—Mandibles above, with numerous long, strong spines, headplate thickly covered with short spines, three strong spines (similar to those on the mandibles), forming a recurved row on each side of and just behind the ocular tubercle; the latter with two clusters of spines, one anterior, the other posterior to the eyes ; head- plate fairly densely covered with long, erect setae; metatarsus of palp with a broad scopulate area below, except at base and apex, tibia with a row of 4 long curved setae on its inner side, femur with a row of 4-5 spiniform setae on the inner side. Measurements.—Width of headplate 7-9, length (including ocular tubercle) 7, tarsus+metatarsus 12-8, tibia 13-3, femur 15-4, total length 31 mm. ©. Colour as in ¢. Headplate very much broader than in the 3, almost twice as broad as long, without strong spines but with a few setae, mandibles with a few strong spines above. Dentition.—Jaws and teeth much more powerful and larger than in the $; upper jaw with two large anterior teeth, the second of which is larger than the first, then two intermediate teeth, the second of which is about twice the size of the first, and is closely followed by a third large main tooth equal in size to the second main tooth, then four teeth, the first and third larger than the second and fourth ; inner series consisting of three teeth, the first of which is long and sharp ; lower jaw with three teeth fairly close together, the first and third (main teeth) very large. Measurements.—Width of headplate 10, length 5-6, tarsus+-meta- tarsus 11-3, tibia 10-8, femur 11-7 mm., total length 41 mm. This species is probably most nearly related to S. darlingz, Poc. Solpuga intermedia, n. sp. (Text-fig. 5.) 1 3, 12264, Montagu Baths. Colour.—Headplate and appendages yellow, terminal segments of fourth leg a little darker ; abdomen dark brown, tergites with two VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 1] 162 Annals of the South African Museum. posteriorly converging blackish stripes at the sides, sternites with a pair of similar but less distinct lateral stripes; malleoli not edged with black. Dentition very similar to that of S. erythronotoides, Hewitt (Ann. Transv. Mus., vol. vii, p. 33, text-fig. 6); the small keel in front of the anterior bend of the flagellum is here bluntly and not conspicu- ously terminated, but the dentition is otherwise similar to that of erythronotoides, loc. cit. Flagellum reaching to about half-way between apex of the upper yen Fie. 5.—Solpuga intermedia, n. sp. jaw and the posterior margin of mandible (fig. 5) ; it is not so curved as in either erythronota or erythronotoides, the median portion being almost straight and the distal portion very slightly bent downwards and (seen from above) inwards. Measurements.—Length of upper mandible 7-5, width of headplate 5-5, length 4-2, tibia 7-1, tarsus-+metatarsus 8-1, total length 29 mm. This may prove to be a variety of either S. erythronotoides or S. erythronota, though it differs from both in the longer and less curved flagellum, and also in the greater length of the lower jaw as compared with the upper. Solpuga calycicornis, n. sp. (Text-fig. 6.) 2 Sg, 14582, Burghersdorp. Colour.—Head and appendages yellow, the latter, especially the fourth leg and palp, with the terminal segments more or less infus- . : | | New South African Solifugae. 163 cated ; abdomen above with a broad, median, blackish-brown stripe (deep black in the last four or five segments), bounded laterally by a narrow band of yellow silky hairs. Dentition as in fig. 6, a, closely resembling that of S. derbiana, Pocock, as In figure given by Hewitt, Ann. Transvaal Museum, vol. vii, p. 35, text-fig. 7. Seen from the inner side there is in front of and a little below the anterior bend of the flagellum a short, projecting ridge or keel provided with a few granules which terminates about half-way between the fang tip and the first obsolete tooth of the upper jaw without forming a distinct tooth : inner row of double series consisting Fic. 6.—Solpuga calycicornis, n. sp. of three teeth increasing progressively in size, the distal one larger and a little farther from the middle one than is the latter from the proximal one. No stridulatory ridges. Flagellum as in fig. 6, a, reaching to about half-way between the basal commencement of flagellum and eye tubercle; seen from above, its _ long axis is parallel to that of the upper jaw; seen from the side, the flagellum runs practically straight except for the distal portion which is bent a little downwards ; seen under higher magnification (fig. 6, b), the apex of the flagellum is cup-like with the upper part of its rim drawn out to a point. Some long, fine hairs on the palpi and some shorter silky ones on the fourth leg, but no mane. This species closely resembles S. derbiana, the main difference being the peculiar structure of the terminal portion of th flagellum; it 164 Annals of the South African Museum. also resembles S. coquinae, Hewitt, from Cookhouse, but is smaller in size than either derbiana or coquinae. Measurements of larger specimen. Width of headplate 4-3, tibia 6, tarsus+ metatarsus 5-7, total length 18-5 mm. ; total length of smaller specimen 15-5 mm. Solpuga phylloceras, n. sp. (Text-figs. 7, 8, 9.) 1 3, 1 9, 5215, Pocaltsdorp, near George, C.P. Resembling S. vincta in the flagellum and dentition. 6- Colour.—Headplate, mandibles, and appendages yellow, without Fie. 7.—Solpuga phylloceras. markings ; abdomen with tergites light brown, bordered at each side by a stripe of deeper brown, sides and sternites dirty yellow. Malleoli without any infuscation. _ | Dentition as in figs. 7 and 8,6; the toothless anterior portion of the dorsal fang is shorter than in vincta ; in the latter species in a number of specimens examined from Signal Hill, Cape Town, the second main New South African Solifugae. 165 tooth is more or less truncated, fig. 8, a representing an extreme case, while that of phylloceras is normal ; in vincta the keel along the dorsal surface of the fang in front of the anterior bend of the flagellum is always provided with more than one small tooth, sometimes as many a a —— — Fie. 8.—a, Solpuga vincta ; b, Solpuga phylloceras. a Fie. 9.—a, Solpuga vincta ; b, Solpuga phylloceras. as shown in fig. 8, a, though there is usually one prominent and larger than the rest; in phylloceras there is one small tooth, the dorsal keel being otherwise smooth (fig. 8, b). Inner series of teeth consisting of two stout, well-separated teeth, the distal larger than the proximal one. Lower jaw resembling that of vincta except that the anterior, untoothed portion is shorter. Flagellum seen from the outer side as in fig. 7, In its brevity and 166 Annals of the South African Museum. general formation it resembles that of vincta, but is stouter at its base and narrows towards its distal extremity, while the reverse is true of vincta. Seen from above (fig. 9, b), it differs markedly from the latter in being leaf-like and much broader (at least twice the width), while the apex curves towards the outer side of the mandible (in wzncta it curves towards the inner side, fig. 9, a). Spination.—Headplate provided with irregularly scattered, brown setae of varying length, cleft at their tips; mandibles with similar but stouter setae ; metatarsus of palp with irregular and ill-defined scopula. 2. Colour as in 3, but the tergites less distinctly pigmented. Dentition very different to that of the g, the teeth large and massive, the upper jaw without a toothless space ; upper jaw with two large anterior main teeth, the second a little larger than the first, then an intermediate tooth adjacent to and about half the height of the fourth (main) tooth, which is equal to the second in height, then four moderate teeth ; inner series consisting of two large, conical teeth. Lower jaw massive and short, the three teeth large and close together. Measurements of ¢.—Width of headplate 4-5, length of headplate 3°5, length of mandible 6, tarsus-+metatarsus 5-6, tibia 5, total length 23 mm. Total length of 9 24 mm. This species belongs to the maraisr, vincta, spectralis, montana group, but is much more nearly allied to vincta than to any of the other species ; it differs from the latter in the much broader leaf-like flagellum and in its light coloration. Solpuga stiloceras, n. sp. (Text-figs. 10, 11, 12.) 2 33, 2 99. Seven-weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape Province. At about 6000 feet altitude. 3. Colour.—Headplate and thorax chocolate brown, mandibles dorsally brown, yellow at the sides; pedipalps and legs chocolate brown but with a distinct reddish tinge, the terminal segments blackish ; abdomen above, brown to black in the middle, a narrow longitudinal stripe on each side composed of white or dirty-white hairs; the central dark portion with some coarse yellowish hairs ; abdominal sternites brown, not as dark as the tergites, clothed with silky yellowish hairs; the genital sclerites and sternites in the one specimen mottled with a number of round black spots near their posterior borders ; headplate with some long, brown, scattered, seti- New South African Solifugae. 167 Fia. 10. Fre. 11. Fies. 10, 11, 12.—Solpuga stiloceras, n. sp. 168 Annals of the South African Museum. form hairs and some long yellow ones along the lateral and posterior margins; fourth leg with some long, dirty-white, silky hairs, but no mane; malleoli with infuscated borders. Flagellum resembling that of S. phylloceras, but different when viewed from above. It is shorter, and the anterior bend is situated above the second main tooth and not behind it as in phylloceras ; the basal enlargement is high ; seen from the side (fig. 10), the flagellum appears to be a normal, slightly tapering structure, the serrations being hardly visible ; seen from above (fig. 12), it appears as a much flattened, leaf-like structure, its width being much greater than its dorso-ventral thickness ; it differs considerably from phylloceras in being broad near the base and then tapering rather suddenly, the distal third being very narrow as compared with the remainder ; the basal portion and distal two-fifths are free from serrations and spicules. Dentition as in fig. 11, resembling S. phylloceras; the terminal portion of the dorsal fang provided with a keel along the mesial side above; the large toothless interval followed by 2 teeth, the first of which is moderate and not minute as in phylloceras ; these are followed by the double series of 4 outer and 3 inner teeth, the first of the inner teeth the largest, the third smallest. Mandibles with fairly stout and numerous brown setae above, stridulatory ridges 8 in number (in both sexes). Palps. Metatarsus with an oval, scopulated patch below except at apical and basal extremities. Measurements.—Width of headplate 4-6, length 4, tibia 5-5, tarsus+ metatarsus 6°3 ; total length 23-2 mm. 2. Colour.—Much as in 3, the abdominal tergites without the well- defined white stripes at the sides, the sides distinctly reddish with silky yellow-white hairs; sternites light brown (the one 2 with mottling as in the ¢ on the genital region and 5 anterior abdominal sternites), with dark, infuscated, lateral borders; headplate with brown setae not as numerous or as stout as in ¢; malleoli infus- cated. Dentition normal, without a large toothless space as in the g; single serles consisting of 2 main anterior teeth, then a small tooth, then a third main tooth; double series consisting of 4 outer and 3 inner teeth, the third inner tooth minute. Measurements.—Width of headplate 4:5, length 3-5; total length 20 mm. This species belongs to the sub-group formed by S. vincta and S. New South African Solifugae. 169 phylloceras ; it is evidently more closely allied to phylloceras than to vincta, but differs from the former in the shortness of the flagellum, the shape of the flagellum seen from above, and the fact that its distal two-fifths is free of serrations. In colour it resembles the typical diurnal coloration of vincta, and in the dentition it perhaps resembles this species slightly more than phylloceras. Genus ZERIASSA, Poe. Zeriassa furcicornis, n. sp. (Text-fig. 13.) 1 g, 1896, Kaapmuiden, EH. Transvaal. Colour.—Headplate infuscated pale violet, darker at the sides, bisected in the middle by a pale, narrow line ; mandibles infuscated pale violet, a darker patch at the sides anteriorly, which gives off three longitudinal lines, one inner, one in the middle, and one outer lateral ; palps, except at base of femur ; legs, except tarsal segments, infuscated violet, a little lighter below; tergites of abdomen violet, sides and sternites yellow. Dentition as in fig. 13, a, seen from the outer side ; inner series con- sisting of 3 teeth diminishing in size posteriorly, the second a little nearer to the third than to the first. Flagellum.—Seen from above, the flagellum at its anterior bend is equal in width to the width of the jaw, narrowing gradually to its point of bifurcation and describing a regular curve inwards; seen from the outer side (fig. 13, a), the flagellum is flattened from above downwards and is slightly twisted so that its horizontal plane becomes a more or less vertical one in its distal portion ; the tip of the flagellum (fig. 13, b) is bifurcate, the lower prong being simple, the upper one serrated ; the space between the two prongs is filled up with trans- ‘parent substance which is slightly frayed at its distal edge ; a narrow curved band rises from the lower prong and apparently connects it with the upper:one. Spination.—Coxae of third pair of legs with a group of 7-9 stout cylindrical bristles with slightly enlarged and darkened tips; meta- tarsus scopulate below in its proximal two-fifths, the unscopulate portion with an irregular double row of 6-7 spines, tarsus with 3-4 spines below. Se So LL ——— NS ee naa eee. eee 170 Annals of the South African Museum. Measurements.—Length of mandible 4:4, mandible-+headplate 7, width of headplate 4, total length 17 mm. aA a Po Fie. 13.—Zeriassa furcicornis, n. sp. This species differs from Z. cuneicornis, Purcell, in at least the bifurcation of the distal apex of flagellum, while differing from Z. purcelli, Hewitt, in the same respect, as well as in the greater length of the whole flagellum, and in the dentition. New South African Solifugae. 171 Genus Buossia, E. Simon. Blossia altecursor, n. sp. (Text-fig. 14.) 1 3g, 1837. Great Winterhoek Mountains, 5000 feet. Closely related to B. letoralis, Purcell, Ann. 8.A.M., vol. iii, p. 4. Colour as in B. litoralis, loc. cat. Mandibles.—Upper jaw stout, its apex less curved than in B. litoralis without a differentiated bristle, dentition as in fig. 14; lower jaw S Fic. 14.—Blossia alticursor, n. sp. stouter and on an average deeper than the upper jaw (the opposite is the case in B. litoralis); the dentition of both jaws in general resembles that of B. litoralis, except that the first tooth of the upper jaw is unaccompanied by a “smaller, more conical, outer tooth ”’ next to it; the first tooth of the lower jaw is here replaced by a low, rounded, talus-like prominence behind which the outline of the jaw runs straight as far as the second tooth, thus giving greater depth to the jaw than is the case in B. litoralis. 172 Annals of the South African Museum. Flagellum, seen from the outer side through the transparent jaw (fig. 14), is more drawn out distally than in B. litoralis, and resembles that of B. crepidulifera, Purcell; the distal edges are not or very slightly frayed and certainly not so distinctly as in B. crepidulifera or B. litoralis ; when rotated forwards the flagellum surpasses by a little the fang tip of the dorsal jaw. Spination.—Headplate thickly covered with short spines, some moderately long ones at each side of the headplate and along its posterior border ; ocular tubercle in front of and below the eyes with two fairly stout, short, slightly incurved spines. Tibia of palp with an outer row of 3 spines and an apical seta, inner side without spines; there seem to be no true spines on the meta- tarsus. Abdomen with the three filiform hair-like structures on the under-surface of second segment as described in B. crepidulifera. Measurements.—-Width of headplate 2-8, length 2-3, tibia 3-9, meta- tarsus-+tarsus 3-5, headplate to tip of jaw 2-7, total length about 12-6 mm. Blossia grandicornis, n. sp. (Text-fig. 15.) 1 g, 6829. Fraserburg, C.P. Colour.—Mandibles yellow, headplate except a narrow median pale stripe, legs except tarsi, and palpi infuscated reddish brown, tergites infuscated light reddish brown, ventral surface of abdomen ashy grey. Dentition.—Outer series seen from the outer side as in fig. 15. Inner series consisting of 3 teeth, the first 2 subequal and moderate, the third minute, the second much nearer to the third than to the first. Flagellum as in fig. 15, seen from the outer side; its distal two- thirds covered with spicules, the edges more or less frayed into minute points, the median rib is stout and very conspicuous, especially distally, where it narrows uniformly ; rotated forwards the apex of the flagellum reaches a point which is a little farther from the fang tip than this is from the point of origin of the first tooth. Spination.—Tibia of palp with 5 spines on the inner side, the two basal ones setiform ; proximally at the sides with a number of short cylinder bristles ; femora with one or two setae on inner apex ; head densely covered with short, sharp prickles, one or two larger spines on the lateral borders of the headplate; a short, stout, inwardly directed spine behind each eye, another on each side between this New South African Solifugae. 173 and the antero-lateral angle of the headplate ; a pair of strong spines in front of the ocular tubercle, a pair of smaller spines (about half the length of the first pair) behind these and between the eyes. Second abdominal sternite with a pair of salmon-pink, thickened 4 DY Mh I LEG oy) as gta BEMIS “M Vee Se, Fie. 15.—Blossia grandicornis, n. sp. hair structures on each side of the median line directed inwards and crossing. Measurements.—Length of mandible 2-5, width of headplate 2-1, length 2-1. Total length 11-5 mm. This species is related to B. laminicornis, Hewitt, from de Aar. Blossia hesset, n. sp. (Text-fig. 16.) 1 g, 7237. Fraserburg, C.P. Colour.—Mandibles lightly infuscated with slight indications of 174 Annals of the South African Museum. two stripes above, headplate fairly deeply infuscated, anterior margin blackish, a lighter diamond-shaped patch in the centre, legs and palpi except last segment infuscated reddish brown, except the under surfaces, which are yellow and sharply marked off from the infuscated portion ; tergites infuscate, more so in posterior than in anterior half, ventral surface of abdomen light ashy grey. Dentition as in fig. 16, a seen from the outer side, fig. 16, b from inner side; at the apex of the fang of the upper jaw there is on the outer side a lamina ending in a blunt tooth above the first tooth ; inner series consisting of two fairly large subequal teeth, the second of which is Fig. 16.—Blossia hessei, n. sp. closely followed by a small tooth; the ventral surface of the upper jaw is fringed on the outer side by a row of strong bristles, the most anterior of which, situated in front of and below the rotatory centre, is very stout and short ; lower jaw deeper and more massive than the upper jaw. | Flagellum as in fig. 16, a and 6, very long ; when rotated forwards (fig. 16, b) it exceeds the fang tip by not much less than half its own length ; the tip curved downwards narrows to a sharp point. Spination.—Headplate with short spines not nearly as dense as in B. grandicornis ; mandibles and headplate with a few long setae cleft at their tips ; tibia of palp with three stout setiform spines occupying the inner side of its middle part. Second ventral segment with three New South African Solifugae. 175 modified hair structures on each side of the middle line directed inwardly and curved. Measurements.—Mandible 2-1, length of headplate 1-7, width 1-8, total length 9-5 mm. Blossia falcifera var. transvaalica, n. var. (Text-fig. 17.) 2 $d, 14599. Johannesburg. Colour as in B. falcifera. Dentition as in fig. 17 ; the fang tip of the dorsal jaw is longer than in falcifera, and is provided just in front of the first tooth with a minute Fie. 17.—Blossia falcifera var. transvaalica, n. var. granule ; dentition of lower jaw as in falczfera, the first tooth in both these specimens being bifid. Flagellum (fig. 17) stouter distally than in the type but of the same general form, provided at its apex with a minute hooked process ; seen from the side, two bristles arise from the dorsal surface behind the rotatory centre, the one nearest the flagellum passes on the outer side of it, the farthest from the flagellum passes it on the inner side ; both project downwards and bear minute prickles, which are, however, not shown in the figure; these two bristles are distinct from the 176 Annals of the South African Museum. other normal bristles on account of their outstanding thickness and the fact of their bearing prickles. Spination.—Headplate and mandibles with a fairly large number of cleft setae; second abdominal sternite with three modified hair structures on each side crossing at their tips. Total length about 9 mm. Gen. MELANOBLOsSIA, Purcell. Melanoblossia ? hewitti, n. sp. (Text-fig. 18.) 1 g. Henkries, near the Orange River, Little Namaqualand. Colour.—Headplate and appendages yellow, tergites of abdomen brown, sides and sternites ashy grey. Dentition as in fig. 18, 6 seen from the outer side ; the upper jaw is almost edentate with a few tooth-like granules. Lower jaw with 5 small but distinct teeth increasing progressively in size distally, pointed and sloping slightly forwards ; lower jaw a little longer than the upper. Flagellum not apparent. Spination.—Seen from the inner side (fig. 18, a), the upper jaw is well provided with feather bristles, the largest and most striking group being composed of 5-6 long, stout plumes; these and 3-4 shorter ones above them seem to be placed on the posterior rim of an elliptical depression which is situated posteriorly and ventrally to the upper jaw; below the main group is a smaller group, their bases forming a rough curve, their tips strongly bent and pointing downwards. The lower jaw is provided with a number of stout setae of varying lengths which occupy that part of it posterior to the last and smallest tooth ; they are most numerous towards the dorsal surface of the jaw, the anterior ones being longest and stoutest ; the outer side of the lower jaw is not provided with bristles or setae except for one or two setae at its extreme base near the articulation with the upper jaw. Upper jaw dorsally with one or two forwardly directed setae. Six stridulatory ridges. | Appendages.—Pedipalps with some long, slender, and shorter setae but no spines below; first leg not provided with small or minute claws ; all tarsi consisting of one segment ; the fourth tarsus resembles that of Melanoblossia braunst in its slenderness, but I am unable to see any sign of an articulation ; its length is about ten times its width. New South African Solifugae. 77 Headplate with short bristles and some longer brown setae. Abdomen above with a few, sides with fairly numerous cleft setae ; second abdominal sternite with a group of five long, fleshy hairs on each side of the median line. Measurements.—Total length about 10 mm. In the length and slenderness of the jaws, and especially in the \S? Fie. 18.—Melanoblossia hewitti, n. sp. arrangement of the feather bristles, it resembles Lipophaga (Pseudo- blossia) schultzer, Kraepelin, but again differs from this species in having no claws on the first tarsus, in being provided with fleshy hairs on the second abdominal sternite, and in its smaller size. It appears to represent an intermediate stage between Melanoblossia and Inpophaga. Although differing from Melanoblossia in the important respect of the fourth tarsus, I have placed this species provisionally under this genus until more material can be accumulated. It is named in honour VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 12 178 Annals of the South African Museum. of our foremost South African arachnologist, Mr. Hewitt, Director of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, whose widespread knowledge and co-operation have been of invaluable assistance to me in studies of South African arachnids. OTHER RECORDS. Gen. SoLtpuea, Licht. Solpuga vincta, Koch. 1 g. 4000 feet, Lemoenshoek, Heidelberg Mountains. Coll. K. H. Barnard. 1 g. 2000 feet, Hermanus. Coll. E. L. Gill. 1 3. Barrydale, Swellendam District. Coll. A. J. Hesse. 1g. Zuurbraak Peak, Swellendam. Coll. R. F. Lawrence. 1 g. Giftberg, Van Rhynsdorp. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot. Solpuga maraist, Hewitt. 1 ¢. Tradouw Pass, Swellendam. Coll. R. F. Lawrence. 1 g. 6000-7000 feet, Matroosberg Mountains, Ceres. Coll. R. W. Tucker. 1 g. Touws River. Coll. Paynter. Solpuga celervpes, Hirst. 6 gg. Kaapmuiden, Hastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. 1 g. Acornhoek, Eastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. Solpuga serraticornis, Purcell. 1 g. Kaapmuiden, Hastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. 1 g. Messina, North Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. Solpuga schonlandi, Pocock. 5 gS. Smithfield, Orange Free State. Coll. Kannemeyer. 1 g. Grootfontein, South West Africa. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot. Solpuga montewror, Pocock. 2 $$. Junction of the Crocodile and Marico rivers, Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. New South African Solifugae. 179 Solpuga sericea, Pocock. 1 $. Grootfontein, South West Africa. Coll. J. Drury. Solpuga fusca, Koch. Specimens from Caledon, Kalk Bay, Constantia, Stellenbosch, Cape Province. Gen. DarstA, Karsch. Daesia lineata, Pocock. 1g. Fraserburg, C.P. Coll. A. J. Hesse. Daesia rhodesiana, Hewitt. 2 3S. Messina, North Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker. 1 g. Potgietersrust, Transvaal. Coll. Dr. Melle. Daesva bernhardi, Pocock. 1 3. Montagu. Coll. R. W. Tucker. 19. Montagu. Coll. K. H. Barnard. 1 g, 1. Matroosberg Mountains, Ceres. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot. Daesia namaqua, Kraepelin. 1g. Henkries, near the Orange River, Little Namaqualand. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot. Gen. Briossta, Simon. Blossta echinata, Purcell. 19,13. Beaufort West. Coll. W. F. Purcell. Gen. CHELYyPuS, Purcell. Chelypus barbert, Purcell. 2 33S. Kalahari Desert, 600 miles north-east of Upington. Coll. Jackson. Chelypus lennoxae, Hewitt. 1g. Upington. Coll. Father Sollier. ' ia) Oe a ot oe Binal ( 181 ) 5. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.—By K. H. BaRNnaARD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director. No. 10. A REviIsion oF THE SoutTH AFRICAN BRANCHIOPODA (PHYLLOPODA). (With 33 Text-figures.) INTRODUCTION. LATREILLE’S division of the Crustacea into the Malacostraca and the Entomostraca persists even at the present day, though it is recognised that the latter “ constitute a very heterogeneous group, defined only by negative characters and having no claim to retention in a natural system of classification ’”’ (Calman, 1909). The term Entomostraca, however, is frequently employed, in a general and colloquial manner, to denote the more lowly Crustacea, such as the Water-fleas (Cladocera), Cyclops (Copepoda), the Ostracods, the Barnacles (Cirripedia), and the group here dealt with—the Branchiopods or Phyllopods. Using the term in this sense, but excluding the Barnacles, it may be said that the Entomostraca are an important constituent of the fresh-water fauna of South Africa. They are found in streams, lakes, vieis, dams, wells, either permanent or temporary. These Crustacea lay “‘ resting-eggs,” which are able to withstand desiccation for con- siderable periods ; when the vleis and dams dry up, these eggs, either in mud adhering to the feet of various aquatic birds, or in the dust blown about by the wind, can be carried far and wide over the country. When the rains fall, the eggs hatch. It is possible, therefore, to collect these animals not only in the adult stage direct from ponds and dams, etc., but in the egg stage during the dry season. Samples of mud from the bottom and margins of dried-up pools are taken and placed in small glass jars with water, and when the Crustacea hatch they may be preserved and examined in all stages of development. This is an extremely valuable method of collecting, and no oppor- 182. Annals of the South African Museum. tunity of collecting samples of mud should be neglected. By this means many species have been added to the fauna-list, not only of this country but of others, e.g. Australia. The samples should be taken from the surface layer, an eighth or a quarter of an inch thick ; it is useless to dig deeper into the mud. The best part of the pool from which to take the mud is the extreme 2 k ‘ SOUTHERN Etosha Pan, i sa % j a @pruonesia Bea 2 ere ae See. F : -’ Makarikari te : Pan Swakop R\~.-’ arrRica : 3@) BECHUANALAND y BORO c- Fic. 1.—Locality map, showing actual number of species recorded in the present work. centre where the water has remained longest, or from around the margins where a water-level mark occurs composed of the debris of bits of stick, leaves, etc., and the dried bodies or shells of the animals themselves. Spencer and Hall (1896, Horn Sci. Exp. Centr. Austr., li, Zool., p. 229) have noted that Apus seems to congregate at the shallower edges of the pool as the water dries up, where the animals bury themselves just below the surface of the mud. The late G. O. Sars in a series of papers (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, 4, 1916; xx, 2 and 3, 1924; xxv, 1, 1927) has revised three groups of the Entomostraca, namely, the Cladocera, Ostracoda, and Copepoda, Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 183 for the most part, however, dealing only with the fauna of the Cape Province. As a basis for identifying and studying the fauna of the rest of South Africa these papers are very valuable. The following account of the fourth group—the Branchiopoda or Phyllopoda—is based on what appears to be a considerable amount ‘of material from many localities. But when the localities are plotted on a map (fig. 1) it is seen how scattered they are, and how very inadequate our collections are at present for the purpose of giving anything approaching a thorough survey of the Branchiopodan fauna of South Africa. Many additional species will certainly be added to the fauna-list in the future, and the distribution of those already recorded remains to be worked out. Paradoxical as it seems, Ovambo- land may be said to have been more intensively explored than any other single region, thanks to the Administration of South West Africa in aiding the South African Museum expeditions to that territory. The fossil representatives found in this country have been included, because they lead (at least in the case of Lepidurus) to interesting inquiries as to changes of climate during past geological epochs. Acknowledgments are due to the Directors and Curators of the other Museums in the Union and Rhodesia, who have placed all their material at my disposal ; and also to Dr. Haughton of the Geological Survey; Mr. J. H. Power of Kimberley ; Dr. Calman of the British Museum; and to Mr. R. Gurney, whose work on the Entomostraca is well known. As regards a portion of the material collected by myself and my colleagues, I have to acknowledge herewith: (1) a grant from the Research Grant Board in 1920, which enabled me to visit Ovamboland early in 1921; (2) the financial and other assistance rendered by the Administration of South West Africa and its officials, particularly Dr. Fourie, Major Manning, and Lieut. Hahn, in carrying out the Zoological Survey of South West Africa (chiefly Northern Damaraland, Ovamboland, and the Kaokoveld) in the years 1920, 1923, 1925, 1926. The localities quoted are those from which the South African Museum has material, except where otherwise stated. The Institutions where type material is preserved are quoted in most cases. A set, including cotypes of the author’s species, is in the British Museum. DISTRIBUTION. For reasons already stated no attempt is here made to draw con- clusions from the recorded distributions of the (living) species, but a 184 Annals of the South African Museum. attention may be directed to one or two outstanding features of the distribution and composition of the Phyllopod fauna. Following Daday, 11 families are recognised: 5 in the Anostraca, 1 in the Notostraca, and 5 in the Conchosiraca. All these families are represented in our region with the exception of the Anostracan family 30, NORTHERN , eS faa OS — SEE, =z T 2 “ +f. = : 4 it 1 Lake Ngamt - arikari Pan - Swakop RX¥~._/ AFRIC BECHUANALAND Orang* i Fic. 24.—Recorded localities of the genus Apus in South Africa. (See legend to fig. 2.) Ist leg usually as long as or a little longer than carapace. Caudal rami about as long as carapace, including posterior angles. Length.—Carapace (from anterior margin to hind end of median carina) up to 24 mm. (¢ and 9). Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less greenish or olivaceous, eyes dark brown or black with pale or reddish margins, extremities of exposed legs often pinkish, eggs salmon or dark red. Locality.— Basutoland : Morajia. CapeProvince: De Aar (Transvaal Mus.) ; Port Elizabeth ; Hanover; Mossel Bay; Petrusville; Kimberley ; Gordonia District; Kenhardt; Carnarvon; Berg River (probably in the Piquetberg area). f | } i f 238 Annals of the South African Museum. Bechuanaland : Asbestos Mts. (J. H. Power). Orange Free State: Bethlehem (Durban Mus.) ; Bloem- fontein and Ladybrand (Albany Mus.). Transvaal: Witbank; Rietfontein ; Heidelberg. Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon. Damaraland: Gobabis (Kimberley Mus.). Ovamboland: Ondongua; Onolongo ; Uwuthija.* Kaokoveld: Kamanyab ; Choabendus. Distribution.—Northern Africa, Arabia, Afghanistan. Type of trachyaspis in South African Museum. This is by far the commonest and most widely distributed species in South Africa. The smallest ovigerous 2? I have seen was 9 mm. in median length of carapace. Bouvier (1899, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vol. xix, p. 576) wrongly states that this species has 8-9 apodal segments. Apus namaquensis Richt. (Text-fig. 25, a.) 1886. Apus namaquensis. Richters, Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 31. ISOS, 55 - Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xxi, 4, p. 6, pl. i, figs. 1-8 (as a n.sp.). 1899. ,, seulleys. Id., wbid., p. 12, pl 1; fies, O—l: 1907. ,, elongatus. Thiele, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1907, No. 9, p. 290 (nom. nov. for nama- quensis Sars). 1910. ,, namaquensis. Stebbing, Ann. S. Ader) Migs p. 485. 1910. ,, sceulleyr. Id., vbid., p. 485. IOUS; 4, a Daday, Voy. Afr. Orient. Alluaud. Phyllop, 10s. 2s 1924. ,, namaquensis. Barnard, Ann. S. Air. Musi ijees p. 214. Nuchal organ depressed, triangular. Carapace circular, only very slightly, if at all, longer than broad, flattened, lateral margins usually slightly concave near the posterior angles. Number of apodal seg- ments normally 15 in g, 13 in 9, varying from 14-17 in 4, 12-14 in Q. Denticles on posterior sinus 46-54. Fourth endite of 1st leg usually * The specimens recorded by me in 1924 from Kalkfontein South and Ongka prove, on closer examination, to belong to sudanicus. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 239 a little shorter than carapace. Caudal rami in 2 usually not longer than median length of carapace, in g often considerably shorter. Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 20 mm. (¢ and Q). Colour.—Horn or amber colour, often more or less olivaceous, eyes dark, ova pinkish or dark red. Locality.—Cape Province: Bushmanland (—Little Namaqualand) (Sars) ; Aries, Narugas, Langklip (these three localities in the Gordonia District) ; Upington ; Kimberley. Great Namaqualand: Angra Pequena (= Liideritzbucht) (Richters) ; Kalkfontein South. a b C d Fic. 25.—Semidiagrammatic figures of the four South African species of Apus : a, namaquensis ; b, numidicus ; c, sudanicus ; d, cancriformis. Distributeon.—Kinangop in British Hast Africa (Daday). Types of namaquensis Sars and sculleyi in South African Museum. In view of the limited and compact distribution of this species in South Africa, its-discovery in British East Africa is interesting. Unfortunately Daday, though he had a large number of both sexes, merely gave measurements and no indication of, e.g., the variation in the number of apodal segments. A re-examination of these speci- mens is desirable. The largest specimens I have seen came from Upington in the Gordonia District. In three localities in the same district I have collected very small examples, including an ovigerous 2 only 5 mm., and the largest ¢ only 9 mm.; in all these specimens the nuchal organ is relatively very large and distinctly trapezoidal in shape. 240 Annals of the South African Museum. It is impossible to say whether the small size of the animals and the large size of the nuchal organ is in any way due to a slight brackishness in the water. The number 18, given by Sars for the apodal segments in the 4, is due to an aberration in one of the types; the segment before the telson being an incomplete one visible only on the dorsal surface. Sars’ figure 5 is incorrect, though figure 4 of the dorsal surface is correct. The other type ¢ has 17 complete segments. The remarkable shortness of the caudal furca as described by Sars in the ¢ is unusual, but the rami are characteristically shorter in this species than in the others, especially so in the male. This species was named after Mr. W. C. Scully, formerly Resident Magistrate in Namaqualand, but the name was incorrectly spelt by Sars. Apus sudanicus Br. (Text-fig. 25, c.) 1877. Apus sudanicus. Brauer, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lxxv, p. 590. 1886. ,, abyssenicus. Richters, Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 32. 1893. ,, sudanicus var. chinensis. Braem, Zeitsch. wiss. Zool., Ibvatioroy, IRctOe 1924. ,, numidicus. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 214 (part). Probable further synonym : 1922. Thriops uebensis. Colosi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., lx, p. 296. Nuchal organ conical, oval. Carapace oval, slightly longer than broad, more or less arched, lateral margins not concave near posterior angles. Number of apodal segments in ¢ 11, in 2 8-10 (usually 9 in @). Number of denticles on posterior sinus 44-56. Fourth endite of Ist leg about as long as carapace. Caudal rami about as long as carapace including posterior angles. Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 22 mm. (9). Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less olivaceous, eyes dark, eggs reddish. Locality.—Cape Province: Kimberley ; Upington ; Moloppo River 45 miles N. of Upington. Great Namaqualand: Kalkfontein South; Keetmans- hoop. Ovamboland: Ongka (N. of Ondongua). Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 241 Distribution.—Khartoum, Ailar, and N. of Cairo. (China ?) The South African specimens are assigned to this species on account of the agreement in the number of apodal segments. I have not seen any authentic specimens. Apus cancriformis Sch. (Text-fig. 25, d.) 1756. Apus cancriformis. Schaeffer, Monogr. d. krebsart. Kieferf. HST. y, zt Brauer, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lIxxv, [Oe D4, ESS6:. ..,, - Simon, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., ser. 6, vol. vi, p. 425. 393. _,, aie Braem, Zeitsch. wiss. Zoll., lvi, p. 183. 1909. Triops 5s Keilhack, Susswasserfauna Deutschl., Hft. 10, Phyllop. 1911. Apus ai Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 353. 1921. Thriops Ht Ghigi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., lx, p. 170. 1921. » mauritancus. Id., ibid., p. 175, fig. 9. SPA » apulrus. Id., wbid., p. 176, fig. 10. 1921. 5 so Smplex. id. dbid 5p. WT. 1923. Apus cancriformis. Gurney, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), xi, p. 496. vo Chriops ,, Colosi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., Ixii, p. 75. 1924. r i Ghigi, bid., xii, p. 193. 1924. Apus ovamboensis. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 215. Nuchal organ conical, oval. Carapace oval, slightly longer than broad, more or less arched, lateral margins not concave near posterior angles. Number of apodal segments in 3 6-8, in 2 5-7 (usually 7 in 4, 6 in 2). Number of denticles on posterior sinus 32-36. Fourth endite of Ist leg longer than carapace. Caudal rami as long as, or even longer than, the rest of the animal. Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 17 mm. (9). Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less olivaceous, eyes dark, eggs salmon or reddish. Locality.—Ovamboland : several localities. Distribution.—EKurope, Northern Africa, Kashmir. Type of ovamboensis in South African Museum. This species is characterised by its short “tail”? with the very long filaments. Further study has convinced me that ovamboensis is merely a synonym of cancriformis. Viol XIX, PART 1. 16 é 242 Annals of the South African Museum. OrpDER 3. CONCHOSTRACA. 1867. Conchostraca. Sars, Crust. d’eau douce Norv., pp. 5, 6. 1902. Conchophylla. Stebbing, Encycl. Brit., ed. 10, vol. xxvii (Suppl., vol. iv), p. 269. 1913. Conchostraca. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 561 (classification in Hungarian). 1915. “i Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol) soc pees 1923. a) Id., vbed., ser 10, voly vi ps 25> 1925. sd Id., wbid., ser. 10, vol. viii, p. 148. Body short, enclosed within a bivalve shell, ending posteriorly in a claw-like caudal furca (except Lynceidae). Front of head produced downwards, forming a frontal process or rostrum. Paired compound eyes sessile, more or less confluent ; ocellus placed below the compound eyes. First antennae short or long, unjointed, 2-jointed, or many- jointed. Second antennae natatory, biramous. Trunk-limbs (legs) 10-27 pairs, of which 0-16 are post-genital. Rami of caudal furca short, claw-like. Genital ducts opening on llth segment. Ova retained within the shell attached to the 9th—15th pairs of legs. Young hatched in the Nauplius stage, or (Cyclestherza) the develop- ment takes place within the shell of the mother. Distribution world-wide. For fossil representatives of this order see under the family Cyzicrdae. Key to the South African families. I. Shell very tumid, without growth-lines. Head very large. Caudal furca absent : : Lynceidae. II. Shell laterally compressed. A. Shell with few and indistinct growth-lines. 1. Shell circular in side view . : ; : . Cyclestheriidae. 2. Shell ovate in side view . ‘ : Limnadiidae. B. Shell with numerous and distinct growth-lines. 1. Rostrum (in adult) unarmed (or with a minute spine in Q) Cyzicidae. 2. Rostrum armed with a distinct apical spine in both sexes Leptestheriidae. Fam. LYNCEIDAE. 1896. Limnetidae. Sars, Fauna Norveg., 1 Phylloc. og Phyllop, Dey lilttas 1902. Lynceidae. Stebbing, Zoologist, p. 101. 1902. a Id., loc. cit., p. 270. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 2438 1910. Lynceidae. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486. 19138. i Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 588. Shell very tumid, subglobular, without growth-lines, hinge rather long. Head large, without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix on each side extending to end of rostrum. Rostrum spatulate, un- armed, more or less differing in shape in the two sexes. Eyes con- tiguous in front. First antenna short, 2-jointed, clavate, apex with sensory setae. Second antenna moderate. Ten (3), 12 (@) pairs of legs ; 1st pair (rarely also one of the 2nd pair) in g prehensile ; 9th and 10th pairs in 2 ovigerous. Caudal furca absent. Telson covered below by a laminate operculum. A lobed lamellate process on each side in 9 arising from the last 2 segments, apparently for the purpose of supporting the egg-masses. World-wide, in fresh-water. The members of this family are easily recognised by the tumid shell and large head. Gen. Lynceus O. F. Mill. 1776. Lynceus (part). O.F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., pp. xxvii, GE 1816. bg Leach, Enevel. Brit., ed. 5, p. 406. 1847. Limnetis. Loven, K. Vet. Ak. Handl., xvi (for 1845), p. 430. 1848. Hedessa. Lieven, Schr. naturf. Ges. Dantzig, iv, Hit. 2, p. 4. 1853. Lomnetis. Grube, Arch. Naturg., xix, p. 71. 1883. - Packard, U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Territ., xu, p. 298. 1907. Lynceus. Thiele, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1907, p. 294. 1910. af Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 486. 1913. f Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 589 (key to species in Hungarian). 1926. Lemnetis. Gurney, Intern. Rev. Hydrob., xvi, p. 114 (figs. of Nauplous larva). Only the 1st pair of legs in the $ prehensile. In the only other genus, Lynceopsis Daday, one of the 2nd pair of legs, either the right or the left, is also prehensile. In his 1913 paper (of which I have seen a translation) Daday subdivides the genus into Lynceus sensu stricto and Eulynceus n. subg. In the former the prehensile legs of the ¢ are similar on the two sides and the terminal claw or finger is usually narrow and scythe-shaped ; in the latter the legs on the two sides differ in shape and the terminal claw is usually stout. ee 244 Annals of the South African Museum. All the South African species belong to Lynceus s. str. I have not been able to refer them to any of the species mentioned in Daday’s key. Itis greatly to be regretted that Daday did not live to publish a revision of this family with detailed descriptions and figures as he did for most of the other families of Conchostraca. Four South African species are here listed, though it has not been possible to identify with certainty Loven’s species wahlbergz. Of the two Ovamboland species several additional characters are noted which were omitted in the preliminary diagnosis. A further new species is described from Bechuanaland. Of the two Madagascan species—rotundus Thiele, 1907, and madagas carensis Thiele, 1907—we have detailed accounts and figures of the prehensile legs of the 3g, but no figures of the rostra. Both these species require redescribing and figuring. Key to the South African species. 1. Rostral keel double in both sexes. a. Fornix running to end of rostrum, 7.e. rostrum spatulate, in both sexes bicarinatus. 6. Fornix running to end of rostrum in 9, but to middle of lower margin in 3, v.e. rostrum spatulate in 9, truncate in ¢ : . pachydactylus. 2. Rostral keel single in both sexes. Rostrum truncate in both sexes. a. Granules on proximal joint of Istleg g . : ; : truncatus. b. No granules on proximal joint of Ist leg J : 5 . _ lobatsianus. Lynceus bicarinatus Brnrd. (Text-fig. 26, h.) 1924. Lynceus bicarinatus. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 224, pl. xxvi, figs. 12-15. Shell subcircular, slightly deeper anteriorly. Profile of head above eyes nearly straight. Rostrum with double median keel in both sexes, fornix running to apex of rostrum and ending in a small pro- jection, apex spatulate, truncate, rather more convex in @ than 4, margin in both sexes crenulate. Opercular plate below telson with margin excised. Prehensile leg in ¢ with distal joint trapezoidal, the “‘ palm ”’ distinct from rest of margin, the longer of the 2 terminal appendages tapering distally, margin facing exopod with about 6-8 stout tubercles, finger moderately slender and curved, not exceeding palm ; proximal joint with very short and unornamented margin facing the very stout exopod. Posterior lamella of 2 with 3 marginal Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 245 processes and 1 accessory process on dorsal surface near junction with body. Diameter.—Up to 8 mm. Colour.—Horny with a slight greenish tinge. Locality —Ovamboland : several localities. Type in South African Museum. J h Fic. 26.—Lynceus pachydactylus n. sp.: a, Profile of head 3; 6, profile of head 9 ; c, frontal view of head 3; d, ventral view of rostrum ¢; e, prehensile leg of ¢. L. lobatsianus n. sp.: f, Ventral view of rostrum 3; g, frontal view of head 9. L. bicarinatus Brnrd.: h, Prehensile leg of ¢. Lynceus pachydactylus n. sp. (Text-fig. 26, a—e.) Shell subcircular, slightly deeper anteriorly. Profile of head above eyes nearly straight. Rostrum with double median keel in both sexes, truncate in 3, spatulate in 9, fornix running to middle of lower margin in g, to apex in 9, lower hind margin crenulate in 2; the truncate lower end of rostrum in ¢ oval, hind margin evenly convex, not crenulate, the ends of the fornices forming small points. Oper- cular plate below telson bilobate in both sexes, larger in ¢ than @. 246 Annals of the South African Museum. Prehensile leg in ¢ with distal joint oblong, “ palm ” short but distinct, with about 10 stout blunt pines, margin facing exopod with 10-12 transverse ridges, finger very stout, short, nearly semicircular in outline, the longer of the two terminal appendages scarcely projecting beyond margin of finger; proximal joint with very short and un- ornamented margin facing exopod. Posterior lamella in 2 with 3 marginal processes. Diameter.—Up to 5 mm. Colour.—Horny, eggs yellowish or salmon. Locality.— Transvaal: Rietfontein (between Pretoria and Johannes- burg) ; Heidelberg. Type in South African Museum. This species resembles madagascarensis Thiele and massaicus Thiele in the short thick finger of the prehensile leg of g, but the shape of the ““ hand ”’ is different. In other respects also it is close to massavcus, as, €.g., in the short terminal appendages of the “ hand ” of the J and the posterior lamella in the 9. The shape of the rostrum in both sexes appears to be very similar in these two species. Thiele’s figure (1900, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xii, pl. xxxviu, fig. 31) of the g does not quite correspond with his text, and gives the impression that it is not a full lateral view, but has the lower end of the rostrum tilted up and the continuation of the line representing the lower margin omitted. If this were so, the fornix would run to the middle of the lower margin as in pachydactylus. The two species, however, are easily separated by the prehensile legs of the 3. Lynceus truncatus Brurd. (Text-fig. 27.) 1924. Lynceus truncatus. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 224, pl. xxvi, figs. 5-11. Shell subcircular, slightly deeper menene Profile above eyes straight or slightly concave. Rostrum with a single median keel in both sexes, distally truncate, fornix running to about middle of lower margin (viewed laterally) and ending in small spiniform pro- jections ; in g lower end of rostrum appears diamond-shaped, the median keel forming an acute projection in front, the posterior end also forming a sharp angle; in 2 the lower hind end of rostrum is shovel-like, with the margin finely denticulate. Opercular plate below telson much reduced in 9, much broader than long, margin convex; in ¢ obsolete. Prehensile leg of $ with the distal joint Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 247 oblong, longer than broad, the curved rather slender finger closing between two rows of stout spines and spine-setae,. the longer of the two terminal appendages somewhat club-shaped at apex, proximal joint with the long margin facing the slender exopod set with numerous transverse rows of minute granules. Posterior lamella of 2 with 3 a b X Y Cc, Cec, fc, a 2 CCc¢ Y Fic. 27.—Lynceus truncatus Brnrd. a, Profile of head g; b, profile of head 9; c, frontal view of head 9; d, ventral view of rostrum ¢; e, left posterior lamella 9, dorsal view, anterior end to right; f, prehensile leg g; g, granules on proximal joint of latter further enlarged. marginal processes curving downwards and 2 (sometimes 3) accessory processes on dorsal surface. Diameter.—3 mm. Colour.—Horny. Localityx—Ovamboland : Ukualuthi. Type in South African Museum. Lynceus lobatsianus n. sp. (Text-fig. 26, f, g.) Very similar to truncatus. Truncate apex of rostrum in ¢ in ventral view less elongate, diamond-shaped, the median keel and fornices less prominent, and the hinder angle more rounded. Lower hind end of rostrum in 9 less produced. Opercular plate not reduced in ? or absent in g, margin convex. Proximal joint of prehensile leg of 3 without rows of granules on margin facing exopod. A 248 Annals of the South African Museum. Diameter.—2-5-3 mm. Colour.—Horny. Locality.— Bechuanaland : Lobatsi (J. H. Power). Type in Kimberley Museum, cotype in South African Museum. This form may prove to be a variety only of truncatus, but in the absence of intermediates the two forms are very distinct. Species insufficienter descripta. Lynceus wahlbergi (Loven). 1847. Limnetis wahlbergi. Loven, loc. cit., p. 430, pl. iv. 1904. A us Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., u, p. 299: Q.—Shell subcircular, deeper anteriorly. Profile of head straight above eyes, strongly and evenly convex below. Rostrum with a double median keel, fornix running to apex of rostrum. Diameter.—3 mm. Locality.—** In paludibus terrae Caffrorum Natalensium ” (Loven).* Orange Free State: Kroonstad (Gurney). Type in Stockholm Museum. Loven (and Gurney) had only female specimens, consequently there remains a doubt as to the exact identity of this form. One or the other of the bicarinate species, bicarinatus or pachydactylus, is probably really the same as Loven’s species, but as the doubt will always remain it is better to take no account of the name wahlberqi. Thiele (1900, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xii, p. 572, pl. xxxvil, figs. 26-38) identified a g¢ and 2 from Massai Nyika (Tanganyika) as this species, but later (1907, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, p. 294, footnote) regarded them as distinct under the name massazcus. The Q, and it seems the ¢ also, has a double rostral keel, thus resembling jeannelt and bicarinatus; the prehensile leg of the 3g, however, is very distinct. Fam. CYCLESTHERIIDAE. 1888. Limnadidae (part). Sars, Vid. Selsk. Skr. Forh. Krist. for 1887, i. 1913. Cyclestheriidae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 588. Shell thin, pellucid, laterally compressed, subcircular in outline, — with few and inconspicuous growth-lines, hinge short. Head without * See note on locality under Streptocephalus cafer. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 249 frontal appendage, with rudimentary fornices. Rostrum compressed, securiform, apically serrate. Eyes fused into one. First antenna rather long, simple, unjointed. Second antenna strong. Sixteen pairs of legs, 1st in g prehensile. Caudal furca claw-like. The development takes place within the shell of the mother without any free-swimming stage. Only one genus. 1888 1913 Gen. CYCLESTHERIA Sars. . Cyclestherta. Sars, loc. cit., pp. 5, 6. ; eS Daday, loc. cit., p. 588. With the characters given above. Widely distributed in tropical and subtropical regions. Cyclestheria hislopr (Baird). (Text-fig. 28.) 1859. Estherta hislopr. Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 282, pl Ix, figs. 1, Ub. 1886. Limnadia _,, Brady, J. Linn. Soc., xix, p. 294, pl. xxxvil, figs. 1-3. 1888. Cyclestheria ,, Sars, loc. cit., p. 8, pls. i-vill. 1898. 33 a Weltner, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, peugg: 1900. te Thiele, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xiii, pp. 564, 576. 1903. A; 3 Sayce, Tr. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv, 2, p. 256, pl xxl, iG. c: NOUS. ” J Daday, Voy. Alluaud. Afr. orient. Crust., p- 3. 1913. Hulimnadia victoriae. Brady, Ann. Natal Mus., ui, p. 469, 1924 pl. xxxvu, figs. 1-7. . Cyclestheria hislopi. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 223. Up to the present only one species has been recognised, though Thiele (loc. cit., p. 576) regards the Brazilian form as specifically distinct. figures here given. Diameter.—4-5 mm. Colour.—-Horny with a slight greenish tinge. It is easily recognised by the family diagnosis and the 250 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality.— Rhodesia : Victoria Falls (Brady). Ovamboland : several localities (Barnard). Portuguese East Africa : Quilimane (Thiele). Distribution.—India (Baird), Ceylon (Brady), Queensland, Celebes, East Africa, Brazil (Sars), British East Africa (Daday). Type (of hislopz) in British Museum, of vectorzae ? lost. It seems a little remarkable that Brady, in describing this form as a new species in 1913, did not recognise it as the same as that which he had examined and figured in 1886 from Ceylon. He does not pay a b c Fic. 28.—Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird). a, Telson and caudal furca ; b, head; c, lateral view of shell. state that the Victoria Falls specimen actually had 18 pairs of legs, though he mentions that Hulimnadia is distinguished from Limnadia by that number. According to Daday’s more recent work this generic distinction does not hold good. Fam. LIMNADIIDAE. 1896. Limnadidae (part). Sars, Fauna Norv., 1, p. 84. 1913. i Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 584. 1925. a Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vin, p. 143. Shell thin, pellucid, laterally compressed, ovate in outline, with few and inconspicuous growth-lines, often slightly dimorphic in the two sexes, hinge rather long. Head with frontal appendage (in adult), without fornices. Rostrum compressed, apex unarmed. LEHyes con- tiguous. First antenna moderately long, anterior margin with short rounded lobes bearing sensory setae. Second antenna rather strong. Highteen to thirty-two pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs in ¢ pre- hensile; 9th and 10th, and sometimes also 11th, pairs in Q each with a long filamentous appendage (exopod) to which the egg-mass is attached. Caudal furca claw-like. — Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 251 Daday (1925) recognised three genera: Limnadia, Eulimnadia, and Limnadopsis. Paralimnadia Sars is regarded as a synonym of Limnadia, though the shell with its numerous growth-lines might be considered a good generic character. Limnadopsis has a serrate hinge-line and more numerous legs. Eulimnadia was defined by Packard as having only 18 pairs of legs, but Daday does not adopt this as a distinguishing feature. It has also been considered distinct from Liamnadia on account of its being bisexual; up to the present no males have been seen of the typical species of Limnadia (L. lenticularis). As this argument might any day be put out of court by the discovery of males of one of the species of Limnadia, I agree with Daday that structural characters alone should be the criterion for separating these two genera, if indeed it be deemed worth while to separate them at all. Daday relies upon the presence (Hulamnadia) or absence (Limnadia) of an acute projection on the lower distal angle of telson as a distinguishing feature. If this is the only feasible character, the separation of the two genera seems insecure, and Daday himself felt (loc. cat., p. 147) that later authors might regard both genera, and even Limnadopsis, as subgenera only of Limnadia. i Gen. Eutimnapi1A Pack. Dad. 1874. Hulimnadia. Packard, 6th Rep. Peabody Ac. Sc., p. 55. 1874. iS Id., Hayden’s U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Rep. for 1873, p. 618. 1883. i Id., U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Territ., xii, Dol pe oll 1895. i Ishikawa, Zool. Mag. Tokio, vu, No. 76. 1896. mn Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xvii, No. 8. 1902. us Id., ibid., xxiv, No. 6. 1911. Wolf, Fauna 8.W. Austral., iii, p. 270. HOLS. - Daday, Math. Termt. Hrt., xxxi, pp. 584, 585 (key to species) (in Hungarian). 1914. - Dakin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 298. 1925. ¥ Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. viii, p. 145 (species not dealt with). Hinge-line of shell not serrate. Eighteen or twenty pairs of legs. Lower distal angle of telson produced in an acute point (Daday). 252 Annals of the South African Museum. Eulimnadia africana (Brauer). (Text-fig. 29.) 1877. Limnadia africana. Brauer, SB. K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxy, p. 608, pls. vu, vil. 1913. Hulumnadia _,, Daday, Voy. Alluaud Afr. orient. Phyll., past MOMS hs o Id., loc. cit., p. 586 (defined in key to species) (in Hungarian). 1924. Ed ; Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 223. Shell oval, hinge-line slightly convex in 3, more strongly so in 9, anterior margin rounded and extending beyond anterior end of hinge- Fic. 29.—Hulimnadia africana (Brauer). -a, b, Lateral view of shell of ¢ and 9 respectively ; c, d, head of 3 and Q respectively; e, Ist leg of $; f, telson and caudal furca (only one side drawn in); g, ovum. > line ; growth-lines 6-7 in number, usually very indistinct, converging at anterior end, surface smooth, very minutely pitted. Rostrum in 3 bluntly acute, in 9 quadrate or rounded-quadrate. Eighteen pairs of legs. Tactile process (Calman) or endopodital palp (Daday) elongate, Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 253 longer on 2nd leg than on Ist, 2-jointed, 2nd joint longer than Ist, apically obliquely truncate and minutely setulose. Filamentous appendages (dorsal lobes of exopods) on 9th and 10th pairs of legs in 2. Lower distal angle of telson produced in a short point; teeth on dorsal margin subequal in size. Caudal style with long plumose setae for nearly whole length, except near apex where the margin is minutely serrulate. Posterior 12 (about) segments each with medio- dorsal tufts of setae, much larger in 2 than g, where they pass into a single short spine on each of the last 3 or 4 segments. Ova spherical, rugulose. Dimensions.—fg 8:5X5 mm.; 9 9:5xX7 mm. Colour.—Pale horny, more or less tinged with green. Locality._—Cape Province: Kimberley (Kimberley Mus.). Bechuanaland : Lobatsi (J. H. Power). Transvaal: Rietfontein ; Heidelberg. Rhodesia : Bulawayo (Rhodesia Mus.). Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon. Ovamboland : widely distributed (Barnard). Kaokoveld : Choabendus. Distribution.—Sudan (Brauer) ; British East Africa (Daday). The tooth on the margin of the “ hand” of the prehensile legs is much less strong in Brauer’s figure than in the South African specimens. The ova are comparable with those figured by Sayce (1903, Tr. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv) for EL. rivolensis (= Limnadia sordida). Fam. CYZICIDAE. Inmnadudae (part) and Estherudae (part) auctorum. 1900. Estherudae (part). Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 9, palo: 1910. Cyzicidae (part). Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486. 1913. Caenestherridae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 567 (in Hungarian). es fd., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p, 49 (revision). 1915. Shell thin, pellucid (but often rendered opaque with extraneous matter), laterally compressed, ovate in outline, with numerous and distinct growth-lines and more or less distinct surface sculpturing. Head without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix on each side extending to apex of rostrum. Rostrum unarmed, or with a minute 254 Annals of the South African Museum. apical spinule in the young which may persist in adult 9, but not in adult g. Eyes contiguous. First antenna long, with numerous lobes on anterior margin bearing sensory setae. Second antenna strong. Twenty to twenty-seven pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs in 3 prehensile, 9th and 10th pairs in 9 ovigerous. Caudal furca claw-like. Foremost tooth on upper margin of telson larger and stronger than the following ones. In examining the surface sculpturing the shell should in the first place be dried and observed by reflected light; but it should also be examined by transmitted light, and for this purpose the membrane on the inner side of the shell must be carefully removed. The family should take its name from the oldest genus (Cyzzcus), not from Daday’s own genus. Brief mention may be made of the fossil representatives of this order which occur in South Africa. As the animal within the shell is not preserved (except in the case of Limnestheria, Wright, 1920) fossil species cannot with any certainty be ranged in the present-day families, though by a comparison of the shell characters we can perhaps say that the Lynceidae, Cyclestherudae, and Limnadudae have no fossil representatives, at least in South Africa.* The other two families, the Cyzicidae and Leptesthervdae, are scarcely distinguishable on shell characters alone, and we may therefore regard all the fossil species of “ Estheria ’’ as members of the former family. As the name Estheria (Riippell, 1837) is preoccupied (1830, Robineau- Desvoidy, Diptera) and the fossil species are not referable to any particular modern genus, Daday has proposed the name Palaeestheria. In 1912 Deperet and Mazeran (Bull. Soc. d’Hist. nat. d’Autun, xxv, p. 173) have subdivided the genus “ Estheria’”’ into groups. The group containing the majority of fossil species is characterised by the numerous regular concentric ribs, and is named Ewuestheria. I have not seen this paper, but apparently the name Euestheria is not to be regarded as a properly constituted generic or subgeneric name ; it does not appear in the International Catalogue. Therefore Daday’s name Palaeestheria should stand. The following South African forms have been discovered. * Reference, however, may be made to Mitchell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., hii, 2, p. 105, 1927. Some of the fossil species described in this paper, e.g. Hstheria glenleensis, pl. ii, fig. 6, and LH. lenticularis, pl. iii, fig. 7, might justly be regarded as representatives of the Limnadiidae and Cyclestheriidae respectively, judging by the figures. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 255 Gen. PALAEESTHERIA Daday. 1915. Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p. 51. + Palaeestheria anomala (Jones). 1901. Jones, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. vill, p. 352, text-figs. 1-4. A shortly oval or subrotund species, 5x3 mm., with a rather short hinge and no visible sculpture. From the Enon Conglomerate at Heidelberg, Cape. + Palaeestheria draperi (Jones and Woodw.). 1894. Jones and Woodward, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. i, p. 289, pl. ix, figs. 1, a~c. 1894. Id., ibid., p. 290, pl. ix, figs. 2, a, b (stowrana). 1901. Jones, Geol. Mag., p. 354. 1924. Haughton, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xu, p. 326 (Cyzicus (Huestheria) drapert). ) Suboblong, hinge-line straight, up to 1610-5 mm., interspaces between the ridges with coarse shallow pits. From shale-band in the Cave Sandstone, at Harrismith, Orange Free State, and Wodehouse, Cape. The small specimens described as stowiana were originally regarded as possibly the young of draperz, but in 1901 Jones maintained their distinctness on the ground that the full complement of ridges is present. Haughton unites both forms. t Palaeestheria grey (Jones). 1879. Jones, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. v, p. 100, pl. ili, fig. 1. A minute species, }x,'5 inch, in shape somewhat resembling a LIimnadia, but with numerous ridges. No visible sculpture. From the Karroo Beds near Cradock. { Palaeestherva sp. Specimens of a Palaeestheria are in the Geological Survey Collection (Nos. 312-319 W), from the Lower Beaufort Beds, at Bosch Hoek near van Reenen’s Pass, Orange Free State. 256 Annals of the South African Museum. {+ Palaeestheria sp. Some large specimens, 16-23 mm. in length, were collected by Dr. 8S. H. Haughton from the Cretaceous (Wealden) at Port Elizabeth. They show very numerous growth-lines, but no definite intervening sculpture ; they are comparable with ellepteca Dnkr. from the Wealden of Europe. Gen. LEAIA Jones. 1862. Jones, Monogr. Foss. Hstheria. This genus is characterised by having two radiating ribs from the umbo to the lower margin. No living genus with similar shell characters is known. { Leava sp. Specimens of this genus are in the collection of the Geological Survey (Nos. 298-311 W), from the Lower Beaufort Beds, 2 miles 8. of Mooi River Station, Natal. The largest is 75x 4 mm. ; ovate, hinge straight in some specimens, curved in others; umbo at anterior third; anterior radiating rib runs perpendicularly to the hinge-line, the other rib nearly bisects the angle between the anterior rib and the hinge-line ; faint concentric striae are visible, but the direction of them does not appear to be abruptly altered by the ribs, at least not by the anterior rib, as in typical Leava. Key to the South African genera. 1. Rostrum in both sexes acute. Occipital angle of head (in adult) acutely pointed : : ; 2 : : : ‘ . Caenestheriella. 2. Rostrum in @ acute, in ¢ apically dilated, truncate, securiform. Occipital angle rounded or rounded-quadrate ; : : : Eocyzicus. Gen. CAENESTHERIELLA Daday. 1913. Caenestheriella. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 567, 570 (key to species in Hungarian). II)IUS), 43 Id., Aun. Sci—Nat., ser. 9, vol: xx, pg Head with occipital angle in both sexes more or less acutely pro- duced. Rostrum in both sexes apically acute. Teeth and spines on margin of telson spinulose. Distributed over all continents except South America. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 257 Daday (1915) has admitted 20 species to this genus, of which 11 are described as new. It seems reasonable to think that some of these will later be united. I am unable to find, e.g., constant differences in the 3 South African species admitted by Daday. Caenestheriella australis (Loven). (Text-fig. 30.) 1847. Cyzicus australis. Loven, K. Vet. Ak. Handl. for 1845, p. 428, pl. in. 1898. Estheria elizabethae. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 4, p. 33, pl. iv. 1905. us bs Id., wbid., xxvu, No. 4, p. 3. 1910. Cyzccus australis and elizabethae. Stebbing, Ann.S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 487. 1915. Caenestherta (%) australis. Daday, loc. cit., p. 98, fig. 15. 1915. Caenestheriella vidua. Id., vbid., p. 122, fig. 21. 1915. As joubint. Id., wbid., p. 148, fig. 29. PONS. Bs elizabethae. Id., rbid., pl. clxxv, fig. 37. 1924. Ce elizabethae, joubint, and vwidua. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, pp. 225, 226. Shell ovate, hinge-line forming a slight angle with posterior margin in 2, this angle in g obsolete, growth-lines forming strong ribs more or less closely set with fine setae, especially in young; sculpturing consisting of closely set fine punctures, which are arranged more or less in regular transverse lines leaving pellucid intervals, at least at front and hind ends and near central margin, but the linear arrange- ment often not too well marked, especially in the younger portions of the shell. Rostrum apically subacute in J, in 2 acute and curved shghtly forwards, in young very acutely pointed ; at the apex of the - groove formed by the fornices there is in the young a short stout spine (fig. 30, f) which in adult 9 is much smaller and scarcely, if at all, projects beyond the margins of the fornices, or even becomes quite obsolete ; in adult J itis nearly always obsolete. I have seen a minute vestige of it in one specimen from Bulawayo, one from Gibeon, and one from Port Elizabeth. Occipital angle in young much less acutely produced than in adult. Telson with the two claws asymmetrical in 3. Dimensions.—Up to 10x 6 mm. Colour.—Shell corneous, animal reddish. WoOb. XXIX, PART 1. ie 258 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality.—Cape Province: Port Elizabeth (Sars) ; Hanover (Sars) ; Kimberley (Kimberley Mus.) ; Queenstown (Daday) ; Hutchinson ; Prince Albert; Beaufort West; Mol- teno; Prieska ; Kenhardt ; Langklip, Narugas Siding, and Omdraaiputz (all three in the Gordonia District). Bechuanaland: Kalahari, several localities (Daday) ; Asbestos Mts. (J. H. Power). Orange Free State: Kroonstad (Gurney) ; Bloemfontein (Daday, and Albany Mus.). Transvaal: “in paludibus terrae Caffrorum Natalensium (Loven).* Blaauwberg (Albany Mus.); Witbank ; Brakpan ; Heidelberg ; Wolmaranstad. Rhodesia: Bulawayo (Rhodesia Mus.). Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon ; Keetmanshoop ; Kalkfontein South. Damaraland : Windhoek (Daday). Ovamboland : several localities (Barnard). Kaokoveld : Kamanyab. Type of australis in Stockholm Museum ; of elizabethae in South African Museum ; of wzdua in Berlin Museum; of joubsni in Paris Museum. In the first place I agree with Wolf’s opinion (cf. Daday, loc. cit., p- 152) that elzabethae is synonymous with australis. Loven has figured the essential outstanding features of this widely distributed species, viz. the setose growth-lines of the shell and the acute rostrum. Young female specimens in particular correspond with Loven’s words “angulo acuto terminatum spina armato.” These words might be taken as applicable to Leptestherza but for the shape of the Ist leg of the g figured by Loven. From the size and the rounded occipital angle of the head Loven’s specimens were evidently not full grown. As regards Daday’s species vidua and joubinz, after the examination , of a large amount of material from numerous localities, I am unable to appreciate the constancy of the characters relied upon for dis- tinguishing these forms from one another and from elzzabethae. The typical arrangement of the punctures on the shell is not always well seen, especially in young specimens; it is best seen in adult shells at each end and near the ventral margin. The presence or absence of an angle where the hinge-line meets the posterior margin is, as Sars pointed out, largely a sexual character. The actual shape of the head is variable in both sexes ; the rostrum in some g¢ being * See note on locality under Streptocephalus cafer. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 259 comparatively stout (Daday’s figure of jouwbinz), in others slender (Daday’s figure of elizabethae) ; the angle of the fornix just below the eye in may be very conspicuous (vidua), but I have seen all variations between this and the inconspicuous angle in joubint. Females with stout rostra occur in the same locality along with males with slender 0 0 RRR 3 C a . ct , WW Paks A Fig. 30.—Caenestheriella australis (Loven). a, c, Heads of ¢; 6, d, heads of 9; e, head of young ; f, apex of rostrum of young ; g, apex of rostrum of adult 9 ; h, apex of rostrum of adult ¢ (Bulawayo) ; 7, Ist leg of 3; j, sculpture of shell. v rostra. In general, the larger the specimen the more slender the rostrum in both sexes. According to Daday the margin of the branchial epipod in joubinz is entire, in elizabethae more or less crenulate, in vidua crenulate ; obviously not a decisive character. The number of lines of growth is also an unreliable character. C. paradoxza Daday, founded on a young female from the Niger River, shows the same projecting point or spine at the apex of the rostrum as does the young of australis ; and I am inclined to think that paradora may also prove to be synonymous with australis. This is a very widely distributed species. The animals are more 260 Annals of the South African Museum. sedentary than some of the other Conchostraca, lying embedded in the mud with the dorsal surface downwards, and the ventral margins of the shell just flush with the surface of the mud. Gen. Eocyzicus Daday. 1913. Hocyzicus. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 567, 574 (key to species in Hungarian). 1915. Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, poige Head with the occipital angle in both sexes rounded or rounded- quadrate. Rostrum in 9 acute, in ¢ apically dilated, securiform, rounded or truncate. Teeth and spines on margin of telson simple, smooth. Mainly in Africa, but also in Asia and North America. Key to the South African species. 1. Size about 6-7 mm. a. Rostrum in g with anterior angle slightly less than a right angle. Margin of hand of ¢ slightly notched. Telson with fine denticles . obliquus. b. Rostrum in 3 with anterior angle a right angle. Margin of hand deeply notched. Telson with strong denticles and claws . . dentatus. 2. Size about 13 mm. Rostrum in ¢ with anterior angle an obtuse angle. Margin of hand deeply notched. Telson with fine spiniform denticles . gigas. Hocyzicus obliquus (Sars). (Text-fig. 31, a—c.) 1905. Estherva obliquus. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xxvii, No. 4, (Os NO) jolly me 1910. Cyzccus 5 Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 487. 1915. Hocyzicus ,, Daday, loc. cit., p. 222, fig. 50. Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin straight, passing 1m- perceptibly into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, forming low smooth ridges; sculpturing faint, consisting of very shallow ovoid or polygonal pits. Rostrum in @ triangular, apex subacute; in g somewhat quadrangular, apex (anterior angle) rounded-quadrate, posterior angle broadly rounded and bevelled off. Profile of head from occipital angle to eye straight. Twenty-two pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of the “hand” of prehensile legs in 3 with a slight notch. Telson with the claws scarcely, if at all, asymmetrical in Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 261 3g, rather slender, smooth, preceded by about 12 small unequal denticles. Dimensions.—Up to 7x 4:5 mm. -Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish white. Locality.—Cape Province: Hanover (Sars). Transvaal: Potchefstroom. Type ubi ? I have seen only Potchefstroom examples of this species ; apparently BS by Sa He By a. Se Sa ve ie G / Fie. 31.—Hocyzicus obliquus Sars: a, Head of 3; 6, head of 9; c, telson. EH. gigas Brnrd.: d, Head of ¢; e, head of 9; f, telson; g, sculpture of shell. H.dentatus n.sp.: h, Head of 3; i, telson; j, shell; &, sculpture of shell; J, lst leg of ¢. none of the original set were returned to this Museum by Sars. Sars’ description of the sculpturing of the shell was inadequate or even Inaccurate ; it is more difficult to observe in this species than the others. Eocyzicus dentatus n. sp. (Text-fig. 31, h—I.) $.—Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin passing imper- ceptibly into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, smooth ; sculp- r 262 Annals of the South African Museum. turing consisting of irregularly ovoid, subcircular, or polygonal depressions, with intervening narrow raised network. Rostrum quadrangular, hind angle rounded-quadrate. Profile of head from occipital angle to eye straight. Twenty-two pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “‘ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of ¢ with a deep notch. Telson with the claws markedly asymmetrical, strong, the left one with accessory teeth on the anterior and posterior margins, the right one less strongly curved and with an accessory tooth on anterior margin ; 6-7 strong triangular denticles on upper margin, the foremost one very strong. Dimensions.—6 X 4 mm. Colour.—Shell corneous. Locality.—Cape Province: Hanover. Type in South African Museum. The single g specimen on which this species is founded was collected at the same locality as EL. obliquus, but whether or not in the same pool is not recorded. It was recognised by the late Dr. Purcell as being different from the other four specimens he received from Hanover, but he did not send it to Sars. The characters of the animal are so markedly distinct from those of obliquus that one can hardly doubt that it represents a separate species and not merely a variety of the latter. The telson, in fact, is quite distinct from that of any of the other species of the genus mentioned in Daday’s monograph. Further specimens, however, would be welcome. Some empty valves from Hutchinson (Cape Province) show the same sculpturing as this species, but in the absence of the animals, it is impossible to assign them definitely to one or the other species. Hocyzicus gigas Brurd. (Text-fig. 31, d-g.) 1924. Hocyzicus gigas. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 226, peas ties. 6, Ife Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin passing imperceptibly into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, smooth; sculpturing consisting of small closely aggregated pits (smaller than those in dentatus) with intervening narrow network. Rostrum in 9 triangular, apex subacute; in ¢ quadrangular, apex obtuse-angled, hind angle rather bluntly produced. Profile of head from occipital angle to eye Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 263. concave, more so in ¢ than in 9. Twenty-one to twenty-two pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “ hand” of prehensile leg of 3 with a deep notch, but in young specimens (6 mm. long) straight or slightly sinuous. Telson with the claws slightly asymmetrical in 3; upper margin with numerous fine spiniform denticles. Dimensions.—13 X 8-5 mm. Colour.—Shell corneous with slight greenish tinge, animal pale ochreous. Locality.—Ovamboland: Ukualuthi and Ukualonkathi (about 100 miles N.W. of Ondongua). Type in South African Museum. The large size and the shape of the head distinguishes this species from all the others of the genus. Fam. LEPTESTHERIIDAE. Inmnadudae (part) and Estherwdae (part) auctorum. 1910. Cyzccidae (part). Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486. 1913. Leptestherudae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 579. 1915. + Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p. 48. 1923. 5 Id., wbid., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 255 (revision). Shell pellucid (but often rendered opaque with extraneous matter), laterally compressed, ovate-oblong, with numerous and distinct growth-lines, and more or less distinct surface sculpturing. Head without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix on each side extending to apex of rostrum. Rostrum armed with a distinct apical spine in both sexes. Eyes contiguous. First antenna long, with numerous lobes on anterior margin bearing sensory setae. Second antenna strong. ‘Twenty-two to thirty-two pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs in ¢ prehensile ; exopod (Sars) or dorsal lobe of epipod (Daday) of 9th pair in 9 filiform ; on the 10th—11th, 10th—12th, 10th—13th, 10th—14th, or 10th—15th pairs this lobe is cylindrical, ovigerous. A triangular epipodal lamina present on some of the anterior pairs of legs in both sexes. Caudal furca claw-like. Foremost tooth on upper margin of telson not large or stronger than the following ones. Kurope, Asia, North and Central America, Africa. The chief reasons for the institution of this family are the presence of the triangular epipodal lamina on the legs, and the presence of the 264 Annals of the South African Museum. spine at the apex of rostrum. The first character is certainly distinc- tive, but the second loses much of its value from the fact that a similar and evidently homologous spine occurs in at least two of the species of Caenestheriella, viz. australis and crinita. In Caenestheriella it is present only in the young, and if it persists at all, it is only in a reduced or vestigial state. In the members of this family it is much stronger and always persists in both sexes. ° Daday mentions three other distinguishing features of this family (loc. cit., p. 257): the development of the cylindrical process on two or more of the 10th—15th pairs of legs in 2 to support the egg-mass, the character of the spines on the margin of telson, and the shape of the shell. These three characters, with the exception perhaps of the first, seem scarcely of sufficient importance for family distinctions. The enlargement of the foremost tooth or spine on the upper margin of the telson in the Cyzicidae is a useful “ first aid ’’ in identification ; in the present family the foremost tooth or spine is not larger than the others. Key to the South African genera. 1. Margin of the exopods (branchial epipods) of legs entire . . Leptestheria. 2. Margin of the exopods with digitate, setiferous processes . . Leptestheriella. Gen. LEPTESTHERIA Sars. 1898. Leptestherria. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 6, p. 9. 1900. Id. tbids, xxe_NOno pel: 1910. 5 Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 488. 1913. ‘ Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 580 (in Hungarian). 1923. - Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 276. Head with occipital angle acutely produced ; rostrum often broader in g than in 9, but usually not differing greatly in the two sexes. Twenty-two to twenty-six pairs of legs; margin of the exopod (or branchial epipod as Daday calls it) entire; dorsal lobe of exopod cylindrical on two or more of the 10th—15th pairs of legs in 9. Key to the South African species. 1. Shell-sculpturing reticulate or areolate. a. Occipital angle of head moderately produced . : . rubidger. 6. Occipital angle considerably produced. Rostrum very short brevirostris. 2. Shell-sculpturing striate : : oF : : : . striatoconcha. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 265 Leptestherva rubidger (Baird). (Text-fig. 32, a.) 1862. Estheria rubidger. Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 148, pl. xv, figs. 3-30. 1862. » macgillvrayr. Id., rbid., p. 148, pl. xv, figs. 5-56. 1898. Leptestherva silaqua. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 6, 1899. - ¥, Id., wbid., xxi, No. 4, p..23, pl. in. 1910. e ‘ Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 488. 1923. - brauert. Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 280, fig. 84 (juv.). 1923. sf gigantea. Id., rbid., p. 284, fig. 85. 1923. t suiqua. Id., brd., p. 300, fig. 90. 1923. 55 macgillivrayr and rubidger. Id., whid., pp. 350, 301, figs. 103, 104 (“ species insuffic- lenter cognitae ’’). Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin straight, forming a distinct angle with the hind margin, growth-lines numerous but not prominent, finely setulose, more so in young than in adult ; sculpturing consisting of closely aggregated depressions of varying shape and size, the intervening raised borders of the depres- sions forming a reticulate or areolate pattern, which is larger and more areolate on the younger portions of the shell, smaller and more regularly reticulate towards the margins in adult shells. Rostrum in 3d sometimes narrower, sometimes broader, apically rounded or some- times subquadrate ; in 2 subtriangular, apically subacute. Occipital angle shortly produced. Profile between occipital angle and eye convex, concave, or sinuate. Segments 26-28, of which 23-24 are pedigerous, the posterior 2-3 segments often apodous. Anterior (inner) margin of “ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of $ with a moderate, or a deep, notch in adult ; nearly straight in young. Tenth and eleventh pairs of legs in 9 with cylindrical dorsal lobe of exopod. Spines and setae on posterior segments very variable, often much stronger than shown in Sars’ figures, the hindermost 2-4 segments often without any armature at all. Spines on upper margin of telson numerous, sub- equal, closely set. Dimensions —Up to 127 mm. Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish or ochreous. 266 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality. Cape Province : Cape Town (Sars) ; Port Elizabeth (Sars, Daday); Hanover (Sars); Bushmanland=Little Namaqualand (Sars); Grahamstown (Albany Mus. and Natal Mus.) ; Cape Flats ; Prinskraal, Bredasdorp Div. ; Pofadder, Kenhardt Div. ; Upington ; Beaufort West Division ; Pocaltsdorp ; Gouritz River railway bridge. Basutoland : Morajia. Bechuanaland: Kalahari (Daday: brauert). Transvaal: Rietfontein ; Heidelberg. b I h ¢ = & ae Cc e vs J k Fig. 32.—Leptestheria rubidgei (Baird): a, Head of 9; 6, head of 2; c, Ist leg of §; d, e, sculpture of shell, young and old portions respectively ; f, shell. L. brevirostris Brnrd.: g, Head of 9. L. striatoconcha Brnrd.: h, Head of ¢; 7, head of 2; Jj, sculpture of shell; k, telson. Distribution.—Daday believed that the specimens from Russia and Transcaucasia, referred by Zografi to this species (1907, Zeit. wiss. Zool., Ixxxvi, p. 449), were more likely to be rotundirostris. Thiele’s record of s¢liqua from the Massai Nyika (1900, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xi, p. 571) is referred to by Daday in 1913 (Voy. Alluaud Afr. orient. Phyllop., p. 3) and again in his revision (1923, loc. cat., p. 304). In the latter work, however, he describes (loc. cit., pp. 370, 375) some specimens from the identical locality as Leptestheriella thieler. One has to assume therefore that the material collected by Neumann and recorded by Thiele contained two species, and that silequa (rubsdget) occurs also in the Kast African region. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 267 Types of rubsdger and macgillivrayi in British Museum, of szliqua in South African Museum, of brawerz in Berlin Museum, of gigantea in Vienna Museum. There can be no reasonable doubt that szlzqua, recorded from Cape Town and Port Elizabeth, is synonymous with rubidger and macgulivrayt from the same two localities. At the time Sars wrote it might have been urged that our knowledge of the South African Conchostraca and their distribution was not far enough advanced to exclude the possibility of two species (of similar shell characters) being found in the same locality. To-day our knowledge is by no means so far advanced as to be conclusive. But since in these two localities, especially Cape Town and its environs, no species resembling Baird’s two species, except szliqua, has been reported, the conclusion seems justified that szlequa is, in fact, the same as Baird’s species. As rubidger has line and figure precedence over macgillivrayi, the former name should be used. This species is a variable one, as can be seen from the diagnosis. In the specimens from Rietfontein the rostrum is especially broad, apically rounded, or even subquadrate, thus resembling some forms of the equally variable dahalacensis. Further, I have seen one 9 from Heidelberg (Transvaal), with a perfectly oval outline to the shell, without any angle between the dorsal and hind margins. Leptestherta brevirostris Brnrd. (Text-fig. 32, g.) 1924. Leptestheria brevirostris. Barnard, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 227, pl. xxvi, fig. 18. Shell similar in form and sculpturing to that of rubidger. Rostrum (2) very short, apically acute ; occipital angle strongly and acutely produced. Twenty-three pedigerous segments. Tenth and eleventh pairs of legs in 9 with cylindrical ovigerous exopods. Spines on upper margin of telson subequal, rather widely spaced. Dorsal surface of last 3 or 4 segments minutely granulate as well as setiferous. Dimensions.—4:5 X 2-5 mm. Colour.—Pale corneous. Locality. Damaraland : Waterberg, E. of Otjiwarongo. Type in South African Museum. Founded on an ovigerous and a young 9; distinguished from rubidget by the produced occipital angle and the short rostrum. 268 Annals of the South African Museum. Leptestheria striatoconcha Brurd. (Text-fig. 32, h-k.) 1924. Leptestheria striatoconcha. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx, Da 2 pla xaos alo: Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin forming a distinct angle with posterior margin, growth-lines numerous, setulose, especially in young; sculpturing consisting of raised subcontinuous striae enclosing elongate fusiform depressions, striae longitudinal anteriorly and in the middle, becoming transverse posteriorly ; on the outer margin the striae tend to form an irregular reticulation, the depressions becoming more or less polygonal. Rostrum in g stout, broadly rounded apically ; in Q narrower, apically subacute. Occipital angle shortly produced. Twenty-two to twenty-three pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of ¢ deeply notched. Tenth and eleventh pairs in 2 with cylindrical dorsal lobes of exopods. Upper margin of telson with numerous closely set spines, subequal proximally, but becoming long distally at the base of the apical claw. Dimensions.—Up to 9X6 mm. Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish, ova salmon- coloured. Locality.—Ovamboland : widely distributed (Barnard). Transvaal: Heidelberg. Type in South African Museum. This species is very closely allied to the Northern African mayeti Simon ; in fact, the only real difference seems to be in the spines on the upper margin of telson, which are all nearly uniform in size in mayett. The absence of spines or setae from the posterior 3-7 segments in mayett may prove to be an inconstant character as it is in rubidget. There are two other North African forms with striate shell- sculpturing : cortiert Daday and aegyptiaca Daday. They differ in having the 10th-13th and 10th—14th pairs of legs respectively with cylindrical ovigerous exopods in 9. Gen. LEPTESTHERIELLA Daday. 1913. Leptestheriella. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 579, 583 . (key to species in Hungarian). 1923. if Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 352. Head with occipital angle acutely produced ; rostrum often broader in g than in 9. Twenty-two to thirty-two pairs of legs. Margins Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 269 of exopods of the legs with lobate or digitiform processes. Dorsal lobe of exopod in 2 cylindrical on 10th and 11th pairs of legs. Key to the South African species. 1. A strong tooth on ventral surface of telson . é b é . calcarata. 2. No tooth on ventral surface of telson . : ‘ : : . wmermis. Leptestheriella calcarata Daday. (Text-fig. 33, a-d.) 1923. Leptestheriella calcarata. Daday, loc. cit., p. 366, fig. 108. 1924. Leptestherva rubidget. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 227 (non Baird). Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, dorsal margin straight, forming an angle with hind margin, growth-lines setulose ; sculpturing areolate O io) : 2 t.., da A Fic. 33.—Leptestheriella calcarata Daday: a, Head of 3; b, head of 9; c, telson; d, 3rd leg of 3. L.inermis n. sp.: e, Head of ¢; f, head of 2; g, telson of 9; h, 3rd leg of 3. with irregular polygonal depressions. Rostrum in ¢ narrowly rounded apically, in 2 rather broader, apically subquadrate. Occipital angle shortly produced. Twenty-two (2) to twenty-four (3) pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “‘ hand” of prehensile leg of 3 notched. Margin of exopods with rather long, often bifid, digitiform processes. 270 Annals of the South African Museum. Cylindrical exopods of 10th and 11th pairs of legs in 9 slender. Segments with dorsal armature of spines and setae. Telson with a strong tooth on ventral surface in both sexes, spines on upper margin subequal, smooth. Dimensions.—Up to 7x 4:5 mm. Colour.—Pale castaneous or whitish. Locality.— Bechuanaland : Kalahari (Daday). Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon. Type in Berlin Museum. This species is at once distinguished from all the other South African Leptestheriids by the telsonic tooth. Leptestherrella inermis un. sp. (Text-fig. 33, e—h.) Shell similar to that of calcarata, but the sculpturing not so coarse. Rostrum in ¢ broadly rounded, in 2 subquadrate. Occipital angle strongly produced. ‘Twenty pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “hand” of prehensile leg of g notched. Margins of exopods with short lobe-like processes. Cylindrical exopods on 10th and 11th legs in 2 very stout. Segments without any dorsal armature of spines or setae in both sexes; posterior 6-7 segments in @ raised up into a cockscomb-like ridge. Telson without ventral tooth ; upper margin in 9 minutely crenulate, with a few setae distally, in g perfectly smooth, or with one or two minute denticles proximally. Dimensions.—5 x 3 mm. Colour.—Shell pale corneous. Locality.—Cape Province: between Upington and Keimoes. Type in South African Museum. This species is well distinguished from all the others by the absence of armature on the dorsal margins of the segments, and its great reduction on the upper margin of telson, especially in the g. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. A abyssinicus (Apus) africana (EKulimnadia) anomala (Palaeestheria) ANOSTRACA . APODIDAE apulius (Apus) . Apus : Artemia . ARTEMIIDAE : australis (Caenestheriella) . B bicarinatus (Lynceus) Branchinectidae Branchinella Branchinellites . Branchinema BRANCHIOPODA BRANCHIPODIDAE Branchipodopsis brauert (Branchipodopsis) brauert (Leptestheria) F brevirostris (Leptestheria) . browni (Branchipodopsis) C Caenestheriella . Caenestheridae . cafer (Streptocephalus) : calcarata (Leptestheriella) . eancriformis (Apus) . CHIROCEPHALIDAE . cirratus (Streptocephalus) . cladophorus (Streptocephalus) CONCHOPHYLLA . CONCHOSTRACA Cyclestheria . CYCLESTHERIIDAE CYZICIDAE Cyzicus D dendyi (Streptocephalus) dentatus (EHocyzicus) . dispar (Apus) - draperi (Palaeestheria) dregei (Streptocephalus) drepane (Branchipodopsis) . dukianus (Apus) 5 INDEX. PAGE E 240 | elizabethae (Estheria) . 252 | elongatus (Apus) 255 | Eocyzicus 188 | Hstheriidae 226 | Kuestheria 241 | Eulimnadia 229 189 G 189 monnian, (1b ; gigantea (Leptestheria) 257 gigas (Hocyzicus) : gracilis (Streptocephalus) greyi (Palaeestheria) . ches GY MNOPHYLLA 201 H 202 201 Hedessa is7 | # eterobranchipus 192 | Bislopi (Cyclestheria). —.. 192 | hodgsoni (Branchipodopsis) 194 265 - 267 | indistinctus (Streptocephalus) 198 | inermis (Leptestheriella) J 256 | jowbini (Caenestheriella) 253 212 K 269 | kalaharensis (Branchipodopsis) 241 | .aokoensis (Branchipodopsis) ae - (Streptocephalus) 29 5 karroensis (Branchipodopsis) ‘ 949 k6ppeniana (Artemia salina var.) . 242 249 ~ 248 | Leaia 253 | Lepidurus 254 | Leptestheria Leptestheriella . LEPTESTHERIIDAE 209 | LIMNADITIDAE 261 | Limnestheria 236 | Limnetidae 255 | Limnetis . ; 215 | lobatsianus (Lynceus) 199 | LYNCEIDAE . 236 | Lynceus PAGE 257 238 260 253 254 251 265 262 222 255 188 243 205 249 194 217 270 257 194 200 210 198 190 256 227 264 268 263 250 254 242 243 247 242 243 272 Annals of the South African Museum. M macgillivrayt (Leptestheria) macrourus (Streptocephalus) mauritanicus (Apus) . milhausenii (Artemia salina var.) . N namaquensis (Apus) . natalensis (Branchipodopsis) NOTOPHYLLA NOTOSTRACA numidicus (Apus) O obliquus (Hocyzicus) . , ondonguae (Branchinellites) ornata (Branchinella) ovamboensis (Apus) ovamboensis (Streptocephalus) 12 pachydactylus (Lynceus) Palaeestheria . papillatus (Streptocephalus) paradoxa (Caenestheriella) . principalis (Artemia salina var.) . proboscideus (Streptocephalus) propinguus eeu) Proterothriops . purcelli (Streptocephalus) . R rubidgei (Leptestheria) S salina (Artemia) salinus (Cancer) PAGE 265 220 241 19 238 196 226 226 236 260 203 201 241 219 245 255 21] 259 191 223 212 229 207 265 190 190 sarsi (Streptocephalus purcelli var. .) 207 scambus erase! ; sculleyi (Apus) . siliqua (Leptestheria) simplex (Apus) . : simplex (Branchipodopsis) . somalicus (Apus) stormbergensis (Lepidurus) stowiana (Palaeestheria) strauchii (Apus numidicus i : Streptocephalellus STREPTOCEPHALIDAE > Streptocephalopsis : Streptocephalus striatoconcha (Leptestheria) sudanicus (Apus) £ Thriops trachyaspis (Apus) : tridens (Branchipodopsis) Triopes : Triops . truncatus (Lynceus) . Ui uebensis (Apus) V victoriae (Hulimnadia) vidua (Caenestheriella) Ww wahlbergi (Lynceus) . wolfi (Branchipodopsis) Z zanont (Apus) PAGE 199 238 265 241 196 236 228 255 236 204 204 204 205 268 240 229 236 197 229 229 246 240 249 257 248 197 236 ( 273 ) APPENDIX TO SPELEIACRIS TABULAE, PER. (See p. 150.) 6. Additional Notes.—By A. J. Hussz, Ph.D., F.ES., Assistant in Entomology, 8.A. Museum. Dr. H. Karny has kindly invited me to add a few notes as an appendix to his revision of Speleiacris as well as to the descriptions of the late Dr. L. Péringuey on pp. 420, 421 in these Annals, vol. xv, 1916. In view of the poor condition of the type material upon which Dr. Karny worked, Drs. K. H. Barnard, R. F. Lawrence, and I undertook to investigate the Wynberg Cave, the Kalk Bay Cave, and a newly discovered cave in a private garden in Orangezicht, Cape Town, with the object of obtaining more material for the col- lection. This was done, unfortunately, after Dr. Karny’s paper was already in the press. . We succeeded in obtaining fresh material from all three caves, but by far the largest number of specimens from the Orangezicht Cave. The caves were explored during February and March, during which months climatic conditions at the Cape are ideal and dry, and thus with no excess of dampness in the caves. Spelevacris in the fresh condition is dark to very dark sienna brown on the body, the legs being slightly paler and the head often paler still. The mouth parts, the apical joints of the palpi, the apices of the tibiae, the apical spines, and the tarsi are very pale yellowish, inclining to white. The ovipositor in the 9 is shining, yellowish, pale reddish brown to dark pitchy brown. The entire body is covered with very minute golden yellow setae, which give the insect a slight _bronzy or golden, even greasy, sheen, depending on the position it is held in with respect to incident light. The setae very easily become detached, and are denser along the hind margins of the thoracic segments, on the abdomen, and especially dense on the legs. They are different from the longer bristles present on different parts of the body, such as those situated medially on the face just below the antennal insertions, and some of those on the antennal joints, the legs, cerci, etc. : In its peculiar habitat the insect lives only in the innermost cor- WOE xxix, PART |. 18 274 Annals of the South African Museum. ridors and chambers, where no ray of light penetrates and where no sound is heard. It is found mostly on the rock surfaces, at their bases where the rocky walls jut over, in hollows, crevices, and chasms, or the spaces between contiguous boulders, where there is a maximum amount of dampness and sliminess, but not actual dripping water. They have not been caught or seen on the floors proper or under stones, debris, etc., strewn on the floors. Incidentally, these are the very places where a lichen (Lecanora sp.) flourishes best. By torchlight these Gryllacrids are weird and ghostlike with their long legs and very long and slender antennae. When the light is turned on them they begin to run and always away from the source of the light, generally perpendicularly upwards. The running move- ments recall those of a spider and their appearance that of a Phalangid. As soon as they are further disturbed, for instance by a movement of the hand, they jump away with great dexterity, and, as a matter of fact, are difficult to catch. The antennae and maxillary palps are continually moved about, the former trembling and vibrating all the time, as if they are attempting to receive all the sense impressions, and the latter feeling and touching the rock surface. In all proba- bility, judging from the active movements of these organs, the antennae are the chief media for the reception of external stimuli in this dark and soundless environment, while the palps (abnormally long), with their terminal cup-shaped cavity, feel and test the surface. The structure of the hind legs, and especially the long apical spines on the tibiae, insure a good grip on the rock surfaces both for running and jumping. The caves in which Spelezacris lives are very difficult to enter, as the entrances are very narrow, leading down by shafts, extremely narrow in places. They are composed of a series of cor- ridors and chambers, either small and inaccessible or larger and more roomy. The Orangezicht Cave is in the basal granite of the Table Mountain sandstone; whereas the Wynberg Cave, higher up on top of the mountain, is in the sandstone itself. These caves were not produced solely by the solution of calcium carbonate by subterranean water, as in the case of limestone caves, but are more of the nature of subterranean joints or cracks in the rocks, or of boulders with spaces between them which have become enlarged through sub- sequent solution. The floors are composed of disintegrated grit and sand, with a slight admixture of mould and humus in the case of the Orangezicht one, and sandy, even muddy, in the Wynberg and Kalk Bay ones. The rock walls are mouldy, slimy, very damp, and in places with water trickling, dripping, and oozing out in crevices Appendix to Speleiacris Tabulae Peér. 275 and chasms. The atmosphere in the chambers is very damp and humid, and the temperature would thus be more or less uniform throughout the seasons, conditions which are found in practically all underground caves and which constitute the environment of cave fauna. The only plant we found in the caves was a species of lichen belonging to the genus Lecanora, although the exposed rootlets of trees were also observed in the Orangezicht Cave. Spelevacris was not observed to feed; but, as Lecanora is the only plant capable of growing in these caves, the supposition that it feeds on this lichen has some justification. OE ta te tO a Bmw ow Gee 3 | | | ; ' 5 A fae: . IX. The N. eae Molinos oF South West : “ = eae nae M. Connotny. - (With Plates TIT and ie. a" \ 3 “Lawnencs, ee Ph. D., ‘Assistant § ‘in n Charge of ‘Arach- i es 907 Text- a oe a e a. PE OT, CR Rte REN A eth Ryle AOS 5 1S RM MRT Ae OR al FEN reew ke ah Dec! Dg AS AO pk Me ND BT 3 fe ey SRE O\G gee preost), & Fe (2) 7. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. IX. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa.—By M. Connot_ty. (With Plates III and IV and one Text-figure.) CONTENTS. PAGE PAGE INTRODUCTION . : 3 . 277 | GErocRAPHICAL NoTES : 030 SYSTEMATIC : ; ; . 279 | BIBLIOGRAPHY . ; 3 aoe DISTRIBUTION, ETC. . : fy) 02 Oh) EN DEG. y : ‘ s . 334 (i) INTRODUCTION. CoNSIDERING how little was for long known about the fauna under present notice, it is remarkable that the earliest record of it dates back to 1838, when Gray (i) * described the four species now known as Sculptaria sculpturata, Dorcasia alexandri, Xerocerastus hottentotus and X. eulamordes from material collected by Sir J. E. Alexander about the Great Fish River in Great Namaqualand, and it is further remark- able that, while the two Helicoid species have never until quite re- cently been frequent in collections (the present writer paid 4s. for a good specimen of D. alexandri less than ten years ago!), the two Zootecoids are still among the rarest of old established African land shells. No genuine additions were made to this brief list for thirty-two years, when in 1870 H. Adams not only redescribed X. hottentotus under the name of pygmaeus, but established Sculptaria damarensis and Xero- cerastus damarensis, and Pfeiffer, in ignorance of Adams’ paper, also described X. dammarensis and its var. minor, and added Achatina dammarensis to the fauna. The name of the collector is not published, but in both cases is probably R. F. Geale. Another long lull then occurred until 1886, but.from that year in- _clusive there have been frequent contributions and additions, for the most part by Continental authors, to the mollusca of S.W. Africa and its immediate neighbourhood, while three comparatively compre- hensive papers have been written on the subject. In 1889 von Martens (iii) gave a list of 18 species and 2 varieties which were sup- * Numerals after authors’ names refer to the Bibliography. MOlnmex Xx, PART 2. 19 : 4 Ie Nica 278 Annals of the South African Museum. posed to inhabit the country ; in 1910 O. Boettger (vii) published a valuable work in which he ascribed thereto a total of 35 species and 6 varieties, while in 1922 Degner (xiii), when dealing with the results of the Michaelsen expedition of 1911, enumerated in a partial list 29 species and 9 varieties. Since the publication of Boettger’s work and independently of those of Degner and other authors, extensive collecting has been carried out by P. Ross Frames, and still more recently by members of the stafis of the South African Museum and Geological Survey of the Union, for the most part aided by financial assistance from the South West African Administration. The results include several species new to science, which have been already published by the late H. C. Burnup and the present writer, and increase most valuably our knowledge of the distribution and variation of many older forms, so that the paper now presented is by far the most comprehensive which it has yet been possible to bring to bear on the subject. To exemplify the importance of recent exploration, I may mention that no fewer than ten organised expeditions have been undertaken since 1916, as listed below ; with the exception of Dr. 8. H. Haughton and Mr. H. F. Frommurze, of the Geological Survey, all the collectors are, or were, members of the staff of the South African Museum. 1916. R. W. EH. Tucker (with Prof. Pearson ; Percy Sladen Expedi- tion). S. Damaraland, Gibeon to Windhoek. 1919. R. M. Lightfoot (S.A.M. Expedition). Grootfontein District. 1920. R. W. EH. Tucker (S8.A.M. Expedition). Grootfontein, Otji- warongo and Waterberg Districts. 1921. K. H. Barnard (Government Research Grant). Tsumeb to Ovamboland, and Otjiwarongo to Narebis. 1923. K. H. Barnard and party (Administration of S.W.A. grant). Tsumeb to Ovamboland and the Great Falls of Kunene River. 1925. R. F. Lawrence and party (Administration of §.W.A. grant). Outjo to Zesfontein. 1925. K. H. Barnard (with Dr. Haughton). Nakob, 8.E. corner of Great Namaqualand. 1926. K. H. Barnard and party (Administration of S.W.A. grant). Outjo to Kaoko Otavi and Hoarusib River. 1926. 8. H. Haughton (Geological Survey). Aiais and district be- tween Warmbad and the N. bank of Orange River. 1927. 8. H. Haughton and H. F. Frommurze (Geological Survey). Krongo Mt. to Brandberg, Franzfontein, and Omaruru River. : | i j i i} The Non-Marmne Mollusca of South West Africa. 279 The map, Plate IV, shows the revised geographical boundaries and every locality from which specimens have been obtained. A few dis- erepancies will be noted between the districts to which certain localities are assigned in these pages and in my Reference List, due to the revised subdivisions and to the difficulty of ascertaining exactly the external boundary limits, even so lately as seventeen years ago. As the Revised Reference List (ix), already published in these Annals, gives every reference of the slightest importance to the species described before its appearance, all that is now necessary is to cite the original description, the No. in my Reference List being sufficient guide to other papers, prior to its completion. Full references are made to all subsequent works on the subject. The letters D., F., A., R., N., L. denote, as in my List (ix), that the paper contains Description, Figure of shell, Anatomy, Radula, Note or Locality, but the two latter are only given when there is no more important matter in the article. My warm thanks are due to the late H. C. Burnup and to Dr. E. Warren, of the Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, for the loan of much material, including the Ross Frames collection, with permission to incorporate the results of its investigation in the present paper, while, just on the point of going to press, Miss Wilman has kindly furnished me with several important additions to the South African fauna, collected by G. C. Shortridge in the rivers of Ovamboland. (11) SYSTEMATIC. Crass GASTROPODA. OrpER PULMONATA. Famity ZONITIDAE. Subfamily ARIOPHANTINAE. Genus Zonitoides Lehm., 1862. Zonitoides africanus O. Bttg. Ref. List No. 184. 1910. Zonitordes africanus Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxii, p. 436, pe2s,fie.2. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann). A smooth, rather widely umbilicate shell, 2254+ mm. in altitude and diameter ; the figures show it as strongly striate, in direct contra- diction to the description. It is also known in subfossil condition from Bechuanaland. 280 Annals of the South African Museum. Subfamily HELICARIONINAE. Genus Gymnarion Pilsb., 1919. Gymnarion lacrimosus Conn. 1929. Gymnarion lacrimosus Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 224, pl. xiv, figs. 6-9. D.F.R. Hab. KaokoveEtp. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). The south-western limit so far established for this genus, which probably has a wide range in tropical Africa; the shell is unusually solid and is remarkable for its beautiful beaded sculpture, but as H. Watson has found the animal to be purely a Gymnarion, I have not created any sectional name on conchological grounds alone. Famity ENDODONTIDAE. Genus Sculptaria Pfr., 1855. An interesting genus containing beautifully sculptured shells, of which one species (collaris Pfr.) from Benguella, and a single unidenti- fied specimen in the Albany Museum from Gordonia, provide the only known representation outside South West Africa. No more than four species had been established before 1922, since when the number has exactly doubled. Sculptaria collaris (Pfr.). Ref. List No. 223. 1867. Helix collaris Pir., Mal. Blatt., xiv, p.197. OD. 1909. Stegodera (Moellendorffia) mariae Nobre, Bull. Soc. Portugaise, ili, Supp. 2, p. 79. D. | 1923. Sculptaria collaris Pfr. (=mariae Nobre) Bnp., Ann. Natal Mus., v, p. 84, pl. i, figs. 14-18. D.F. Described from an unknown locality, but subsequently attributed in Pfeiffer’s “‘ Nomenclator ”’ to Damaraland. However, Burnup has proved that all the specimens he has been able to trace were collected in Benguella or further north, and that Pfeiffer’s record of Damaraland is almost certainly erroneous. Sculptaria corona Bnp. 1923. Sculptarva corona Bnup., loc. cit., p. 34, pl. ui, figs. 41-45. D.F. Hab. Namie. Swakopmund (Frames). A prettily sculptured species of the group of reticulata Mts. , ha quite distinct ; only two specimens are yet known. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 281 Sculptaria damarensis (H. Ad.). Ref. List No. 224. 1870. Helix (Corilla) damarensis H. Ad., P.Z.S., p. 379, pl. xxvii, mae l4, DF. 1890. Sculptaria chapmanni Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., vu, p. 156. Dy 1892. Sculptaria melvilliana (=chapmanni Ancey, non Cox), Ancey, Brit. Nat., p. 126. N. 1920. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc., xiv, peop. N. . 1922. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., L.-u 8.-w. fauna D.-Sw. meso, p.5. N. 1923. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., Arch. f. Moll.-K., lv, p. 146, pl. vi, figs. 1-10. A.R. 1923. Sculptarva damarensis H. Ad., Bup., Ann. Natal Mus., v, p. 19, pl. 1, figs. 19-23. D.F.N. Hab. DAMARALAND (fide H. Adams; G. de Vylder, 1873) ; Groot- fontein; Tsumeb (Michaelsen) ; Grootfontein; Gaub; Outjo (Bar- nard) ; Otavi Mountain (Durban Light Infantry). Namis. Walfish Bay (chapmanni, Andersson and Chapman). One of the largest of the genus, averaging about 3-64 8-75 mm. in altitude and diameter respectively, one example measured by Burnup being 4:0 9-5 mm. var. minor Degner. 1922. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Denr., loc. cit., p. 5. DIR. 1923. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Denr., Bup., loc. cit., p. 23, pl. i, figs. 24-30. D.F. Hab. Damaraland. Karibib (Michaelsen); Swakop Valley (Frames). Smaller than the typical form, averaging about 3:0x7-5 mm. ; the type was 2-4 6:8 mm. Sculptaria framest Bup. 1923. Sculptaria framesi Bup., loc. cit., p. 41, pl. ii, figs. 62-66. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Swakop Valley (Frames). A comparatively small species, averaging about 3-676-25 mm., with high spire and weak sculpture. 282 Annals of the South African Museum. Sculptaria leschker Dent. 1922. Sculptaria leschker Denr., loc. cit., p. T, fig. 2. DF. 1923. i ~ » Bup., loc. cit., p. 25, pl. u, figs. 57— Oil, LD. Hab. DAMARALAND. Karibib (Michaelsen). Namis. Swakopmund (Frames). KaAoOKOVELD. Warmbad*; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). Not unlike S. damarensis, but easily distinguishable through having a stronger keel at the periphery, and a blunt one on the base which is lacking in the older species. The average size of Degner’s set was 2:04 7-44 mm., and of those measured by Burnup 2-68 x 7-89, with a maximum of about 2:79 8:15 mm., but the shell sometimes attains greater dimensions, the largest example from Kaoko Otavi being 4-0 9-8 mm. in altitude and major diameter. Sculptaria pyramidata Buy. 1923. Sculptaria pyramidata Bnp., loc. cit., p. 38, pl. u, figs. 46-56. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Usakos (type, Frames). Namis. Swakopmund (Frames). Another beautiful species of the retisculpta group; the average size of the five specimens measured by Burnup was 2-59 x 4:97 mm. Sculptaria retisculpta (Mts.). Ref. List No. 225. 1889. Helix retisculpta Mts., Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal. Ges., xxi, p. 154. D. 1920. Sculptaria ,, ,, Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc:, xiv; px do: ee S23. x Be ,, Bnp., loc. cu., p. 29, pl. 1, igs) si 20m D.F. Hab. DaMARALAND. Usakos (ex ‘ Linnaea,’ fide von Martens). Namis. Swakopmund (Frames). A rare and beautiful species, remarkable for its prominent reticulate sculpture. Sculptaria sculpturata (Gray). Ref. List No. 226. 1838. Helicodonta sculpturata Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, ii, p. 268. D. * The native village of Warmbad in the Kaokoveld is not to be confused with the township and magisterial district of the same name in the south of Great Namaqualand. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 283 1910. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray, var. rintelenr, Bttg., loc. cit., p. fap. xxvii, fig. 1. D.F. 1920. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray, Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc., xiv, p. 55. N. 1922. Sculptarra sculpturata Gray, var. rintelent Bttg., Dgnr., loc. cit., pao. N. 1923. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray (=var. rinteleni Bttg.), Bup., loc. ieee, pli, wes. 1-13. DP. Hab. Great NAMAQUALAND. About the Great Fish River (Alex- ander) ; Bullspoort (Tucker). DAMARALAND. Usakos (Barnard); Kurikaubmund am Swakop (Kurikop bei Otjikango) (Rintelen) ; Usakos; Karibib; Khan River (Frames); Huleb, 8. of Usakos (var. rinteleni, Rintelen); Karibib - (var. rinteleni, Michaelsen). Namis. Swakopmund (Frames). Burnup has shown that there is no object in retaining rinteleni as a varietal name, since every intermediate can be found between it and the typicalform. The species is easily distinguishable from any other yet described, owing to the aperture containing only three plicae, instead of the usual four. Genus Trachycystis Pilsb., 1893. Trachycystis eupleura Conn. 1925. Trachycystis ewpleura Conn., A.M.N.H., xv, p. 470, pl. xxvii, neo. DF. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bremen Farm, Warmbad District (Haughton). Originally described from Herschel District, Cape Province, it is surprising to find this species so far afield, but the examples from Bremen are in subfossil condition and may, perhaps, be extinct in that locality ; it is a small species, 2:2 4-8 mm. in altitude and diameter, with comparatively open umbilicus and strong costulate sculpture. Famity ACAVIDAHE. Genus Trigonephus Pilsb., 1905. Trigonephrus gypsinus (M. & P.). Ref. List No. 290. 1891. Helix (Dorcasia) gypsina M. & P., A.M.N.H., viii, p. 238. D. 1915. Trigonephrus gypsinus M. & P., Conn., Ann. §.A. Mus., xiii, fei’, pl. u,fig.3. D.F.A.R. 284 Annals of the South African Museum. Hab. Namis. 90 km. 8S. of Liideritzbucht (in South African Museum). Described from Little Namaqualand, whence it has been recorded from four localities. Trigonephrus porphyrostoma (M. & P.). Ref. List No. 292. 1891. Helix (Dorcasia) porphyrostoma M. & P., A.M.N.H., vii, p. 208. 1D: 1915. Trigonephrus porphyrostoma M. & P., Conn., loc. cit., p. 152, plon, fig. 6; pl. iv, figs. 2,11, 19, 25,28; pl.v,fig:3. Di ieaeee Hab. Great NAMAQUALAND (?). Lower Orange River (Schenck). Namis. Angra Pequenas (=Liideritzbucht) (Schneider). Described from Little Namaqualand, and also known from the Cape Province. Trigonephrus rosaceus (Miull.). Text-fig. 1. Ref. List No. 293. 1774. Helix rosacea Mill., Verm., i, p. 76. D. 1915. Trogonephrus rosaceus Miill., Conn., loc. cit., p. 150, pl. un, figs. 4, 5; pl. iv, figs. 10, 18; pli, fes2:) DR ASE 1926. Trigonephrus rosaceus Mill., Wenz, Diam.-Wiiste S.-W.-A., | Tp. LO Ds plixacxixe eae uN ae | 1928. Trigonephrus rosaceus Miill., Haas, Senckenbergiana, x, p. 91. | N.L. | Hab. Namis. Bogenfels Diamond Field (L. J. Spencer); Bunt- feldschuh, East Bogenfels (recent); Elfirtstafelberg, Schacht; Vlei S. of Lockuppe Klingharal (=Klinghardt) gebirge; Feld Liibeck, 12 km. 8.H. of Liideritzbucht (subfossil) ; Neu Gamachabbrunnen, 7 km. 8.E. of Bogenfels (Kaiser and Beetz); Granitberg, 85 km. S. of Liideritzbucht (subfossil, Lotz) ; Kolmanskop near Liideritzbucht (Braunfels) ; near Bogenfels (Lotz); S. of the Bushelberg, Liideritz- land, 150 metres (Range); dunes W. of Liideritzbucht (in Senckenberg | Museum). GREAT NaMAquaLanpD. W. of Aurus and S. of Kubub near Aus (Range). Previous to the records of Wenz and Haas, this species appears to have been known only from the Cape Province, where it is widely distributed along the north-western seaboard. Haas states that the example from the Busheberg is in live The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Afroca. 285 condition, of a violet-brown colour with a bright malachite-green peristome, and that the subfossil shells from Granitberg merge toward T. por- phyrostoma (M. & P.). In two of those fisured by Wenz the aperture is notice- ably less oblique than usual, and Spencer’s single example (text-fig. 1) diverges still further in this respect. In fact, although it has the sculpture and rosy aperture of rosaceus, it differs from it in so many other respects that it may well represent a distinct species. Othisenemitey 1p a Vi Genus Dorcasia Gray, 1838. Dorcasia alexandri Gray. Ref. List No. 282. 1838. Dorcasia alecandri Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, 11,p. 268. D. ISD af ie oy OM, WOO, Co. Os OMG Tolle wily aie, a), D.F.A. 1922. Dorcasia alexcanderi Gray, Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 8, figs. 3-5. N.A. 1926. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix, fig. 4. N.F. 1928. Dorcasia alexandert Gray, Haas, loc. cit., p. 93. N.L. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. About the Great Fish River (Alex- ander); Aiais, S.W. of Warmbad (Haughton). DAMARALAND. Usab * (fide von Martens); Kurikaubmund (Rin- telen) ; Okahandja ; Neudamm (Michaelsen) ; Windhoek (Thomsen ; Barnard); Tsumeb (Barnard); Usakos (Frames); Kuisib Valley near Heusis (Thomsen) ; Otjiwarongo (in Senckenberg Museum). Also collected in Little Namaqualand by Lightfoot at Henkries, and in Gordonia at Reimvastmak, Bosman’s Pile Hills, and on the Bak River, 8 miles above its junction with the Orange River, by Barnard, in the last two localities in company with the var. manor. A beautiful corneous-brown shell, with rather depressed spire, weak transverse sculpture and extremely strangulate, excentric rima; examples to hand measure from 23-29 mm. in major diameter. Var. minor Bttg. 1886. Helix (Dorcasia) alexandert Gray, var. minor Bttg., Ber. Penekenb. Ges., p. 22, pl. ii, fig. 1. D.F. * Probably the Ugab River. 286 Annals of the South African Museum. 1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. minor Bttg., Conn., loc. cit., > WS, jol, tum, ne, IDA 1928. Dorcasia alerandert Gray, var. minor Bttg., Haas, loc. cit., Da BB. Ils Hab. Great NAMAQuaLAND. Geitsi Gubib (Schenck; Rogers) ; Brukkaros (in Senckenberg Museum). DAMARALAND. Windhoek (in Natal Museum). Also known from Gordonia, as recorded above under the typical form, to which itis very similar, but smaller, about 21 mm. in diameter. Var. rotundata Mouss. 1887. Helix alexandri Gray, var. rotundata Mouss., J. de C., xxxy, Oy ABA, Jol, zat, mies, il, 1D).10. 1914. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. siegymann Honigmann, Nachr.- Bi Ds MaliiGess\ppa20 hole aie 1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. rotundata Mouss. (=siegmannt Honigmann), Conn., loc. cit., p. 169, pl. i, fig. 7; pl. iv, figs. 6, 16, 24 ; lw, tess 8, Lies Dh AG: 1928. Dorcasia alexanderi Gray, afi. var. rotunda Mouss., Haas, loc. cut., p. 93, and figs. 1, 2 on p. 92. NF. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Rehoboth (Schinz) ; Homeib River, S.W. of Rehoboth (svegmanni, Siegmann) ; Heliographenberg near Rehoboth; Tsumis (subfossil, Lotz). Rather a small form, 18 to 24 mm., similar to the type and var. minor about the umbilical region, but with rather stronger, though equally close, sculpture and a more exserted spire. The subfossil series from Tsumis is quite inseparable from recent examples. Var. trivia Bttg. 1910. Helix (Dorcasia) alecanderi Gray, var. trivia Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxu, p. 439, pl..xxviu, fig. 3. D.F. 1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. trivia Bttg., Conn., loc. citt., nm le (else)? Hab. DAMARALAND. Kamas Highlands (Schultze). A large form, 24 to 30 mm. in major diameter, agreeing with the type in the narrow umbilicus, but differing from all the foregoing in its sculpture, which consists of strong curved transverse costae, much more widely spaced than in the smoother forms. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 287 Var. perspectiva Conn. 1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. perspectiva Conn., loc. cit., p. 172, peut, ie. 8. -D.F. 1929. Dorcasia alexander Gray, var. perspectiva Conn., Adens., Ann. Naturh. Mus. Wien, xli, p. 390. N. Hab. DAMARALAND. Omaruru River (Wohlfahrt); Nobgams and Neineis, Omaruru River; Uis, near Brandberg (Haughton) ; Okam- bahe (Lebzelter). Specimens I have measured range between 22 and 25 mm., while the largest in Adensamer’s series from Okambahe were 27-5 and 29 mm. ; the costulate sculpture is the same as in trivia, but the umbilicus is an open circle, without strangulation. Var. montana Conn. 1916. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. montana Conn., Ann.S.A. Mus., ep. 179. DF. 1928. Dorcasia alexandert Gray, var. montana Conn., Haas, loc. cit., pave and figs. 3, 4 on p. 92. N.F.L. Hab. DAMARALAND. Mt. Usakos (Frames) ; Hrongo Mts. (Rogers). GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bullspoort (Tucker) ; Naauwkloof, and on the mountains between there and the Namib border (ex Rolle, in Senckenberg Museum). Sunilar to perspectiva in its wide umbilicus, but with the smooth striation of the typical form ; diameter varies from.20 to 31 mm. Var. glabra Adens. 1929. Dorcasia alecandert Gray, var. glabra Adens., loc. cit., p. 388, plea, fig 2; pl. xii,figs.3, 4. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Okambahe (Lebzelter). 11 examples, ranging from 27-0 to 35-9 mm. in major diameter ; the author differentiates it from var. montana Conn. by reason of its still weaker sculpture and wider umbilicus, but both these differences are so extremely slight that they scarcely justify varietal separation. Dorcasia cernua (Mts.). (Pl. III, figs. 2-4.) Ref. List No. 284. 1889. Helix cernua Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 161. D. 1915. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Conn., Ann. S.A. Mus., xiii, p. 166, pl. meus. 4. FE. ee eee err 288 Annals of the South African Museum. 1926. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix, fig. 6. iN@EE 1928. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Haas, loc. cit., p. 93. L. Hab. Great NamaAguaLtanp. Anganthal and Rooiberg, near Bethany (Schenck); Kuibis (Schultze); Kwab’s and Viols Drift, N. of Orange River, Warmbad District (Haughton) ; Witputz (Range) ; Duwisit, 170 miles 8.W. of Windhoek (C. Murman). Namis. Liideritzbucht (in Senckenberg Museum). In fresh condition the shell differs from that of alexandri in colora- tion, being mottled fawn and cream ; the umbilicus is wide open and the diameter varies from 154 to 30} mm. In its typical form it has an almost flat spire, examples from Viols Drift measuring 25 x 194 x 12 and 194x16x114, and from Kwab’s Drift, 214x16}x11 mm. in major and minor diameter and altitude respectively, but many of the series from Duwisit are comparatively much higher in the spire, though very variable in this respect, as evinced from the subjoined data : | mm.|mm.|;mMmm.;/mm.|mm.| mm.|mmMmM.|mm.|mm.|mm.\| mm. Diam. major 23 | 224 | 214 | 21 | 21 | 90 | 193 | D7z | 16% er ies » minor 19 | 19. | 18 | 17~| 17% | 17 )16 | 148 )ioeaeeee Altitude . 13 | 15 | 12% | 182°) 194) 12 | 183 | 115 ce ee Dorcasia coagulum (Mts.). Ref. List No. 288. 1889. Helix coagulum Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 160. D. 1915. Dorcasia coagulum Mts., Conn., loc. cit., p. 162, pl. i, fig. 1 ; pl. iv, figs. 5, 1422) 26) 30: plawaee) 6) Dt AS Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. On the road from Aos to the Orange River, and near the Lower Orange River (Schenck). Also recorded from Stinkfontein and Fielding’s Chabeesies in Little Namaqualand (Rogers). A rare species of similar colour pattern to the foregoing, but of more globose form, with narrow strangulate umbilicus. Dorcasia rogersi Conn. Forma maxima. 1915. Dorcasia rogersi Conn., loc. cit., p. 164, pl. iii, fig. 3. D-F. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Aiais and Klipneus, north bank of Orange River, Warmbad District (Haughton). The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 289 This species differs from cernua mainly in having a narrow, rather strangulate umbilicus; it varies much in size, the type, which was selected because its anatomy was available, being only 20 mm. in diameter, while a forma major measures about 26 and the forma maxima 30 mm., an example from Klipneus reaching 33-5 mm. This large form is the only one yet collected in 8.W.A., the small typical race hailing from t’Kaigas and the forma major from Henkries, both in Little Namaqualand. : The last three species differ clearly from the alexandri group in that the ends of their peristome do not meet, whereas in alexandri the peristome is continuous. Dorcasia kaisert Wenz. 1926. Dorcasia kaiser Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix, fig.5. D.F. Hab. Namis. Neu Gamachabbrunnen, 7 km. 8.E. of Bogenfels (fossil, Kaiser and Beetz). A rather widely umbilicate fossil, compared by its author to both alexandri and cernua. Dorcasia antiqua Wenz. 1926. Dorcasia antiqua Wenz, loc. cit., p. 157, pl. xxxix, fig. 7. D.F. Hab. Namris. Chalcedontafelberg, west of the old Liideritz fields (Eocene, Kaiser and Beetz). Wenz states that antoqua is simpler and older than kaiseri ; it comes nearest to cernua. Famity PACHNODIDAE. Genus Conulinus Mts., 1895. Conulinus kaokoensis Conn. 1929. Conulinus kaokoensis Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 231, pl. xiv, fig. 24. D.F. Hab. KaoKkovELpD. Kaoko Otavi; Hoarusib River, W. of Kaoko Otavi; Otjinjerese (Barnard). A remarkable addition to this fauna, which has not yet occurred in live condition ; it recalls some of the Natal species, such as maritz- burgensis M. and P., but is amply distinct from any of them. 290 Annals of the South African Museum. Genus Rachis Albers, 1850. Rachis punctata (Anton). Ref. List No. 327. 1839. Bulimus punctatus Ant., Verz. Conch. Samml., p. 42. D. 1898. Buliminus (Rhachis) punctatus Ant. (=ferussaci Dkr.) Stur., Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixvii, p. 600. L. 1925. Rhachis punctata Ant. (=ferussact Dkr.) Conn., Trans. R. Soc. S.A., xii, p. 160, pl. iv, fig. 22. —D.F: Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Upingtonia *; Epitonna (fide Sturany). DAMARALAND. Omaruru (fide Sturany). This Indian species is known from the East coast of Africa and also from Loanda, in Portuguese West Africa, but it is more probable that Sturany’s records are based on bleached immature examples of Xero- cerastus than that punctata exists in South West Africa. Famity PUPILLIDAE. Genus Pupoides Pfr., 1854. (= Leucochiloides Pfr., 1881.) Pupoides minusculus (Mouss.). Ref. List No. 336. 1887. Bulominus (Leucochiloides) minusculus Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, 1s ADs yolks sxiat, anes 55 ID). Ja 1921. Pupoides minusculus Mouss., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 139, jolly xan, mm, B), ID.10. 1922. Leucochiloides minusculus Mouss., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 31. N. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ku-Ganab, 8.E. of Ondonga (Schinz) ; Hoeis (Hermann) ; Sodanna (Passarge) ; Onolongo; Ukualuthi (Barnard). DAMARALAND. Sandup (Barnard). Also recorded by von Martens from Meno a kwena, Bechuanaland (subfossil, Passarge). Mousson gives 3 mm. as the length of the single shell on which he founded his species, while examples from Sandup measure 3-6 mm. If there is any true specific difference between it and calaharicus and the others of this group, it may lie in the fact that manusculus, the * Upingtonia was the name given, in honour of Sir Thomas Upington, in 1885 to a stretch of country situated roughly between the Etosha Pan and Omaruru. The name never had any real political or geographical significance, and is no longer in use. The Non-Marme Mollusca of South West Africa. 291 smaller form, seems to be restricted to the northern districts of South West Africa in recent condition, not having occurred further south than latitude 19°, whereas calaharicus and its allies have a wide dis- tribution over most of the Dark Continent. Var. major Dgnr. 1922. Leucochiloides minusculus Mouss., var. major Dgnr., loc. cit., pool. ID. 1926. Pupordes minusculus Mouss., var. major Denr., Pilsb., Manual, pecvil, p. 202. N. Hab. DAMARALAND. Tsumeb; Grootfontein; Otavifontein; Oka- handja; Karibib; Okapuka (Michaelsen) ; Usakos; Outjo; Cauas Okawa (Barnard). KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). According to Degner, minusculus, cum var. major, can be distin- guished from calaharicus through having flatter whorls, shallower suture and comparatively larger aperture, two-fifths of the total length instead of barely one-third ; var. major, however, is certainly extremely near akin to calaharicus, and I doubt if any constant difference exists between them. Pupoides calaharicus (Bttg.). Ref. List No. 335. 1886. Buliminus (Leucochiloides) calaharicus Bttg., Ber. Senckenb. Ges, p. 24, pl.u,fig.3. DF. 1921. Pupoides calaharicus Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 138, pee tos, 10, 11 ;-pl. xvu, fig. 8. DF. Hab. DAMARALAND (Geale); Karibib; Usakos (Frames); Outjo (Lawrence); Nuragas (Lightfoot); Namutoni; Narebis (Barnard). Great NamaquaLAnD. Nakob (Barnard); Bullspoort (Tucker) ; Kuibis (Michaelsen) ; Homeib River, near Klip (Siegmann). Described from Ghous, Gordonia (Nolte) and extending through Griqualand West and the Cape Province to Rhodesia and Zululand, but the exact relationship has not yet been determined between the Indian coenopictus Hutt., the African senegalensis Morel., sennaariensis Pfr., soror Preston and the present species ; such points of difference as may exist are hardly discernible and intermediate forms are found. While normally about 5 mm. in length, calaharicus occasionally, though rarely, attains far greater dimensions, one of the largest shells I have seen, from the Noap Hills, Gordonia, being as much as 7-6 mm. long. . 292 Annals of the South African Museum. Genus Microstele Bttg., 1886. Microstele nolter (Bttg.). Ref. List Nos. 337 and 338. 1886. Pupa (Microstele) nolter Bttg., Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 25, olla, amex, 46, ID) Ia ic 1910. Leucochiloides (Microstele) oblongus Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxx p: 445, plo xxvan, fie. Ui Dehe 1921. Muicrostele nolter Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 150, pl. xiv, figs. 12-16. D.F. 1921. Mucrostele oblongus Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 149, pl. xiv, 1GGe Ty» ID) Jt 1922. Leucochiloides (Microstele) nolter (=oblongus) Bttg., Dgnr., lOe-: Wi Stas > SS = eS hs ‘4 294 Annals of the South African Museum. 1901. Pupa ridibunda M. and P., A.M.N.H., vii, p. 320, pl. ii, fig. Lis. AD 1917. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey, Pilsb., Manual, xxiv, p. 125, pl. xxu, figs. 14-16. D.F. 1918. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey, Pilsb., Manual, xxiv, p. 359, leexdva, icrmloe INC 1925. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey (=mucrobus Morel.), Conn., ASMONGH. xy, p. 479. Ni: 1926. Gastrocopta microbus Morel., Dautz., Pilsb., Manual, xxvu, pe 20930 Ne Hab. OVAMBOLAND (ovampoensis, in coll. Layard) ; Disappointment Vlei (damarica, Andersson and Chapman). DAMARALAND. Outjo; Narebis; Nuragas; Usakos (Barnard). KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). Also recorded from the Cape Province, Transvaal, Orange Free State, Zululand, Rhodesia, and Senegal. Genus Nesopupa Pilsb., 1900. Nesopupa sp. Hab. DAMARALAND. Cauas Okawa (Barnard). KAOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). A few calcined shells, doubtless attributable to this genus, were collected in the foregoing localities, but in all cases the aperture was choked with soil and the condition too fragile to run the risk of cleaning. Famity ACHATINIDAE. Genus Achatina Lam., 1799. Achatina damarensis Pir. Ref. List No. 375. 1870. Achatina dammarensis Pfr., Mal. Blatt., xvii, p. 31. D. 1870. Achatena dammarensis Pir., Novit. Conch., iv, p. 2, pl. cix, figs. 3,4. DF. 1922. Achatina damarensis Pfr., Denr., loc. cit., pp. 34, 36, fig. 12; Doo te lo. NOAGR: 1929. Achatina damarensis Pfr., Adens., loc. cit., p. 397. N.L. Hab. DAMARALAND (coll. Dohrn); Ubeb on the Khan River (Schenck) ; Omuramba-Omataka R., near Okosongoho ; bank of the Black Nosab, near Gobabis (Hermann); Grootfontein; Omaruru ; Farm Voigtsland, 26 km. E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen) ; Okosongo- The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 295 mingo, on the Little Waterberg (Thomsen); Okahandja (Fock) ; Sandfontein, E. of Windhoek (Drury); Nobgams; Omaruru R. (Haughton) ; Okambahe (Lebzelter). GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Choarib; Choa’s District (Hermann) ; Homeib R., near Klip (Siegmann). KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). Also recorded from Bechuanaland. The type is of almost uniform yellow, with a few irregular flames of slightly deeper shade; it is only 45x24 mm., apert. 26x14 mm. in length and breadth; but the species appears to attain considerably greater dimensions and it is possible that the two which follow merely represent better grown, dark-flamed examples of Pfeiffer’s species, with which they agree fairly wellin contour and sculpture. The shells collected by the South African Museum are in bleached condition, but agree in other respects with damarensis. Achatina schinziana Mouss. Ref. List No. 397. 1887. Achatina schinzvana Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 294, pl. xii, moo. D.F. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (Schinz); Sodanna (Passarge) ; upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). I have pointed out elsewhere that the record of this species from Lorenzo Marques is incorrect, but Boettger described a var. degenerata from Kakir, Bechuanaland. Achatina passargei Mts. Ref. List No. 391. 1900. Achatina passarger Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr., Berlin, peg. D. 1904. Achatina passarge: Mts., Die Kalahari, pp. 754, 755, fig. 1. DE. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Sodanna (Passarge). Appears from the figure to be absolutely identical with schinziana. Achatina tracheia Conn. 1929. Achatina tracheca Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 233, pl. xiv, no26. D.F. Hab. KaoxoveLp. Kaoko Otavi; Hoarusib River (Barnard). 296 Annals of the South African Museum. Kasily distinguishable through its strong longitudinal sculpture, which renders the shell rough to the touch. Notr.—The four genera which now follow may possibly belong to three different families or subfamilies (Stenogyrinae, Ferussaciinae, and Zootecinae), but their exact status is at present so uncertain that, in order to avoid future complications, I include them all, in the present treatise, in the Family Achatinidae, sensu lato. Genus Opeas Albers, 1850. Opeas sublineare Bttg. Ref. List No. 433. 1910. Opeas sublinearis Bttg., loc. crt., p. 448, pl. xxvii, fig. 14. D.F. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bremen Farm, 8.W. of Warmbad (Haughton). A rare species, described from Little Namaqualand and also known from Griqualand West. Genus Subulina Beck, 1837. Subulina vitrea (Mouss.). Ref. List No. 426. 1887. Stenogyra (Subulina) vitrea Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 296, Ol, Sau, ier, GID) Ie 1892. Stenogyra chapmani M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 90, pl. vi, mG. Bs IDI, 1922. Subulina vitrea Mouss., Denr., loc. cit., pp. 38, 39, fig. 14a. D.N.F. Hab. OVAMBOLAND (chapmani, Chapman); Ku-Ganab, 8.H. of Ondongua (vitrea, Schinz). KaAOKOVELD. Near Otjitundua ; Hoarusib River (Barnard). DAMARALAND. Otavi Mountain (Frames); Tsumeb; Otjikoto Lake ; Brakwater, 20 km. N. of Windhoek ; Okahandja (Michaelsen) ; Onguati (Thomsen); Outjo; Namutoni; Sandup; Cauas Okawa (Barnard). This very slender little species, whose greatest lengthis about 11 mm., appears to be confined to the northern districts of S.W. Africa ; it has not been recorded from elsewhere. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 297 Genus Cecilioides Fér., 1807. Cecilroides acicula (Mill.). Ref. List No. 408. 1774. Buccinum acicula Mill., Verm., 11, p. 150. D. Hab. DAMARALAND. Outjo; Namutoni; Cauas Okawa (Barnard). KAOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). OVAMBOLAND. Ukualuthi (Barnard). I am unable to separate specimens from the foregoing localities from the European species, which appears to be rather widely diffused over South Africa. Cecilioides advena (Ancey). Ref. List No. 409. 1888. Caecilionella advena Ancey, Le Naturaliste, x, p. 215. OD. 1892. Cronella ovampoensis M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 91, pl. vi, ioe. DF. Hab. OVAMBOLAND (ovampoensis, in coll. Layard) ; Disappointment Vlei (advena, Andersson and Chapman). There can be no doubt as to advena and ovampoensis being identical ; both were described from the same original lot ; the type of advena is lost, but Ancey mentions in his description a distinct internal angulate thickening on the middle of the paries, which is prominent in the type of ovampoensis. Watson has explained this feature in a more in- telligible way by stating that young examples of C. acicula have a prominent spiral fold on the upper part of the columella, which dis- appears when the snail is half-grown, but persists until a later stage in one or two continental forms of the genus; the examples of ovam- poensis examined by me appear to be quite mature, and to differ in this single respect of the columella fold from all other shells of Cecilioides that I have seen from South Africa, otherwise it would certainly agree with them. The illuminating definition of the locality published by Ancey is as follows : “ Disappointment Key [sic], Ovampoland (‘ Liideritzland’ seu “Damara’). Leg. Cl. Andersson and Chapman,” perhaps the best spot in which to leave this dubious species. Genus Xerocerastus Kob. and Mlldff., 1902 (=Hburnea Mouss., 1887, non Fleming, 1828). There is no doubt that this genus, which was until recently placed in the Enidae, is extremely closely allied to the Stenogyroid Zootecus, 298 Annals of the South African Museum. even if the two are not congeneric. However, the distribution of the former is limited to the more or less desert regions of 8. and 8.W. Africa, while Zootecus ranges from N.EH. Africa to India and the Mascarene Islands, so I retain Xerocerastus as distinct until the com- parative anatomy has been fully investigated. As the most difficult questions in this paper have arisen regarding the inter-relationships of the burchelli-damarensis group and the equally complicated subteres group, I deal first with well stabilised species, which hardly enter into later calculation. Aerocerastus namibicus (Bttg.). (Pl. TE, fies 19.) Ref. List No. 453. 1910. Ena (Kburnea) namibica Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxu, p. 444, pl. xxvii, fig. 10. D.F. 1922. Ena (Eburnea) namibica Bttg., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 30. N. Hab. DAMARALAND. 140 km. inland from Swakopmund (Rintelen) ; Karibib (Michaelsen) ; Usakos (Barnard ; Frames). The smallest and most slender member of the genus; my largest adult example from Usakos is roughly 9X3 mm. in length and breadth, while Degner’s Karibib series were 9X3 to 34 mm. Xerocerastus eulimoides (Gray). (Pl. 1M te 18") Ref. List No. 452. 1838. Bulimus eulimoide Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, ii, p. 269. D. Hab. Great Namaquatanp. About the Great Fish River (Alex- ander) ; Bullspoort (Tucker). DAMARALAND. Usakos (Frames). Another small and slender form, more obese than namibicus, measuring about 9x4 mm. In my reference list I placed these two species in Zootecus, but for the reasons stated above, I now restore them to Xerocerastus. Xerocerastus hottentotus (Gray). (PIT ier) Ref. List No. 313. 1838. Bulimus hottentota Gray, loc. cit., p. 269. D. 1870. Bulimulus pygmaeus H. Ad., P.Z.8., p. 9, pl. i, fig. 18. D.F. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 299 1922. Ena (Eburnea) hottentota Gray, Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 26, 27, mem Oy NE. 1929. Ena (Eburnea) hottentota Gray, Adens., loc. cit., p. 396. N.L. Hab. Great NaMAQuaLaND. About the Great Fish River (Alex- ander) ; Kuibis (Michaelsen). OVAMBOLAND (Chapman, fide Layard). DAMARALAND (pygmaeus, coll. Adams); Flats by the Khan River, N. of Tsoachaul (Schenck) ; Usab (fide Mts.); 140 km. inland from Swakopmund (Rintelen); Otavifontein (Michaelsen); Usakos (Frames; Barnard); Uis; Neineis (Haughton); between Klein Ameib and Usakos (Lebzelter). By far the stoutest member of the genus, in comparison with its short stature, and easily distinguishable ; it varies slightly in diameter, the largest example to hand measuring 128 mm. Aerocerastus robustus (Dgnr.). (PE Ei nigs5s il) 1922. Ena (Hburnea) robusta Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 25, 26, fig. 8. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Otavifontein, 5 km. HK. of Otavi (Michaelsen) ; Otjiwarongo (Barnard); Otavi Mountain (Durban Light Infantry). Far more obesely conical, in proportion to its length, than any of the species that follow. The type set of four, of which the largest measured 19 x 10 and the smallest 14x 8-5 mm., average 17 x 9:25 mm. in length and breadth ; according to the description there is a small swelling half-way up the columella and the aperture is very angular. The other two sets cited above do not show these features, but they resemble robustus in general form and occur, the one within 5 and the other within 60 miles of the type locality, so that there is every reason to consider them conspecific. The set of three from Otavi Mountain measure 20-2 x 10:3, 20 x 9:5, and 18-5 x 9-5 mm., while those from Otjiwarongo are smaller and comparatively more narrow, ranging from 167-5 down to 146-5, with an average of 15-37 mm. We now come to two groups, in each of which it is difficult to dis- tinguish between the members. The first is that of burchelli Gray and damarensis H. Ad., with its var. minor Pfr., of which the exact re- lationship can only be determined when the anatomy of the former has been examined. The shell of burchelli appears to be translucent flesh pink in freshest condition, but to become white and more or less opaque, with or without rufous streaks, after exposure to a very small degree of weathering. The same is probably the case with damarensis, =. ae - eit ne) Ss 7. 300 Annals of the South African Museum. but I have not observed a record of its occurrence in absolutely fresh condition. The shells of both these species are most variable, within certain well-defined limits, in size and contour, and can be graded into each other. However, it is possible that there may be geographical grounds to assist in their demarcation, and it is principally this that I propose for consideration hereunder. Xerocerastus damarensis (H. Ad.). (PL. Ti) tiger d: ib =85) Ref. List Nos. 309, 323. 1870. Bulamus damarensis H. Ad., P.Z.S8., p. 9, pl.i, fig. 17. D.F. 1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 19. N. 192950 y r ,, . Adens., loc: city’ pious Toll, xaut, 1mvee, Il, | INT I, 1929. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., forma maxima Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 236, pl. xiv, fig. 29. DF. Var. minor Pfr. Ge OU ses, S10.) 1870. Bulimus dammarensis, var. minor Pfir., Mal. Blatt., xvu, Deas De 1887. Bulaminus (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. exspectata Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p, 295) plaxaiiio 4 Nene 1887. Helix (Cochlicella) opposita Mouss., vbid., p. 293, pl. xu, fig. 2. D.F. 1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Denr., loc. Cit, Pps 21, 235 fie. 6.) INERE 1923. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Dgnr., Arch. f. Moll.-K., p. 214, pl. viii, figs. 1-5. A.R. 1928. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Haas, loc. cit., p. 93. NAL. There may be said to be four races attributable to this species, differing from one another in average dimensions and inhabiting, to a great extent, limited areas from which the others are absent. They appear to lie about the territory in little localised groups, often within a radius of under 30 miles of each other, yet over 200 miles from the other nearest groups of similar dimensions. Further exploration may doubtless extend and possibly confuse the limits of distribution here given, but at present they are very clearly defined. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 301 They may be classed as— (i) Forma typica. (11) 4 Gate alioeye (111) Pe mumuisenila: (iv) ee Tanne: In order to make some attempt at the elucidation of this and other species which follow, I append the numbers examined and the average dimensions from each separate locality : (i) Forma typica. DAMARALAND (type, 21xX8 mm.); Usakos (Thomsen; Frames ; Barnard; 33 shells, ranging from 229-4 to 18x7 mm., average 20-2 8-3 mm.); Onguati (Thomsen; 1 shell, 21-5x10 mm.); Uis (Haughton; 5 shells, 20-58-2 to 18x7-1, average 197-8 mm.) ; Neineis (Haughton; 6 shells, 197-2 and 18-6X7-:6 to 17:5X7, average 18-4x7:2 mm.); Okambahe, Omaruru River (Haughton ; 2 shells, each 187-5 mm.; Lebzelter; over 100 shells, ranging from 24-3 10-1 and 22-2 10-0 to 17x8-7, average 21-19-3 mm.) ; be- tween Klein-Ameib and Usakos (3 shells, Lebzelter). The five foregoing localities all fall within a comparatively small circle. Namutoni (Barnard; 28 shells, 21x8-25 to 166-5, average 17X7-1 mm.); Otjikoto (Barnard; 7 shells, 20-25x7-5 to 17:5X7, average 196-85 mm.). These two localities, though less than 30 miles apart, are 200 miles distant from the Usakos circle. (i) Forma maxima. DAMARALAND. Outjo (Barnard; 22 shells, 26x11 to 21x9°5, average 23:3 x 10 mm.). (ii) Forma minuscula, a rather small, narrow form. KaOKOVELD. Otjikondo (Barnard; 38 shells, 17x6-5 to 146-5, average 15°56:1 mm.); North of Kowares (Barnard; 7 shells, 16-8X6-7 to 146, average 15-7x 6-1 mm.); Kamanyab (Barnard ; 7 shells, 18x 7 to 16x 6-5, average 16:6 6-8 mm.) ; between Kaman- yab and Choabendus (Barnard ; 9 shells, 16-5 x 6-75 to 13x 6, average 15-4 6-3 mm.) ; Ombombo (Barnard; 16 shells, 20x7 to 13X5-5, average 16-7 <6-5 mm.). Whereas the large form from Outjo inhabits the open plains, the narrow forms of group (ili) and the var. minor are found to the north- _ 302 Annals of the South African Museum. west of a line half-way between Outjo and Otjikondo, on rocky hills and krantzes, wherever the dolomite crops out ; they avoid pure sand, granite, etc. (iv) Var. minor, Pir. (=exspectata and opposita Mouss.), including a series from Karibib, which are rather large for this variety. DAMARALAND (type, fide Pfeiffer, 14xnearly 6 mm.; Geale; 3 shells, 15x5-9 to 13:7x5-6, average 14:5x5:8 mm.); Karibib (Michaelsen ; Frames; 18 shells, 17-3 7-3 to 13-1 x 6:5 and 13-5 x 6-3, average 15:37 mm.); Voigtlands Farm, 26 km. E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen ; 3 shells, 13-2 5-5 to 11-4 5-5, average 12-2 5-5 mm.) ; Usakos (Frames; 12 shells, 17-58 to 13-66 mm., average 15-8 S<(OxS) iaaam-)), Usakos and Karibib are about 100 miles from Windhoek. GROOTFONTEIN (Michaelsen; 1 shell, 13-7x6-6 mm.); between Nuragas and Otjituo (Lightfoot; 39 shells, 13-75x5-5 to 10x 4-5, average 11-9X5-1 mm.). These three localities form a circle with a radius of 20 miles. OVAMBOLAND. Upingtonia (Schinz); Onolongo (Barnard; 19 shells, 135-5 to 11x 4-75, average 125-1 mm.). KaoKoveELp. Between Otjitundua and Ombombo (Barnard; 16 shells, 14:25 x 5:25 to 11x 4:75, average 125-1 mm.). GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Keetmanshoop (Michaelsen, fide Degner ; I shell, 13-5 x 6-5 mm_). Mousson founded opposita on a single damaged example, collected by Schinz in a recent calcareous marl in the Upingtonia District, south of Ovamboland ; von Martens has recorded it, also as a fossilsingleton, from Bechuanaland, though without any authority for its identification. The type appears to be lost, but an immature example from Ovam- boland of X. damarensis var. minor, from a series about 14 mm. long when mature, coincides with Mousson’s figure and agrees with his description ; J. R. Tomlin confirms my view as to the synonymy. var. subradiata Bttg. 1910. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. subradiata Bttg., loc. cit., p. 443. D. 1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. subradiata Bttg., Danr-miockct.. parolee Ni Hab. DamMaRaLanD. Kurikaubmund, Swakop Valley (Rintelen). Founded on a single particularly obese example, with 8 whorls, 21x10 mm. in length and breadth. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 303 Xerocerastus burchella (Gray). (Pl. III, figs. 12-15.) Ref. List Nos. 305, 314, 326. 1834. Bulomus burchellii Gray, P.Z.8., p. 66. D. 1886. Buliminus (Mastus) psammophilus Bttg., Ber. Senckenb. Ges., mee, pl. i, fig. 2. DF. 1892. Buliminus layardi M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 90, pl. v, fig. 11. DF. Hab. Great Namaquatanpd. Bullspoort (Tucker) ; Choarib (Her- mann); Nakob (Barnard); Aroab (Arahoab) ; Haruchas Farm, near Gokhas (psammophilus, in Senckenberg Museum). Burchelli was described from Taku in British Bechuanaland and is rather widely distributed over Bechuanaland, Griqualand West and the north-west of the Cape Province. Layardi was described from Kobis, Bechuanaland, and psammophilus from Khuis in the same province ; in so far as concerns the synonymy set forth above, I need do no more than quote the opinion of the two eminent experts, here given, in support of my own. Dr. F. Haas kindly compared specimens of burchelli with the type of psammophilus and writes: “X. psammophilus Bttgr. is quite certainly identical with burchelli Gray and must be placed in its synonymy.” With regard to layardi, its authors sought to differentiate their species from burchellz in the following words: ‘“* This seems to us to differ from B. burchelli (Gray) in the smaller size, want of umbilication, greater reflection of columella, less ventricose whorls, and more vivid painting.” After careful study of the types, Burnup’s opinion, in which I concur, was: “Considering M. and P.’s comparison with burchelli, I find layardi quite as much umbilicate as burchelli ; the difference in size is quite immaterial ; I cannot see that the columella is any more reflexed, and in my series, as in Connolly’s, there are specimens quite as vividly painted. I can only consider layardi a synonym of burchelli.”’ In this connection I need only add that among eighty specimens of burchelli which have been measured, the largest is 18x7 and the smallest 12-45 mm.; the three shells of the type set are 14-56, 14-2 6-2, and 13-55-6 mm., while the type of layardi is 12-25x 55 mm., and psammophilus is said to range from 13-25 to 146 to 6-5 mm. . The exact relationship, however, between burchelli and damarensis et —— a —_—. . -—- o — — =_—_—-— mw = 2 —— se 304 Annals of the South African Museum. var. minor raises a far more difficult question. The former’s range of measurements completely covers that of the latter; the flammate marking in comparatively unbleached specimens is common to both and the decussate sculpture, though possibly more pronounced in burchellz, hardly provides ground for separation. In fact, damarensis var. minor appears to be far more nearly akin to burchelli than to the larger races of damarensis, and further investigation will probably prove them to be identical. The anatomy of burchelli, however, is unknown, and while the var. mznor is distributed from Damaraland northward, and burchelli mainly south of the Orange River, both are extremely uncommon in the intermediate district of Great Namaqua- land, where all but one of the known localities for burchelli are near the Kalahari border. It may be advisable, therefore, to recognise them as distinct, chiefly on geographical grounds, until it becomes possible to study their comparative anatomy. Xerocerastus schultzer (Bttg.). (Pl Ti sis os) Ref. List No. 328. 1910. Ena (Eburnea) schultzei Bttg., loc. cit., p. 442, pl. xxviii, ne, @), 1D)1a This species has not been yet recorded from 8.W. Africa, but I figure it in order to present a complete series of the genus to which it belongs. It was described from Bechuanaland and is also known from British Bechuanaland and Griqualand West, while it is remark- able for being the only member to occur outside the south-west corner of the continent, being established in the Northern Transvaal in the neighbourhood of the Messina mines, whither it was probably carried by natives, who are fond of making these kinds of shells into necklaces. Section Lubricetta Haas, 1928. Lubricetta was proposed as a subgenus of Bocageia for B. rollei Haas ; it will be shown, however, that this is simply a small form of Xero- cerastus subteres (Bttg.), so that Lubricetta must be treated as a section of Xerocerastus, with subteres as its type. The shells attributable to this section, of which no species was known prior to 1910, differ slightly in form from those of Xerocerastus s.s. and have a rather blunter apex ; they constitute a small, but very difficult group, of which the extremes, the large sericus and small nitens of Degner, would be easily The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 305 separable, were it not for the great variability of the intermediate subteres, which almost bridges the gap between them. However, the following statistics, based on the examination of more than 150 specimens, and taking into consideration size, sculpture, and distri- bution, may tend to establish all three as distinct species. Aerocerastus subteres (Bttg.). (Pl. III, figs. 20-24, 27-29.) Ref. List No. 332. 1910. Ena (Lburnea) subteres Bttg., loc. cit., p. 444, pl. xxviii, fig. 8. D.F. 1928. Bocageia (Lubricetta) rolle: Haas, Senckenbergiana, x, p. 92, nes. and 6,p.94. F.D. The localities and dimensions of various series are as follows :— DAMARALAND. 140 km. inland from Swakopmund (type, Rintelen ; 19:-5x7 mm.); Usakos (Frames; Barnard; 20 shells, ranging from 217 down to 12-5x5:-4 mm., with average of 16-86 x 6-62 mm.). Karibib (Frames; 3 shells, from 13-8x5-5 to 12:2x5-6, average i3-2>¢5:5 mm.). Between Usakos and Karibib (Frames; 16 shells, from 22-6 x 8-1 to 15-16 and 15x 6-2, average 17-7 x 6-3 mm.). The above localities are within 30 miles of each other. Neineis, 50 miles N.W. of Usakos (Haughton; 7 shells, 165-2 and 15-75-3 to 12:-8x5-2, average 14:3x5-2 mm.); Uis, 20 miles N.W. of Neineis (Haughton; 4 shells, 17-°8x5-5 to 16-25-5 and 16X5-9, average 16-5 5-7 mm.). Namis. Swakopmund (Durban Light Infantry; 5 shells, 267-2, 29°9X 7-7, 217, 216-8, and 175-2, average 22-2 x 6-8 mm.). KaoKovELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard; 43 shells, from 197 and 18-5 X 6-5 to 125, average 15-25-75 mm.). Between Otjitundua and Ombombo (Barnard ; 13 shells, from 17 x 6 to 12-55, average 14-2 x 5-3 mm.). These three localities are less than 20 miles apart. Zesiontein, 60 miles from Kaoko Otavi (Lawrence; 2 shells, Zo S and 23x 7-5 mm.). GREAT NamMaQguaLAND. Near Naauwkloof (rollez, ex coll. Rolle; iroex'6-1 mm.). It will be seen that this species has been collected so far in five limited areas and that the average from all, except the large pair from Zesfontein and the strange set from Swakopmund, falls well 306 Annals of the South African Museum. below the size of the type. Until large series occurred and full statistics were available, it appeared possible that the smaller forms might be referable to netens and the larger to subteres, but I do not think such is the case, as all have similar, though variable, decussate sculpture, stronger than in nitens, and the geographical distribution is consistent with their being conspecific. The series from Uis, Neineis, and Swakopmund differ considerably from the typical form, being comparatively more slender and practically devoid of spiral sculpture; I would, in fact, have reckoned them to be a distinct species, were it not that the contour of the smaller examples can be matched by one or two individuals among the large set from Kaoko Otav1. Subteres was founded on a single bleached shell, 19-57 mm., and rolle. on a single mature and one or two rather immature examples, of which the former measures 156-1 mm., in brilliantly fresh con- dition, when the shell is very glossy and coloured a beautiful pinkish brown. Since this was the only material available to Dr. Haas when considering the status of the latter, it is not surprising that he failed to notice the connection between the two shells; however, there is no doubt as to their being conspecific. The series of 43 from Kaoko Otavi, which ranges from 197 mm., practically the dimensions of Boettger’s type of subteres, down to 125 mm., little larger than mitens, includes several examples about 15x6 mm., thus agreeing with roller, and an immature paratype of the last named, kindly furnished by its author, is quite inseparable from them. Naauwkloof is situate about 160 miles S. of Usakos, and is the most southerly locality in which subteres has yet been collected. Xerocerastus nitens (Dgnr.). (Pisiiins 2a.) 1922. Ena (Eburnea) nitens Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 28, fig. 10. D.F.R. Hab. DAMARALAND. Otjikoto Lake (Michaelsen). Kight adult examples were collected, of which 6 varied from 11-5 5-5 to 115-3 and the other 2 were 9X5 mm., giving a rough average of 10-7 x 5:26 mm. If actually distinct from the foregoing, this is the smallest of the section. The later sutures are remarkably white, the transverse sculpture almost absent and the spiral extremely close and faint, so that the shell is more glossy than its confréres. It is only yet known from the original set, and the fact of its hailing The Non-Marme Mollusca of South West Africa. 307 from the same district as the large sericus, and apparently rather remote from the haunts of subteres, lends colour to its distinctness. Xerocerastus sericus (Dgnr.). (ede GUN nae, 610), Sul.) 1922. Ena (Hburnea) servca Degnr., loc. cit., pp. 23, 24, fig. 7 e-g. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Tsumeb (type, Michaelsen; Rogers); Otavi Mountain (Durban Light Infantry) ; Gaub (Tucker). A large form, of which the type set of four from Tsumeb measure from 28 x 10 to 23-5 x 10-5 mm., with average of 25-1 x 10-25 mm., and Rogers’ series of 27, ranging from 23-3 9-8 down to 20x10, 20x9 and 20x 8-5 mm., average 21-16 9-4 mm. The pair from Otavi Mountain somewhat resemble the type in size, being 2812-2 and 27-4x12-7 mm., while the pair from Gaub are somewhat smaller, each measuring 198-5 mm. These localities are within a radius of 12 miles and none others are yet known tome. The shell is remarkable for its size and particularly silky sculpture, caused by the very close, strong, transverse striae being slightly interrupted by microscopic spiral striation. The fact just mentioned that this large species and its other extreme, the diminutive nitens, are found within 20 miles of one another, with no near occurrence of subteres, may either suggest their distinctness, or that subteres is a Bastard race, caused by the inter-breeding between other forms. Famity SUCCINEIDAE. Genus Succinea Drap., 1801. Succinea badia Morel. 1868. Succinea badia Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 54, pl.i, fig. 4. D.F. Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bullspoort (Tucker). DAMARALAND. Homeib R., near Klp (Siegmann); Sandfontein (Barnard). KaOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard). Described from Calemba Is., Angola; the examples from S.W.A. are quite typical. It is a large species, which has been collected as far south as Excelsior, Modder River (Swan). It occurs in large numbers in the flat open valleys between Otji- tundua, Ombombo, and Kaoko Otavi, which are only flooded in the summer season, and then only occasionally. In the dry season the animals hide in the ground under logs or at the roots of grass. 308 Annals of the South African Museum. Succinea delalandei Pir. Ref. List No. 460. 1821. Helix (Cochlohydra) elongata, var. y, Fer., Tabl. Syst. Moll., pt. 3, p. 31 (or 27), I, and Hist. Nat. Molly pl sak) ei 1851. Succinea delalandw Pir., Zeitschr. fiir Malak., vin, p. 28. D. Hab. DAMARALAND. Between Nuragas and Otjituo ; Grootfontein ; Namutoni (Barnard). | A slender species, whose headquarters appear to be in the Cape Peninsula, but also known from British Bechuanaland and recorded by Craven from Oliphants River, Transvaal. Succinea exarata Krs. Ref. List No. 461. 1848. Succinea exarata Krs., Stidafr. Moll., p. 74, pl.iv, fig. 15. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann, fide Boettger). Described from Natal, where, if a valid species, it is extremely rare ; I am inclined to doubt the correctness of the Damaraland locality. Succinea moussoni Mts. Ref. List No. 462. 1887. Succinea (2) sp., Mouss., do de |€., soacy,) py 205 ean 1904. e moussont Mts., Die Kalahari, p. 755, fig. 2. D.F. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Upingtonia District, south of Ovamboland (subfossil, Schinz) ; Sodanna (Passarge). Also collected in subfossil condition by Passarge in Bechuanaland ; the figure appears to represent an immature example of badia Morel. Succinea striata Krs. Ref. List No. 466. 1848. Succinea striata Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 78, pl. iv, fig. 16. D-F. 1922. ae a 5, =Benr., loc. cit., p40. INE Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann); Okahandja (Michaelsen). Described from Natal, and distributed over the Cape Province, British Bechuanaland, O.F.S., Transvaal, as well as Central and North East Africa. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 309 Famity ONCHIDIIDAE. Genus Onchidella Gray, 1850. Onchidella maculata Plate. Ref. List No. 474. 1893. Onchidella maculata Plate, Zool. Jahrb. Jena, vii, pt. 1, p. 201, pl. vii, fig. 4; pl.ix, figs. 43,44; pl. x, figs. 45-49, 52; pl. xi, fig. 68 ; pea, fig. 1Ol. D.F.A. 1925. Onchidella maculata Plate, Wats., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, pe2zsD. N. Hab. Namis. Angra Pequenas (fide Plate). A slug of semi-marine habit, but classified as non-marine. Famity LYMNAEIDAE. Zen Lymnaea Lam., 1799. Lymnaea natalensis Krs. Ref. List No. 491. 1848. Limnaeus natalensis Krs., Sitidafr. Moll., p. 85, pl. v, fig. 15. D.F. 1914. Limnaea natalensis Krs., D. and G., Rev. Zool. Africaine, peso. LL, 1919. Limnaea (Radix) natalensis Krs., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, pp. 47,199. D.N. 1920. Limnaea (Radix) natalensis Krs., Germ., Voy. Babault, pew2d. D: 1925. Limnaea natalensis Krs., Conn., Trans. R. Soc. 8. Africa, xii, p. 188. N. 1926. Rado aff. natalensis Krs., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 158. N.L. 1927. Lymnaea natalensis Krs., P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., lini, p. 144, pl. xi, fig. 6. N.F. ' Hab. Kaoxovetp. River terraces at Kamanyab (subfossil, Barnard). Namis. 20 km. E. of Bogenfels (Hocene, Kaiser and Beetz). Two of Barnard’s shells from Kamanyab are undoubtedly natalensis and there is no reason why those cited by Wenz from Namib should not also belong to the same variable species. A third example from Kamanyab, however, is very different, being comparatively smaller, with a more exserted spire, and possibly referable to the following species. VOL. XXIX, PART 2, 21 310 Annals of the South African Museum. Lymnaea cailaudi Bet. 1883. Limnaea caillaudi Bgt., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., xv, p. 89, pl. x, figs. 100, 101. D.F. 1883. Limnaea africana Riipp., Bgt., zbid., p. 95, pl. x, fig. 99. DF. 1908. ee ie ,» N. and A., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., vii, peZols 1 Dake 1909. Limnaea cailliaudi Bgt., Plry., Mem. Inst. Egypte, vi, p. 46, pl. ii, figs. 836-38. N.F. 1919. Limnaea africana Riipp. (=cailliaudi, alexandrina, laurentz, lavigeriei, acroxa, kynganica and zanzibarica Bgt.), Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, pp. 181, 185. N. 1920. Limnaea africana Riipp., Germ., Voy. Babault, p. 141, pl. iv, figs. 6-11 and text-figs. 31-59. D.F. and synonymy. 1927. Lymnaea (Radix) caillaudi Bgt. (=africana Riipp., etc.), P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., lm, p. 113. N. NotE.—Only the more important references are cited above. Hab. OvamBoLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). Germain selected africana Riipp. as the prior name to apply to a | group of so-called species which differ from natalensis, in their typical | extreme, in their more slender contour and longer spire, on the ground that Bourguignat (1883) mentioned africana on p. 85 of his paper, before caillaudt and others of the group, but P. and B. point out that its occurrence on that page is ‘ so that caillauds Bgt. has priority. The species, if such it be, is widely distributed in Egypt and tropical Africa, often occurring in company with, and merging into natalensis, of which it and many other species, described as distinct, are probably at most merely varieties. | The shells from Ovamboland are rather small and extremely slender. “nomen nudum,” Lymnaea damarana Bttg. Ref. List No. 490. 1910. Lomnaea damarana Bttg., loc. cit., p. 450, pl. xxviii, fig. 16. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann). The dimensions given by Boettger are: shell, 11x63; apert., 7x4 mm. If it bears any near resemblance to his figures, it is cer- tainly very distinct ; I have not seen examples. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 311 Lymnaea subtruncatula Bttg. Ref. List No. 493. 1910. Limnaea subtruncatula Bttg., loc. cit., p. 451, pl. xxvii, fig. 17. D.F. 1926. Galba (Galba) aff. truncatula Mill., Wenz, loc. cit., p.158. N.L. Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann). Namis. 20 km. KE. of Bogenfels (Hocene, Kaiser and Beetz). I unite these two references, although it is possible that they do not refer to the same species. However, Boettger separated his subtruncatula from truncatula Mill. mainly on account of its strongly twisted columella; it is true that this feature is very unusual in Miiller’s species, but it is emphasized in a good series in my collection from Merton, Surrey, England, which appear to agree with Boettger’s figure. It is advisable to wait till many more specimens from 8.W. Africa are available for examination, before attempting to dabble in their probable synonymy. Famity PLANORBIDAE. Genus Planorbis Geofiroy, 1767. Planorbis pferfferr Krs. Ref. List Nos. 498, 501. 1848. Planorbis pfeifferc Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 83, pl. v, fig. 7. D.F. 1910. - (Coretus) hermanni Bttg., loc. cit., p. 452, pl. xxvii, ees. DF. 1921. Planorbis (Planorbis) hermanna Bttg., Germ., Rec. Indian Mus. xx, p. 20. N. 1922. Planorbis pfeiffert Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 40, 42, fig. 15. N.F. 1925. Fe 7. Conny, lrans hy. S0Cs SnErica, xit, p. 195, pl. vii, figs. 16-19. N.A.R. Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Lightfoot ; Michaelsen) ; Oko- songomingo (Thomsen); Okaputa Pan (hermanni, Hermann). OVAMBOLAND. “ Omanbonde”’ [sic] “(Ovampoland)” (in Indian Museum); upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). A species of wide distribution, occurring apparently as far north as the Sudan, and very variable, even in the same pool, in regard to its altitude and position of the aperture in relation to the penultimate whorl. Germain (1921) remarks that hermanni is merely a depressed variety of pfeifferi, with a descending last whorl, but Haas, who has 32 Annals of the South African Museum. kindly examined Boettger’s type, informs me that there is no object whatever in retaining the former even as a variety ; I therefore place it in synonymy. Planorbis salinarum Morel. Ref. List No. 503. 1868. Planorbis salinarum Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 85, pl. v, fig. 4. D.F. 1921. Planorbis (Planorbis) salinarum Morel., Germ., Rec. Indian MINIS; Seay 10, 225 IW Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Sodanna (Passarge). Described from Angola and also recorded by von Martens from Lake Ngami. Degner (loc. cit., p. 41) doubts the accuracy of Martens’ identification of these shells, which he considers may bear closer relationship to pfeifferr Krs. Planorbis natalensis Krs. Ref. List No. 500. 1848. Planorbis natalensis Krs., loc. cit., p. 83, pl. v, fig. 9. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann). Described from the Umgeni Valley, Natal, and also recorded from British Bechuanaland and Port Elizabeth. A small species, near costulatus Krs., but with weaker sculpture ; I have never been able to find a match for the typical form, and doubt whether any of its records outside Natal are correct. Planorbis gibbonsi Nels. Ref. List No. 497. 1878. Planorbis gibbonsi Nels., Q.J. of C., i, p. 379, pl. iv, fig. 3. D.F. 1914. ae (Lropidiscus) gibbonsi Nels., Dautz. and Germ., Rev. Zool. Afr., iv, p. 42. N. | 1927. Planorbis (Gyraulus) gibbonsi Nels., Pilsb. and Beq., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., lu, p. 126, fig. 8. NF. 1927. Pi ssonhis gibbonsi Nels., Conn., J. of C., xvi, p. 172. N. Hab. KAoKOvELD. Karaneab (subioseive near Otjitundua (Barnard). Widely diffused over nearly the whole of tropical and South Africa. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 313 Planorbis anderssoni Ancey. Ref. List No. 494. 1890. Planorbis anderssoni Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., p. 161. D. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ovambonde (Andersson and Chapman). Originals from the above locality not being forthcoming, knowledge of this species rests upon examples from Durban, which were declared by Ancey to be typical. If this determination is correct, anderssont is rather widely distributed throughout South Africa. Planorbis leucochilus M. and P. Ref. List No. 499. 1903. Planorbis leucochilus M. and P., A.M.N.H., xii, p. 607, pl. xxx1, me. L).H. 1922. Planorbis leucochilus M. and P., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 43. N. Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Michaelsen). Described from Killarney Lake, Maritzburg. Discussion on the affinities of the small and the larger thin, closely coiled races of Gyraulus, as represented respectively by such as anderssont Ancey and leucochilus M. and P., and gibbonsi Nels. and crawfordy M. and P., can lead to no definite conclusions until large series have been collected for considerable periods in the same locality, in order to obtain, when possible, fresh, uncoated specimens, and to determine the influence on their development of local and seasonal conditions. In exemplification of this statement, I may mention that I collected a large number of Gyrauli at the bridge over the Black River, Maitland, C.P., on frequent occasions during the three years 1908 to 1910, and during the first two years found none but extremely small examples, which could be referred to leucochilus or anderssona according to the degree in which their peristome was white and thickened, or simple. In the third year, however, on at least two visits I collected what appeared to be the same species, but of greatly increased size, agreeing perfectly with gibbonsi, and displaying in many cases several of the white thickenings at various stages of growth, on which leucochilus was founded, while a few were free of this peculiarity, and might well be mature anderssont. Degner’s minute shells hardly appear to me to be quite represen- tative of the Durban race of anderssoni, and, judging from their locality, may possibly be the true embodiment of Ancey’s species, but 314 Annals of the South African Museum. they are also very near to leucochilus, so that it is advisable to leave the question of nomenclature as it stands for the present, subject to the foregoing remarks. Genus Segmentina Fleming, 1818. Segmentina planodiscus (M. and P.). Ref. List No. 505. 1897. Planorbis (Segmentina) planodiscus M. and P., A.M.N.H., xix, POS, ple xan tio Os aE 1923. Segmentina planodisca M. and P., Germ., Rec. Indian Mus., xxi, Oo Oy. IDJN Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ovambonde (in Indian Museum and my collection). Described from Natal, this beautiful species, which is remarkable for the large number of its septa, of which I have counted as many as from 7 to 10 in the last whorl of shells 55 mm. in diameter, has been collected nowhere else than in Albert Nyanza and Ovamboland, if the rather dubious record of Ovambonde is correct; I can confirm the accuracy of Germain’s determination, but it may well be that the localities of this, and other species described by Ancey, Morelet and M. and P., have been mixed up, owing mainly to the carelessness of the collectors in Europe, who received the original examples. Genus Bulinus Mill., 1781. (=TLsidora Ehrn., 1831.) Bulinus angolensis (Morel.). Ref. List No. 516. 1866. Physa angolensis Morel., J. de C., xiv, p. 162. D. 1873. ,, algoensis Morel., Sow., Conch. Icon., pl. vii, fig. 53. D.F. (Hrr. type.) Hab. DAMARALAND. (Geale, “‘ algoensss”’ in British Museum.) OVAMBOLAND. Tamansu; Ongandjera (Barnard). Described from Angola ; a beautiful globose species, but extremely near the more globose forms of B. natalensis (Krs.), with which it may ultimately prove to be conspecific. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 315 Bulinus parietalis (Mouss.). Ref. List No. 522. 1887. Physa parietalis Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 298, pl. xii, fig. 8. D.F. 1922. Isidora parietalis Mouss., Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 44, 45, fig. 16. D.F.R. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (Schinz); Andoni (Barnard). DAMARALAND. Okosongoho (Hermann); Otjituezu, 66 km. N.E. of Frauenstein and 50 km. E.N.E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen). Also recorded from Bechuanaland, British Bechuanaland and Port Hlizabeth, the last a somewhat improbable determination. Very similar to angolensis, but distinguishable by its costulate sculpture and prominent callus. Bulinus tropicus (Krs.) (=cyrtonota Bet. and craveni Ancey (larata Crvn., non Trist.)). Ref. List No. 524. 1848. Physa tropica Krs., loc. cit., p. 84, pl. v, fig. 12. DF. 1922. Isidora diaphana Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 47, fig. 18. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Okaputa Pan (subfossil, Hermann); Neitsas Farm, near Grootfontein (diaphana, Fock). KAOKOVELD. Kamanyab (subfossil, Barnard). Tropicus was described from the Transvaal and is distributed throughout the Union of South Africa, while it appears to oceur also in Kenya Colony and Abyssinia. It is distinguishable from B. natal- ensis (Krs.) through having a straight, or slightly concave, columella with a more or less broadly reflexed margin, whereas in natalensis the columella usually has a slight bulge or twist half-way down and the margin is extremely narrowly reflexed. Paratypes of diaphanus in my collection do not resemble tropicus in the columellar region, but may well be immature examples of natalensis ; Degner’s and Barnard’s Specimens resemble rather small forms of tropicus, such as occur in other localities in South Africa. Bulinus natalensis (Krs.). Ref. List No. 521. 1841, 43. Physa natalensis Krs., Kiist., Conch. Cab. (Limn.), p. 8, pl. i, figs. 12-14. D.F. 316 Annals of the South African Museum. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). A small, rather degenerate race, such as often occurs in streams liable to periodical desiccation ; the columella is longer and straighter and the contour more slender than in parvetalis, and the callus weak or absent ; I have a very similar series from a similar locality 10 miles from the Victoria Falls. The species is known to inhabit Natal, Zululand, Rhodesia, British Bechuanaland, Griqualand West and Lorenzo Marques. Bulinus diaphanus (Krs.). Ref. List No. 519. 1848. Physa diaphana Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 84, pl. v, fig. 11. D.F. 1929. Isidora ,, », Adens:; loc. cit.,(p, 301, ae Hab. DAMARALAND. Between Nuragas and Fockshof (Lebzelter). Described from Natal and, as stated above, a species of dubious validity ; I have not seen the two specimens on which Adensamer based his determination. Subgenus Pyrgophysa Crosse, 1879. Bulinus forskala (Khrn.). Ref. List No. 520. 1831. Lstdora forskalit Khrn., Symb. Phys., Evert., 3rd species. D. 1922. 4, jorskals Kbrn., Dgnr., loc. ci., p.48. N- Hab. DAMARALAND. Neudamm; Teufelsbach, 25 km. S.S8.E. of Okahandja (Michaelsen). OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (forma apiculata Morel.); Mafa, N. of Ondongua ; Ukualuthi (Barnard). KAOKOVELD. Near Otjitundua (forma semzplicata Morel., Barnard). A most variable species, easily recognisable through its many whorls and attenuated form, frequently exhibiting extreme dimorphism, even in series from the same pool. Originally described from Egypt, it occurs over nearly the whole of South and Central Africa, as well as in the Comoro and Mascarene Is.; various authors, with whom I see no reason to disagree, have placed in its synonymy wahlbergi and jickelii Krs., gradata M. and P., nyangweensis D. and P., lamellosa Roth, vitrea Parr., jischervana Begt., beccarit Paladh., dunkeri Germ. (=scalaris Dkr.), The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 317 schmidti Dkr., marier Crosse, spiralis Fér., apiculata, caprllacea, clavu- lata, semplicata and turriculata Morelet. It is probable, too, that dautzenbergi Germ., ludovicianus Mittre, morelett and osoriot Nobre are merely forms of this same species. Genus Physopsis Krs., 1848. Physopsis africana Krs. Ref. List No. 527. 1848. Physopsis africana Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 85, pl. v, fig. 14. DEE. 1914. Physopsis africana Krs., D. and G., Rev. Zool. Africaine, iv, peso. La. 1919. Physopsis africana Krs., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, p. 47. D. 1922. ce - » Dup. and Putz., Ann. Soc. Zool. Belg., lili, p. 74. N. 1929. Physopsis africana Krs., P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., hn, pelts pl. xu, fig. 6. NF. Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). A single large example, agreeing perfectly with the typical form from Natal. This species is practically always imperforate, and occurs in the Transvaal, Zululand, Cape Province, Lorenzo Marques, Belgian Congo and many parts of Central Africa, but there is so great divergence of opinion as to its range of variation and synonymy that I| refrain from discussing it in the present paper. Famity ANCYLIDAHE. Genus Burnupia Walker, 1912. Burnupia trapezordea (Bttg.). Ref. List No. 506 (pars). 1907. Ancylus trapezordeus Bttg., in Schultze, Aus Namaland u. Kalahari, p. 708. N. 1923. Burnupia trapezoidea Bttg., Walk., The Ancylidae of South Eaini¢a, p. 5, pl. i, figs. 16, 17. D.F. Hab. KaoxoveLtD. Kamanyab (subfossil, Barnard). Described from Witkop, British Bechuanaland, in subfossil con- dition, this species appears to be living in the Transvaal, Orange Free 318 Annals of the South African Museum. State and Griqualand West, while I have seen very typical subfossil examples from Cape St. Francis. It is also recorded by von Martens from Tanganyika Territory. It has a large, narrow shell, usually with a very promeneae apex, so greatly deflexed as to project beyond the right margin of the cir- cumference. Burnupia sp. 1922. Ancylus sp., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 39, figs. 146, 14c; p.438. D.F. Hab. DAMARALAND. Neudamm, 42 km. E.N.E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen). GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Seeheim (Michaelsen). Very immature examples in bleached condition; the apical sculp- ture, however, appears to be that of Burnupia, and they may well be the young of the foregoing species. OrnpDER PECTINIBRANCHIA. Famity PILIDAE (=AMPULLARIIDAE). Genus Pala Bolten, 1798. (=Ampullaria Lam., 1799.) Pila occidentalis (Mouss.). Ref. List No. 544. 1887. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 299, pl. xii, ime, @), |) 1D)_ IN 1910. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Sow., Proc. Mal. Soe., ix, 10> OO IB, 1919. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, p- 48. D.N. 1925. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Alderson, Studies in Ampul- laria, p. 85, pl. xvii, figs. 5-7. N.F. 1929. Pola occidentalis Mouss., Adens., loc. cit., p. 397, pl. xiii, iGO, NERY Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Kunene River (Geale; Schinz) ; below Erik- son Drift (Lebzelter) ; Ondongua (Barnard). DAMARALAND. Nuragas (Lightfoot) ; Okosongoho (Hermann). Also recorded from Angola and Bechuanaland. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 319 Pila werner (Phil.). 1851. Ampullaria werner (=rugosa Parr. in litt.), Phil., Conch. Cab., pete, pl. v, ig. 4; pl. xvi (1852); fe 2. DE. 1910. Ampullaria werner Phil., Sow., Proc. Mal. Soc., ix, p. 62. L. 1925. .. = 1) Alderson, occ. p. 89, pl. xviii, figs. 2, 5, 6. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Wohlfahrt) ; upper reaches of the Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). Described from the Sudan and recorded from Uganda, Zanzibar, Mozambique, the Belgian Congo, Nigeria, Ubangui and Abyssinia. Shortridge’s largest example measures 6256 mm. in height and width, and is remarkable for its beautiful olive-green ground colour, with numerous narrow bands of darker green, and a broad buff zone around the suture. Famity VIVIPARIDAE. Genus Vaviparus Montf., 1810. Viviparus leopoldvillensis (Putz.). 1898. Paludina leopoldvillensis Putz., Bull. Soc. Mal. Belg., xxxiii, feesxn, fies. 1, 2., DF. 1909. Vivipara leopoldvillensis Putz., Kob., Conch. Cab., p. 380, plelxxy, figs. 10, 11. D.F. 1920. Vivipara leopoldvillensis Putz., Germ., Voy. Babault, p. 214. D. 1927. Vaviparus i ey cand) Bo Bulle Aumer. oMinis: Ne li, p. 207. N. Hab. OvamMBoLAND. Junction of Okovango and Omuramba- Omataka rivers (Shortridge). 7 Described from the Stanley Pool, Belgian Congo, its sole recorded locality. The sculpture of this species is described as consisting of very fine close spiral lines and usually decussate growth lines; the shell is imperforate, yet with reflexed columellar margin, greenish black in colour, bluntly subangulate at the periphery, columella straight, extending to the base and forming an angle with the margin. The Ovambo shells accord with the above in size and the unusually strong close spiral sculpture, and in all other features except the straight columella, which is only present in one example, but all show the basal angle, and I think there can be no doubt as to their correct determination. Viviparus duponti (Rehbr.) (=Bellamya bellamy: Jouss.), from French Guinea and Senegal, considered by Germain to be a variety 320 Annals of the South African Museum. of V. unicolor, and V. liberranus Schepm., from Liberia, must be extremely near akin to the present species—all, in fact, may well be identical—but without acquaintance with the shells, it is impossible to decide on their relationship. All Shortridge’s univalves were collected along the Omuramba- Omataka, within 15 miles of its junction with the Okovango, and the fact that two of his bivalves from the latter river correspond very closely to two described by Putzeys from Stanley Pool, in the same paper as V. leopoldvillensis, lends additional colour towards the name being correct. Famity THIARIDAE (=MELANIIDAE). Genus Melanoides Oliv., 1807. (= Melania Lam.) Melanoides tuberculata (Miill.). Ref. List No. 557. 1774. Nerita tuberculata Mill., Verm., 11, p. 291. OD. Hab. DAMARALAND. Namutoni (Barnard). Described from Coromandel, this well-known species is widely distributed over nearly the whole of Africa, Southern Asia and many islands of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Melanoides victoriae (Dhrn.). Ref. List No. 558. 1865. Melania victorrae Dhrn., P.Z.8., p. 234. D. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Kunene R., near Great Falls (Barnard). Described from the Victoria Falls ; a smoother form than the fore- going, but extremely closely related to M. crawfordi (Brot.). Genus Cleopatra Trosch., 1857. Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.). var. welwitschi Mts. (Pl. III, fig. 32.) 1868. Paludina bulimoides Oliv., Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 96. N. 1898. Cleopatra 3 > var. welwitsch Mts., D-OEAR [Oe sys 1D), Hab. OVAMBoLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). Previously known only from Angola, where it appears to replace the typical form. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 321 It has a rather large shell, frequently more obese and with slightly flatter whorls than the Egyptian race, but does not seem specifically distinct. var. richard Germain. (Pl. IIL, fig. 26.) 1911. Cleopatra bulimoides Oliv., var. richardt Germ., Docs. Sci. Miss. Tilho, i, p. 200, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6. D.F. Hab. OvaMBoLanD. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge). Described from Lake Chad. Germain’s description of this variety stresses its great length, from 12 to 16 mm., and its very convex whorls and deep suture. The Ovambo series are considerably shorter, only 10 mm., but they agree very well with his figure in all other respects and probably represent a small race of the Chad form. It is certainly remarkable to find these two extreme varieties living here in company, with practically no intermediates, but in Lake Chad and the quaternary beds of the Fayum several such are found. - With the exception of Pala werne: and V. leopoldvillensis, all Short- ridge’s gastropods are in bleached condition, but may not have been dead for long, and probably still inhabit the Omuramba-Omataka River, as it is subject to annual flooding and is only dry for a portion of the year. Famity HYDROBIIDAE. Genus Hydrobia Hartm., 1821. (= Paludestrina d’Orb., 1840.) Paludestrina was adopted vice Hydrobia on the ground that the latter was preoccupied in Coleoptera by Hydrobius Leach, 1817, but as the Committee of Nomenclature has ruled that generic names already in existence shall not be invalidated by older ones of different termination, Hartmann’s name holds good. Hydrobia afi. alabastrina Morel. 1889. Hydrobia alabastrina Morel., J. de C., xxxvu, p. 18, pl. ii, mo. 4. DF. 1926. Hydrobia afi. alabastrona Morel., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 157. N. Hab. Namis. Chalcedontafelberg (fossil); Klinghardtfeldern 24, S.W. corner (age uncertain, Kaiser and Beetz). Described from Port Elizabeth. 322 ~ Annals of the South African Museum. Crass PELECYPODA. Famity UNIONIDAH. Genus Cafferva Simps., 1900. Cafferia caffra (Krs.). Ref. List No. 576. 1848. Unio caffer Krs., loc. cit., p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 14. D.F. 1914. ,, (Cafferia) caffer Krs., Simps., Cat. Naiades, p. 574. D. and synonymy. 1922. Cafferia caffer Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 48. N. 1925. , caffra ,, Conn., Rec., Albany Mus., my p2o2 oll, Sat, 1H A, INI Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Stolzenfels, N. bank of Orange River (Thomsen). Described from Natal and distributed all over the Union of South Africa and Rhodesia; I refrain from repeating the synonymy pub- lished in my Reference List, but may point out that navigioliformis Lea, included therein on the authority of Simpson, has since been proved to be a South American Diplodon, so plays no part in African conchology. Genus Indonaia Prashad, 1918. Indonaia kunenensis (Mouss.). Ref. List No. 581. 1887. Unio kunenensis Mouss., loc. cit., p. 300, pl. xu, fig. 4. D.F. OMA: Sates be 5, simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 724. D. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Kunene R. (Schinz); near Great Falls (Barnard); Okovango R., near Kuringkuru (Dickman); between Dirico and Andara (Staunton); near its junction with Omuramba- Omataka (Shortridge). Also recorded from Bechuanaland. I. zambesiensis (Preston) and croninae (Walker) appear to be synonymous with this species, while U. leopoldvillensis Putz. must be very nearly allied. Famity MUTELIDAE. Genus Aspatharia Bet., 1885. (=Spatha Auct., non Lea.) Aspatharia wahlbergi (Krs.). Ref. List No. 585. 1848. Iridina wahlbergi Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 19, pl. ui, fig. 1. D.F. . The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 323 1914. Spatha wahlbergi Krs., Simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 1326. D. HOD. 3 » Conn., Drans. R. Soc. S. Africa, xi, pe2ls. N. 1927. Spatha wahlbergi Krs., Schlesch, Arch. f. Moll.-K., p. 200, pex tig. i. NE. Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Junction of Omuramba-Omataka and Oko- vango rivers (Shortridge). A single immature example, of unusually high altitudein comparison with its length, dimensions being alt. 38 mm.; long. 65 mm. and crass. 17 mm., but agreeing in all other details with normal. Described from the Transvaal and recorded from Natal, Zululand, Rhodesia and Lorenzo Marques, this mussel has a wide northward distribution, which is difficult to establish owing to its having been redescribed under several different names; Schlesch figures an example from Nigeria. Aspatharia sinuata (Mts.). 1883. Spatha sinuata Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 73. D. 1885. ie « conch Mitten, p. L90) ply sect, figs. 5-7. D.F. 1898. Spatha cryptoradiata Putz., Bull. Soc. Mal. Belg., xxxiii, fepody, figs. 8,9. D.F. 1900. Spatha sinuata Mts., Simpson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxii, p- 899 (check list only). 1907. Spatha (Leptospatha) sinuata Mts., Germ., L’Afr. centr. Fr., peoot.- N. 1913. Mutela lukuluensis Prest., Rev. Zool. Africaine, i, p. 61, pl. vi, fig. 4. D.F. 1913. Mutela mathildae Prest., Rev. Zool. Africaine, iii, p. 61, pl. vi, gee. D.F. 1914. Spatha sinuata Mts., Simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 13833. D. 1927. Aspatharia sinuata Mts. (=lukuluensis and mathildae Prest.), P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., liti, p. 417, pl. xxxv, figs. 1-4; pl. xxxvi, figs. 1-3a. D.F. 1928. Aspatharia sinuata Mts., Spence, J. of C., xviii, p. 216. L. 1929. ns be » Clench, Bull. Harvard Mus., Ixix, pe 125. N.L. 1929. Spatha sinuata Mts., Haas, Senckenbergiana, xi, p. 112 (in Synonymy). Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Shortridge). A. sinuata was described from the Belgian Congo and has been 324 Annals of the South African Museum. recorded from Camerun and the Gold Coast; cryptoradiata and lukuluensis were described from the Belgian Congo and mathildae from Nyasaland. Haas (loc. cit.) places protcher Rchbr., eryptoradiata Putz., sinuata and stuhlmanni Mts., and lukuluensis Prest. all in the synonymy of A. pfeifferiana Bernardi; P. and B. place cryptoradiata in that of protchet, remarking that A. sinuata and A. stuhlmanni have the beaks farther forward than in A. protchet. However, in the Ovambo series an immature shell, which agrees exactly with the dimensions of Putzeys’ species, coincides with his figure, as do some of the larger examples with that of sinuata. The full synonymy adopted by Haas is very probably correct, but there is no doubt that the name I have selected is correctly applied to the present series, and without further knowledge of the older species, it may be advisable for the present to retain it. Genus Mutela Scop., 1777. Mutela mabilla (Rehbr.). 1886. Mutelina mabillt Rehbr., Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., ii, p. 7. D. re m paludicola ,, = 29. 5p) op LMG Oem 1900. e & and mabilli Rcehbr., Simps., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxi, p. 906 (in check list). 1908. Mutelona mabiller (=paludicola) Rehbr., Germ., L’ Afr. centr. Iie, 70s DGS) 1D. 1909. Mutelina mabiller Rchbr., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, xv, p. 476. D. 1914. Mutela mabilli Rchbr., Simps., Cat. Naiades, p. 1360. D. 1927. . - s P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., Iii, Dp. 433.) plexi tica i Ane 1929. Mutelina mabilla Rehbr., Haas, Senckenbergiana, xi, p. 115 (in synonymy). | Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Shortridge; Staunton). Described from the Congo, just within French territory, and re- corded from Lake Chad and the Belgian Congo; the present series accords well with P. and B.’s figure of what they conceive to be de Rochebrune’s previously unfigured species. Here again, Haas relegates angustata Sow., mabilli Rehbr., rostrata Rang and garambae, langi and iris P. and B. all to the synonymy of M. milotica (Caill.) ; he may well be correct, but I am at least on sure The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 325 ground in recording the Ovambo shells under the name that best fits them. Shortridge collected I. kunenensis, A. sinuata and M. mabilla in sandbanks in the bed of the Okovango close to its junction with the Omuramba-Omataka, where, he writes, he “ had to practically dive for them in the sandbanks—keeping a native to look out for crocs all the while”’; a good instance of the pleasant risks attendant on scientific research in so many parts of the dark continent. Famity CYRENIDAE. Genus Sphaervum Scop., 1777. Sphaerium capense (Krs.). Ref. List No. 593. 1848. Cyclas capensis Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 7, pl.i, fig. 6. D.F. 1922. Sphaeriwm capense Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 49. N. Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Michaelsen). GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Seeheim (Michaelsen). A rare species, only recorded from its original locality, the Knysna District, Cape Province, and near Salisbury, Rhodesia. Genus Pisidium C. Pir., 1821. Pisidium ovampicum Ancey. Ref. List No. 596. 1890. Pisidium ovampicum Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., vi, p. 162. D. Hab. “‘ OMAMBONDE (Ovamboland), Andersson and Chapman.” Neither the type or other authentic examples of this species exist ; it appears to have been founded on an unopened specimen, since the only distinctive features in the description are that the sculpture consists of very fine lines of growth, and that the measurements are : diam., 22; alt., 27; crass., 14 mm. Unless further material, agreeing with the particulars above men- - tioned, can be collected from somewhere near the vague locality given by the French author, his species can only be regarded as null and void, a just fate for such a slovenly description. The dimensions of ovampicum prove it to be distinct from P. langleyanum M. and P., from the Cape Province and O.F.S., while they agree almost exactly with those of an undescribed form, which I have seen from the O.F.S. and Transvaal, but in this case the concentric striation is extremely coarse and distant, though quite regular, and could not possibly be termed “very fine,” so that it is impossible to accept it as Ancey’s species. VOL. XXIX, PART 2. 22 6é —{—]—|—|]—|—-|—-—|]—-|—-|—|—-|—-! TI 1] ° ‘uuog punjuow =“ —|—{|—{—|—|]—|]—|]—|—|]—|—|—-| 1 ]—| ‘aaog wayoadsuad * ka sf —/—{—}—|—/|—|—|—-|]-—|-l-]-| tl- ‘Byq vii * fe a —}|—}—/]—|]—}—|—|—|—|—|—|]—|—| 1 | ‘ssnoyy vyopunjos # a —}—|—|—|—|/—| t1/—-!—|—/|—-J—-I1lt1 aE LOWE * TCA og 4 =f} — | — | —)— | tt — | pt Hl Hl ple ti: Key Lapupxayy vispoL0(7 —}— | — | — | FPF — | — | — SH KH te Tl: : (‘T[MIN) Snaonso4 c —|—|—|—|tTIi—|—-|—-|trl-|—Itli-lt (‘q pue ‘X) vwopsoshydiod ss S —}|—/}—/}]—|—|—|—-|]-I|rl—-l—-Ilri-It-l- Cd pure ‘j) snusdhb snsydouobe. 7 5 a “uu0g nanajdna syshohyovs J, 2 fp ep a ee ES a pai (Avery) vyounjdjnos S sa] tS Se ale | ee (‘s9]A1) DICpnosyos i 2 Be ee eee eee ere (ary le [meea fn : : dug npoprupshd 6 S Sf a ee a : : ‘lus, 1ayYyosa) = 8 ea a ae Sy et as Q : ‘dug wawnaf i = sof SA) Set eS a a ee HS br Pe “IUdG JOU “IBA es es Sf fe pcan ee Fo Saiy) levy thet e 3 (PY *H) sisuasnwmop “ig s ff Sac Sepp ae . ‘dug nuos09 misnjdjnogy = slp Sf Se ee a ee ae ° “UUOD) SnsOw1in) UolunUUh»D DW Sf i ea pe ae a ep ea 5 - "899g snupoifp sapriopUoZ , aS | ae | ee | en | | es ne a ee) a ay US: @ 2 Flol Gl el ws g = ieee re ran a Sunet a Ve | & S PlelalS (Fe) ele Zi els| 4/8 | 2 ES ‘SOIpITROO'T I0T9O 3 a Ss S S 8. © E S ap 5 5 E *goroodg JO OWeNy PIT STL] SIS ee Ger ee) eal tea oie MiBl Si si5/s/2) ea 5 | ® Sl si/e el eie| P|: =| sane Ne 2 oy : ‘ ‘UOI}IPUOD [ISsoJ-qns ur UMOUY ATUO ore porIeys soloodG— ALON 326 ‘QIOYMOS[O PUL BOTIFY SPM YINOG UI VOSATIO], Jo UOTyNGIyAsIp Surmoys aTavy, (TM) 327 The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. nS “qSaA\4 puryenbi1r4 ‘ojo ‘odoimy “eouypy [eryue9 ‘[esoueg pu ISOPOyry ‘oqo ‘erutssh{qy “eXuoyy (T9201 sisuajpbauas=) “qqynyZ snqoud -0U209 JO 9UIVU Jop[oO 94} Jepun ‘eIpuy pue eoljy ynoysnosyy Ajqissod pure ‘puen[nz “etsopoyyy ‘SOIPUT 4SEY pure VOLIY ASV is in se eo ie el es A ee | i I I I 66 elas (Aer) wayoung ‘Sy DIDUPDAQNS 66 66 66 "Iq wou *1eA oe < : * (pV °H) sisuasmwop es Z ; (‘1usq) snjsngos ee : ij (Avery) snjoywayjoy oe : : (Ae1y) saprowmiyna a 2 ; (344q,) SnoiquuDU SnjsD1900.10 y E ; - (Aago0uy) vuaapo = , ; * (TPR) 9729200 sapr0ywa "B49q aupauyqns svedQ "UMD DIdYIDY a : : ° “ssnoy, DuDIzULYyoS "SN tabsvsspd ‘Ifq sisuasvwupp Duynyoy . : (Asouy) vowwnunp njdo00.4s0/) (339q) snpoyaa =“ (‘sxy) vunquof oypdng (°349q)) 2a1]0U 979]S0100 FT ee 66 6é . : * (399q) Sno.pynjVd * -iusq wolpw *reA be : : (‘ssnoyy) snynosnumum saprodng : : : (uoquy) nyDpoUnd siyonoy : : * “UUOD SIsuaoyooY snurynuog ° . ° e 13 onbyup 66 2 : . * ZU9M\ taswDy ee : - mUU0g vurxnu *} ‘rs1abos es (“sd) wnjnboo09 * (‘S¥JM) DNUL109 * -“suopy D2lqn7?b “1eA tepuvxaqy DIsHILoT (‘ssnoy,) vauqwa DUyqny * * Annals of the South African Museum. 328 a rere ee ge ee eee fe , * ‘[OLO|, WnMUYyDS o ‘oqo ‘uepng “Wq-"y “ekueyy | : | | | ati “es “eollyy yee osonsnyiog “eisopoyy |—| 1} t{/—|/—|/—|1}—i—|1j/—-i-iti-|: 3 ‘sayy daffrafd ee eles I me fe | ee ee er a eg | ' : “SLY SiswaqpjoUu a =—{—{] Timi — le} Heel KH Kd HK le lie Kl: . s ue “TAT Sn77y900N9 ss eae aetna Oa é a POSING ey, l puv spuo ouo YoIyM 4e o9e49 | 94} eploop 04 e[qissodurr ysourye Bet Dee Vane eth al hemes este fee met ey) oe | ‘SON tsuoqqub =“ ST 41 sosevo AUvUL UT 4ynq ‘eorIzy —-|TITItiltl—l—-!t!—-!l—-!|trl-l—-l|-—-!t- |: : - AQoUY WossMapuUn S1q4oun) gq [eqyuep ynoysnoryqy Ajopra A19A peynqiystp ore soroods OM4 osoy, —|—|—} —|] — | —| — | — | — |=] —| pi pti—-i: : “S94 DNIwoUNn.YQns aay ‘soureu Soll SNL |e lr ge Pca fc ca ee | "qoq wpnoyvpa SNOWvA Jopun “eoLIpy Jo syed soy Ti TI Ti tlrtricli—-l-lt-l—-lriri-i-i: : : “SD SisuajnjoU of —{/—/}/—{|—/—}—]—}—/]—-;-—/!—-|/]-| tl—-|-: , > "3q9q DUDIWULDp DEDUWAT SN fe | ee ' - Oye VIDJNIODUL DIApyIUC ‘BOLIJV ISVY YIION pure [eryuo_y =—=/TILTI Title litlia—telH—i er le tN: : : * “Sly 0701448 J Sel meal (eel (itn (eet ite ci Vy (ef a ena ue eee (i : : “SYN Vuossnow y ee at mee pe ee ee Se ere ge | els . : * “SLY 0IDLDxA ie Saeed ea ee Mpa eee yy al eee eee | pe [eens |e ; : “Iq vapunwyjap Te a a aH ad eH ea aK aa: p : * "[OLOY\ DUpHG vaUroong SS SS SS SS SS SSeS . : << -8nd0t.ba8 s So ee |) 2 . - (aus) sway —|—|—|—|—|—}/—/|—|—!I|-/] 1lrtitiqtl: . * (*944q)) Sasaqqns snysD1a0010 XK ee Et - Ss g2 S Q = ct bd ES ® Bi, 2&|o|o/ oe] 0] O| & 4 gq | =| ie) res <{ A © ele) 2/e/ 8/2/12) e/8/8) 2/8) 2 ‘solq[VoO'T 10Y3O 0 @ a e iS Bic § B |S BS 5 E ‘soroadg jo oureN BEI ele ale sielelel? siz = Bisp|]s || 2 Sale 8) 8 ©) Slee] Sa eye || ey ) Ba] || p “panuljuoo—wTE V J, 329 The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. “eUNv]T UBOLIFY FINO of} 07 Snues Ysolj & sppe puvfoquIeAG UI Ypqnw vjajnpy Jo AIOAOOSIP YU90OI OTT, ‘solzepunog sjt puotoq 4sIxe 0} UMOUYZUN Surleq JouIOF oY} JO 9Z Wey} SSo] OU ‘soroods o1yenbe 6g pure [II4SeI110} PH JO [e40} eV AIO4IIIO} OY} WOIF SpIO9I 4ST] STULL, BISOpOU “pego ex2'T pue osuoy urisjg pue youor iy, “eOLIFY [e1yUusQ JO 4SOTA] ‘OSU0/) UvIS[og pue ySvOH Ploy “UNJoUTeD ‘Oyo SVISOpOT ty] “eIsopoyy ‘ovo ‘UVB0Q) URIPUT ‘eIsy UloyyNoY “eolty je AjrZeoN, “peyg yey pure ydéoy ‘OSU0D URIS "eoLIFY [e1yueg -£ioqyta19 J, eytAuesury, “eollyy jeryueg jo syed Aue “eOlyW [erjueg jo syred Aueul pue puejoynsed "BOLT VW qseq, osensqyiog pue visopoyy 0790 “UB90CQ) uerpuy ‘Uepy “eolIzYy ISH YIION pue yeryueg jo qaed 10}¥0I1d oy], “epuesy pue eXuoy ee eS I es Lee | i I : Aoouy wnoidunao wnrpiseg (‘sry) asuadvo wnisanydy ° e (‘rqyoy) wpeqou ee W : (‘sryq) bvaquyon (‘SdN1) vipnws ninyods F : (‘Ssno]) seswauauny DIDUOpUT (say) vuff[vo vrsaffop (4) ‘[OLOW vUtysoqnjy vigo1ph FT : * (‘uIyq) 202110}910 me ( TIM IN) 920)N9.10qQN} saprownja YT TIE) ypupyors “* : STIL 2Y9SquaaM *TBA (‘ATIQ) saprowyng vuyodoay (" z4nq) sisuajpuapjodoa) snundiar 4 : (‘{IqGq) 1ausam es : (‘ssnojy) 8170}Uap1000 DILT : AG S8YqQ) vaprozadv.y midnuimag : ‘sry punoiifo sisdoshy q (sayy) snoidowy ie * (ssnoyy) synod * ° ° 66 snunydoup 6é : (‘sayy) susuaypjpu =“ 7 (ura) yoysuof — “ - (‘JeLOPT) ssuajobun snurng (‘q pue ‘) snosrpounjd nuyuoubay 330 Annals of the South African Museum. (iv) GroGRAPHICAL NOTES. In a recent paper on the mollusca of Abyssinia * I pointed out how remarkable is that fauna for its richness and extreme exclusiveness, due to the fact that although situate well within the tropics, Abyssinia has for the most part a temperate climate, is well supplied with lakes and rivers, and is walled in by high mountains from the arid, low- lying regions which surround it. No one can accuse the similar fauna of South West Africa of richness, but its exclusiveness is quite remarkable, considering that there are no more formidable obstacles north and south than the Kunene and Orange rivers, and that its eastern boundary is, roughly speaking. merely the 20th degree of H. longitude. We must therefore seek an explanation, although not a very satisfactory one, in climatic and geographical conditions. South West Africa may be divided into seven physical regions, the Namib, Damaraland, the Karst, Ovamboland, Kaokoveld, Great Namaqualand and the Kalahari, but as the Karst, which is the northern district of Damaraland, and the Kalahari have no political status, I have not included either separately in the foregoing records of distribution. Each region has its characteristic climatic and physical features, but there is only a gradual transition from one to the next, and no sharply cut boundary is possible, with the probable exception of that along the southern and western borders of Ovamboland. The arid stretch of the Namib, which runs along the coast between the Kunene and Orange rivers, comprises a coastal belt of sand with an inland transition zone; here rain seldom falls and there is little or no vegetation. The coastal belt has an average annual rainfall of less than 1 inch, while in the transition zone 3 to 6 inches are regis- tered ; the coastal temperature, however, is never high, only rarely rising above 70° Fahrenheit. The southern area, Great Namaqualand, has in the main an appear- ance similar to that of Little Namaqualand and the north-west Karroo of the Cape Province, with a dissected border along the Orange River and a mountain belt between it and the Namib. The rainfall is from 4 to 7 inches, but sometimes has been known to drop to 2-6 inches or to rise to 29 inches in various localities ; the summer temperature is high and the winters are always severe. In Damaraland the central plateau reaches its greatest elevation * P.Z.S., 1928, p. 182. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 331 and the Karroo type of country gives place to park-like grassland studded with large thorn trees, while from it rise several steep and rugged mountain ranges. The average rainfall is from 14 to 16 inches, diminishing southwards and westwards (Rehoboth 9, Karibib 6 and Omaruru 9 inches). The Karst is an area mainly formed of limestone and dolomite in the north of Damaraland, with its centre around Otavi, a region of deep water-holes, springs, etc., which depend on its predominantly limestone nature. The mean temperature is higher than that of the central plateau and the rainfall heavier; at Tsumeb the average for seventeen years was 22 inches, with a minimum of 12-8 and a maximum of 76-7 inches. Towards the west, however, the average decreases, and in the Kaokoveld is about 12 inches in the east and not more than 1 or 2 in the west, where it merges into the practically waterless Namib sand-belt of the coast. Ovamboland, however, is a very sharply defined area, at least on the south and west. It is absolutely flat and exclusively sandy, without a mountain, hill, stone, or pebble; rainfall from 24 inches in the east to 16 in the west, but infinitely greater and more reliable than that of the Kaokoveld. | The Kalahari, along the eastern boundary, is but the western strip of the whole Kalahari region which divides the Transvaal from South West Africa. The country 1s of the type seen in Bechuanaland, grass- covered sand-dunes, with trees and sandy loam in the north and an admixture of Karroo bushin the south. The rainfall is variable, with an average at Hasuur of about 7 inches. This account of the climate and country, which offers no violent lines of regional demarcation, provides but a meagre solution to the peculiarity of much of its molluscan fauna, of which the salient features are the extremely restricted distribution of certain species, and even genera, in exemplification of which I may mention that the entire genus Sculptaria, with one exception, is confined to the territory, in common with the monotypic Pupilloid Mvcrostele Bttg., since I hardly think that Leucochiloides wedaler Prest. can, as tentatively suggested by Pilsbry, be a true Microstele. Most of the Dorcasiae, as opposed to their southern cousins, the Trigonephri, are only to be found in 8.W. Africa, as is the entire genus Xerocerastus, with the two exceptions of burchelle and schultzez, while individuals of other genera confined within its limits include Gymn. lacrimosus, Con. Kaokoensis and Ach. tracheia Conn., Ach. passarger Mts., Ach. schinziana and Sub. vitrea Mousson. 332 Annals of the South African Museum. Owing doubtless to the similarity of environment, but noteworthy by reason of the great distance apart, it will be seen that, on first coup d@’eil, the shells of this territory bear considerable resemblance to those of the deserts of Arabia and North East Africa, while the southern Xerocerastus is so near akin to the northern Zootecus that it rests with anatomists of the future to determine whether they are identical. Even more striking is the great dissimilarity between the land snails of 8.W. Africa and its immediate neighbour Angola. Not a single terrestrial species recorded from either province is known to inhabit the other; of Trigonephrus and all the genera more or less peculiar to S.W. Africa, one species alone, Sculptaria collaris (Pfr.), occurs in the Portuguese colony, while of the Streptaxidae, Limzcolaria, Opeas and Subulina, which have a strong representation in Angola, S.W. Africa possesses but a single species each of the two last- mentioned genera. Itis of course possible that investigation to the immediate north of the Kunene River may help to bridge the gap between the two faunas, but in our present state of knowledge its breadth is truly remarkable. (v) BIBLIOGRAPHY. With the exception of the present author’s Revised Reference List, the only works mentioned below are those dealing almost exclusively with the mollusca of South West Africa. (i) 1838. Gray, J. E., Appendix I. in Sir J. E. Alexander’s ‘‘An Expedition of Discovery into the Interior of Africa ”’ (ii, pp. 268-269). (ii) 1887. Mousson, A., Coquilles recueillies dans le Sud-Ouest de l'Afrique par M. le Dr. H. Schinz (J. de C., xxxv, pp. 291-301, pl. xii). (iii) 1889. Marrens, E. von, Siidafrikanische Landschnecken (Sitz.-ber. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, pp. 160-165). (iv) 1889. Martens, E. von, Eine neue Damara-Schnecke (Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal. Ges., pp. 154-155). (v) 1894. Martens, E. von, Afrikanische Binnenmollusken (Conch. Mitth., i, 3, pp. 1-7). (vi) 1897. Martens, E. von, Siidafrikanische Binnenmollusken (Arch. f. Naturg., pp. 35-40, pls. vi-vii) ; A reprint of two previous papers, with the addition of plates. (vii) 1910. Ponsonsy, J. H., Note on Sculptaria Pfeiffer (Proc. Malac. Soc., ix, pp. 34-36). (viii) 1910. Borrrcrr, O., Die Binnenkonchylien von Deutsch-Sudwestafrica (Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxii, pp. 431-455, pl. xxviii). (ix) 1912. Connoxty, M., A revised Reference List of South African Non-marine Mollusca, with descriptions of new Species in the South African Museum (Ann. S. African Mus., xi, pp. 59-293, pl. ii). The Non-Marimne Mollusca of South West Africa. 333 (x) 1914. Honiemann, H. L., Beitrag zur Malakozoologie von Deutsch-Sudwest- Africa (Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal. Ges., pp. 29-32). (xi) 1915. Connotiy, M., Notes on South African Mollusca, iii; A Monograph of the Dorcasiinae (Ann. 8. African Mus., xiii, pp. 120-178, pls. ii—v). (xii) 1916. Connotiy, M., Notes on South African Mollusca, iv; A hitherto unnamed variety of Dorcasia alexandri Gray (ibid., pp. 179-181). (xiii) 1922. Dreneur, E., Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Land-und Siisswasser-fauna Deutsch-Siidwestafrikas (in MtcHaELSEN, W., Ergebnisse der Hamburger deutsch- stidwestafrikanischen Studienreise, 1911, pp. 1-52). (xiv) 1923. Burnup, H. C., The Genus Sculptaria Pfeiffer, with descriptions of three new Species (Ann. Natal Mus., v, pp. 1-44, pls. i, ii). (xv) 1923. Decaner, E., Zur Anatomie und systematischen Stellung von Sculp- taria Pfeiffer (Arch. f. Moll.-K. vi, pp. 146-158, pl. vi). (xvi) 1923. DEGNER, E., Ueber Bau und systematische Stellung der stidwest- afrikanischen Eniden (7bid., pp. 212-217, pl. viii). (xvii) 1926. Wenz, W., Tertidre Binnenmollusken (in Kaiser, E., Die Diaman- tenwiiste Stiidwestafrikas, ii, pp. 154-159, pl. xxxix). (xviii) 1928. Haas, F., Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Landschnecken von Siidwest- africa (Senckenbergiana, x, pp. 91-94). (xix) 1929. ApENSAMER, W., Beitrag zur Molluskenfauna von Siidwestatrica (Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, xliii, pp. 387-399, pls. xii, xiii). (xx) 1930. Connotiy, M., The Non-marine Mollusca of South West Africa (Ann. S. African Mus., xxix, pp. 277-336, pls. iii, iv). 334 Annals of the South African Museum. (vi) INDEX. Arranged by genera in alphabetical order. Names of species considered invalid are printed in italics. PAGE Achatina damarensis Pfr. . . 294 5 passargei Mts. . | 20D a schinziana Mouss. » 285 Re tracheia Conn. . ~ | 295 Ancylus (see Burnupia). Aspatharia cryptoradiata (Putz.) 323 ss sinuata (Mts.) . ~ lo2e ab wahlbergi (Krs.) One Bulinus algoensis (Sow.) . sh ee a angolensis (Morel.). Paes a kt 7 diaphanus (Krs.) . 315, 316 ,» torskali (Ehrn.) and synonyms . ; “oL6 at natalensis (Krs.) . . La +f parietalis (Mouss.) . Sod tropicus (Krs.) . . old Burnupia trapezoidea (Bttg.) . 317 Cafferia caffra (Krs.) . : ser. Cecilioides acicula (Miull.) . ee | At advena (Ancey) . 297 i ovampoensis (M. and P. ) 297 Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var. richardi Germ. 9 ool 43 welwitschi Mts. . . 220 Conulinus kaokoensis Conn. ; 209 Dorcasia alexandriGray . . 285 5 » var.glabra Adens . 287 _ oo Minor Dots. wee S Bs 57 5s montana), Conne. 25m me » »» perspectiva Conn. 287 . » », rotundata Mouss. 286 As SOU) i 1m 8 Honigm. . 286 - a trivia Btte. R010) “3 antiqua Wenz : . 289 3 cernua (Mts.) : . 287 3 coagulum (Mts.) . . 288 oe kaiseri Wenz. : . 289 rogersi Conn. 3 . 288 Eburnea (see Xerocerastus). Ena - : Gastrocopta damarica (Ancey) = 293 = microbus (Morel) . 293 4 ovampoensis (M.and P.) 293 “5 ridibunda (M.and P.) 293 Gymunarion lacrimosus Conn. . 280 Hydrobia alabastrina Morel. Sei Indonaia kunenensis (Mouss.) . 322 Isidora (see Bulinus). Leucochiloides (see Pupoides). Lubricetta Haas 3 : . 304 PAGE Lymnaea africana Ripp. . ae oh caillaudi Bet. : i ee 3 damarana Bttg. . . #10 Jn natalensis Krs. . . oof a subtruncatula Bttg. . 311 aff. truncatula (Mill.) . 311 Melanoides tuberculata (Mull.) . 320 victoriae (Dhrn.) . 320 Microstele noltei (Bttg.) . . 292 55 oblongus (Bttg.) . . 292 Mutela mabilli(Rehbr.) . . o24 Nesopupa sp. . . 294 Onchidella maculata Plate . . 309 Opeas sublineare Bttg. 3 - 2a6 Paludestrina (see Hydrobia). Physopsis africana Krs.__. - lone Pisidium ovampicum Ancey «, one Pila occidentalis (Mouss.) . . olf >» werneL (Phil;) ~ * : _ ole Planorbis anderssoni Ancey . 313 a gibbonsi Nels. . a es 55 hermanni Bttg. . eee) | + leucochilus M.andP. . 313 - natalensis Krs. . . Slz a pteifferi Krs. ‘ . oun - salinarum Morel. a jle Pupilla fontana (Krs.) and synonyms : << 208 » sinistrorsa (Crvn.) . « 205 » tetrodus (Bttg.) . . 293 ss thaumasta (M. and P.) . 293 Pupoides calaharicus (Bttg.) . 208 a minusculus (Mouss. ) « 28 » var. major Dgnr. . 291 Pyrgophysa Crosse . : ~ ole Rachis punctata (Ant.) : - 290 Sculptaria chapmanni Ancey . 281 sti collaris (Pfr.) . . 280 - corona Bnp. . 280 = damarensis (H. Ad. )-. ae 59 », varminor Dgnr. 281 $5 framesi Bnp. : » 2st 3 leschkei Dgnr. . . 282 sf melvilliana Ancey . Zell 5 pyramidata Bnp. . 202 c retisculpta (Mts.) . 282 0 sculpturata (Gray) . 282 » var. rintelent Bttg. 283 Sesmentina planodiscus (M. and P.) 314 Sphaerium capense (Krs.) . . one Subulina chapmani (M. and P:) .. 3238 The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 335 PAGE PAGE Subulina vitrea (Mouss.) . . 296 | Xerocerastus damarensis var. minor Succinea badia Morel. ; an 307 Pfr. 300 a delalandei Pfr. . aus oe », var. subradiata a exarata Krs. : . 308 Bttg. . 302 a moussoni Mts. : . 308 33 eulimoides (Gray) . 298 a striata Krs. . : . 308 > hottentotus (Gray). 298 Trachycystis eupleura Conn. . 283 is layarda (M. and P.) 303 Trigonephrus gypsinus (M.and P.) 283 » namibicus (Bttg.) . 298 os porphyrostoma 3 nitens (Dgnr.) 306 ; (M. and P.) . 284 a oppositus (Mouss.) . 300 5, rosaceus (Mull.) . 284 as psammophilus (Bttg.) 303 Unio (see Cafferia and Indonaia). 37 pygmaeus (H. Ad.) . 298 Viviparus leopoldvillensis (Putz.) 319 ke ene (Dene eirh\2e2 Xerocerastus burchelli (Gray) . 303 af oe Ne as ae ey, By schultzei (Bttg.) . 304 5p damarensis (H. Ad.) 300 Be sericus (Denr.) _ 307 »» var. exspectata subteres (Bttg.) . 305 Mouss. 300 | Zonitoides africanus Bttg. . » Th) 336 Annals of the South African Museum. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. FIG. 1. Xerocerastus damarensis (H. Ad.), forma maxima. Outjo. 2. | eaten cernua (Mts.), forma minima. Duwisit. 4, 5. Xerocerastus robustus (Dgnr.). Otavi Mountain. 6. damarensis (H. Ad.). Usakos. 7 99 5 $5 99 8 > 55 95 99 9. “n Ss Pe var. minor Pfr. Onolongo. 10. £ 7 A Ms s> 9) (juv.,=oppositus (Mouss.)). Omuramba-Omataka R. ae . robustus (Dgnr.). Otjiwarongo. 12. a burchelli (Gray). Koegas, Cape Province. 13. es Ke as Newlands, G. W. 14, a en aS identified by O. Boettger as psammophilus (Bttg.). Haruchas Farm. 5): si os fe type of layardi (M. & P.). Kobis. 16. a5 schultzei (Bttg.). Messina, Transvaal. 7 eS hottentotus (Gray). Uis. 18. - eulimoides ,, Bullspoort. ik), “A namibicus (Bttg.). Usakos. 20. 55 subteres (Bttg.). Usakos. Qe ie = Kaoko Otavi. 22. Bs pel - paratype of rollei (Haas). Near Naauwkloof. 23. rs BN 7 Karibib. DAs e . ne Usakos. 25. . nitens (Dgnr.), paratype. Otjikoto. 26. Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var. richardi Germ. Omuramba-Omataka R. 27. Xerocerastus subteres (Bttg.), forma maxima. Swakopmund. 28. $3 >» > »» major: 3 29. ne a 5 Neineis. 30. Ms sericus (Dgnr.), topotype. Tsumeb. 31. > > forma major. Otavi Mountain. 32. Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var. welwitschi Mts. Omuramba-Omataka R. Notx.—All figures are natural size. The plate contains no new species and all except the last variety have been figured before, so the photographic process was selected as best calculated to portray the variation in certain species in size and form. It has not proved entirely satisfactory in a few cases, however, owing to variation in condition ; for instance, in fig. 15 the apex, having retained its dark colour, appears finer than that of the shells on its left; in reality it is quite as blunt as theirs. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. X XIX. Plate III. Neill & Co. Lid. MOLLUSCS OF SOUTH WEST AFRICA. PO i EE LAE A GI A, i SMO Re CEE Mey lacie cy, nage it ( Amn. S. Air. Mus., | Plate IV. Kunene ¢8 CO ROD Oa) oA iS ie : Ne wartmodder oF HLLS_7 \ypington iL Aughrabies SOUT Re Peirves Kakamas > NEIGH oy ss i? ee | To illust # Xo | |LAND -4 Polit Ee A Pries Faun Pos jf -———yerneuk Pan | Rail a uf L-=- moO 0 i 4 J { / | an | | x4 2 i 2 2 =.8 in one | John Bartholomew & Son Ltd. Edinburgh. ‘Ann. s. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXIX. Plate IV. ericson Pett eon 3 See at eet eee eee & °Qlushanda HEEL UkutJonkathio Ne Mata , Xuringkuru © Ukualuthi© ~~. OO ' ongka 2 fegandjera @ Ondongua Tamansu. \y és (Wel BegO mL aA N D c} KaokoOtavi *., \ Womtel preg: Onolongo? Amtenya Katiti Ombombo Spit a OA MAO etme ccsegeaettt® . ; ° oOtjitikua™, ; “KAOKOVEL D © Namutoni ~~ % f : ‘Kowares © Sandup Ty a stele a \ 4 Zes ontein >, Warmbad = Otjikotoo Dranes meee a e ‘soanadum \ a} . 2 See ‘Choabendus Forhshore Kas /* 2 ‘ Hl ; y Df Hh 1 Gaus _ Grootfontein ae Pia @) 7 MAMAYANN 9." Cauas Okawa Otavig : open -V / aa é F otjitambi ¥ Petia iw aG i yA OH 26 24 Within Fe ose \ 9° Otjikondo Vas pa “*\ ie eh F 7 ee Tutara, Outjo, oa gs Okoputa at Ne vA ° F aoe 1 re | Franzte ante Narebis> sOtjiwarango 7 S{/ ® a] Be a Waterberg. lake Ngami\ _- R&- <4 Okosongomingo _ 7 iS Ms 2 Ikfeld g Us oy kalkfeld ‘ H Osire o” =F (ican DAM A RY SAR. Ll’ A N D ., yJsomtsaubo — Pkambahe pee BRANDBER eure >>>--60maruru Ny gyi ERONGD 3 ts Sa Epukiro__— = ae OGhansi cathy? i aati Cape Cross 8 Ameith _gOnguati Walday ——~. ey. Steinhausen - Ao A340 O85; Yi pO ORS —-fn--- -2 Usakos Karibib ong 3 Okahandja Ch Ty L22— T 6 *Barmenio— mn Oss03s. Qi, Za anhS \ ot aN Sandfontein, Whubass ___ 5 -- S Mi AY Ars Siifivles \ AND ; fo O Seis "ey ] “© Oyimbinge. {\ WY Jakalsyiter LIENS ~~ OG Swakop ‘Salem = 7 loGobabis ped’ | @WINDHOEK Nac ~ a +>. ( CHaris® Ute Sa \ ) 1 \ Garumanas Te Hs 9 / \ al Sandwich B: Cis aa ‘Rehoboth me \oNaosanabis ‘ i / s ‘ : Z o3. \ \ Noe! 1 Nauchas®%. __ Tsumis ve AN \ Aminuis ( i mee Hoachana’, %, i B ’ -24 1-24— Conception 8] = Atagees KZ i \ S4roab nf Hi © Bullspoort \S, BN Vee a Be ‘ = % Naauwkloof ° a MeO EAN { ! ; Nomisas S 5 X No ‘: \$Marenthal <. \e Rr~l | . Pe X. ‘ 2% Maltahoheo s GaKgas a y SNAPS ! 25: . SY \ | 25— A SA \ i ee = 4 \ i A GEITS! GUBIB NaN I : SS (voLCcANo, eA i AO A I \N AM A\Q ALAN Ds i * \\GTBRUKKAROS =, J : TIRAS is > bhes a af IL Mrs \ Beersheba?” Koes, , \ ee’ Be ; ! sa f yi / ih see! yee! & . 8 GtAub i \ oo Luderitzbuch; i SP \ Keetmanshoop: © |Rietfontien \ Pee Ar x y Hasuur <6 Z ) Angra Pequenas\"“*p A ) : i [Lone nena \ eeheim 0 (—75 7 a LITTLE is Alipdam, ! ) BS pa KARAS MI 9? penn ie | Holoog S& Narudas op L (<} Sid ZN : Nebis A GORDONIA | ‘anus? | \ j ( fwartmodder <8 / 9 ( - [5285 SKETCH MAP ying pe , LOT “Shain Warmbay, Stolzenfelso i tH ky enfels OF SOUTH WEST AFRICA Alexander B. pea ay Vols Ramans re, Orange fe Tie akomas AND ao-~/ °Stinkfontein a Ee NEIGHBOURING REGIONS Holga, Ontipreres Ee ofe/la DB Stel an To illustrate the Zoological and Botanical Port Nolloth'® teinkopt ofofadder Kenhardt > Surveys by the South African Museum okie ‘ Springbok /7TLE NAMAQUALAND 4 eee Political Boundaries »—-—+— P @ VEAP Prieske Faunistic + eaepeneneeene “Kamaggas rc 30: Railways et }-30— SCALE OF MILES 25 50 “orn Bartholomew & Son Ltd, Edinburgh. ( 337 ) 8. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African Museum. By J. R. te B. Tomuiy, M.A. (With One Text-figure.) V. THe ScaPHopoDa. Dentalium subterlineatum n. sp. SHELL whitish, slender, fairly solid, opaque; strongly and regularly curved throughout, four-angled with more or less of a keel at each angle; lateral areas absolutely flat and smooth; area on the convex side almost smooth, but with some faint traces of longitudinal linea- tion; concave area marked throughout with distinct longitudinal raised lines, about 10 in number; apical opening almost circular ; aperture oblique, quadrilateral, narrowing slightly but regularly from the concave to the convex face. Length 14 mm.; diam. max. slightly over 1 mm. Hab. Cape Point N. 86° HE. 43 miles, 900 fathoms, 2 examples (S.A. Mus., A 6192). I am doubtful whether these are full grown, but they have such distinct characters that I do not hesitate to describe the species as new. The nearest form, as far as I can discover, is D. quadricostatum Brazier from N.H. Australia, but that is more regularly quadrangular and is quite different in sculpture. Dentalium strigatum Gould. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vii, p. 166, Dec. 1859. False Bay. Dentaloum belchert Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii, p. 101, pl. cexxiv, figs. 28, 29, 1860. This seems to be the commonest and most widely distributed South African Scaphopod. Pilsbry is almost certainly correct in assigning the D. lessoni Deshayes of Sowerby’s ‘“‘ Marine Shells of South Africa,” p. 48, to this species. The true lessoni of Deshayes came from New Guinea (Lesson). 338 Annals of the South African Museum. A recent inspection of the types (3) of D. belchert in the British Museum enables me to place this in the synonymy of D. strigatum. Sowerby (I.c.) gives the locality of belcheri as “ EH. Indian Archipelago,” while the type tablet in the British Museum is labelled “ Cape San Antonio”’ (in Yucatan)! Such a discrepancy is not uncommon in the case of specimens from the Mus. Cuming. The South African Museum has specimens from Kentani and from 156 fathoms off Lion’s Head (dead shells). A. L. Salisbury, photo. D. (Fissidentalium) salpine n. sp. Dentalium (Fissidentalium) salpina n. sp. Shell white, stout and solid, enlarging rapidly, moderately curved throughout its whole length; apex simple; sculpture consisting of about 29 rounded, somewhat flattened ribs, separated by impressed shallow grooves ; the ribs become obsolescent towards the broad end over about one-fifth of the length of the shell; they are crossed at right angles throughout by very numerous, fine, close, irregular strie ; aperture circular; apex very small with circular opening. Length 75 mm.; diam. max. 10 mm. Marine Mollusca in the Collections of South African Museum. 339 Hab. Cape Point N.E. ? E. 40 miles, 700-800 fathoms (A 5459), several living. This splendid species bears a good deal of resemblance to D. can- didum Jeff. and to D. ergasticum Fischer, but may be readily separated by its more regular curvature, its larger aperture, and by the number and character of the ribs. Dentalium (Fissidentalium) capillosum Jefireys. Dentalium capillosum Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix, p. 153, 1877. The name also occurs as a nomen nudum the year before, in Proc. Roy. Soc., xxv, pp. 185, 191, in the “ Valorous ”’ Report. A single example, about 38 mm. long, dead but fresh and perfect, dredged off Cape Natal in 440 fathoms (S.A. Mus., A 3630). This has been carefully compared with “Challenger” shells from off San Miguel (1000 fathoms) of more or less the same size, and is absolutely identical. D. capillosum has an. extraordinarily wide range: I quote the following list of localities from Pilsbry and Sharp’s monograph of the Scaphopoda :— N. of the Hebrides in 542 fathoms; whole N. Atlantic in 208- 1785 fathoms (“ Valorous ” and “ Porcupine’); Bay of Biscay, 882 fathoms; coast of Portugal, 220-1095 fathoms; W. of Azores and off San Miguel, 1000 fathoms; Setubal, 470 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 418 fathoms; Culebra Is., 390 fathoms; Havana,119 fathoms; Martinique, 169 fathoms; near Santa Lucia, 116 fathoms; Barbados, 100 fathoms. Dentalium (Fissidentalium) platypleurum n. sp. Shell yellowish white, thin, enlarging slowly ; moderately curved at apical end for about a third of the length, the remainder much straighter; apex notched on the convex side; aperture circular, not oblique ; sculpture consisting of 32 broad, flat, regular, longitudinal ribs, about twice the breadth of the interstices which separate them, and of numerous fine raised lines which cross interstices and ribs at right angles; these lines can only be detected on the ribs, at the apical end; they seem to have been entirely abraded on the lower two-thirds of the shell, and are only to be traced in the interstices. Length 31 mm.; diam. max. 3-4 mm. Hab. off Itongazi River, Natal, 25 fathoms, one live specimen (S.A. Mus., A 3631). I cannot find any species to which this bears a particularly close 340 Annals of the South African Museum. resemblance. The ribbing is remarkably close and regular. The shell has a pinkish tinge almost throughout, but this is due to its thinness and to the presence of the animal inside. Dentalium (Compressidens) capense n. sp. Shell whitish, strongly and evenly curved, much flattened, a distinct keel being thus formed on both convex and concave sides ; there is also a similar keel on each of the lateral sides, rather nearer to the convex than to the concave keel, and in addition an angular line on either side of the convex keel—between it and the lateral keel; the shell is strongly marked with growth rings ; aperture compressed oval, bluntly hexagonal; the apical orifice is imperfect. Length 16 mm.; greatest diam. of aperture 1-9 mm., least 1-5. Hab. Cape Point N. 86° EH. 43 miles, 900 fathoms, one specimen (S.A. Mus., A 6191). An interesting addition to the small group of Compressidens Pilsbry and Sharp. I believe that this is only the sixth known species: all come from very deep water, though D. pressum S. and P. (n. n. for Watson’s compressum of the “ Challenger ” Report) was once dredged in 111 fathoms in the Gulf of Mexico. ‘ ( 341 ) 9. The Harvest-spiders (Oprliones) of South Africa. By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida. (With 90 Text-figures.) Tue Opilionid fauna of South Africa as dealt with in this paper is taken to comprise all forms occurring in the South African region, which is that part of the continent below 17° south of the equator ; it consists of the Cape Province, which is redivided into western and eastern portions, Natal and Zululand, Orange Free State and Trans- vaal, South West Africa, parts of Rhodesia, and parts of Portuguese Hast Africa. In numbers its 90 species compare with other parts of the world as follows : Europe 232, North America 104, South America 581, Africa (South African region excluded) 201, Australia 38. Several striking features of the South African fauna must be briefly touched upon. Not a single species has been introduced from other countries by shipping or other means of transport ; in the Myriopod fauna, a largely cryptozoic group, von Attems points out that at least 4 common species, some of them very common, have been intro- duced and become acclimatised along the coastal strip and even farther inland. No species and only 1 genus (Rhampsinitus) of the Opiliones has as wide a distribution in South Africa as, for instance, have certain species of the Palpatores group in Europe such as Phalangiwm opilo and Opilio parivetinus, which range over Kurope, Asia, and North America; the distribution of Rhampsinitus extends from the south of the Sahara to the southern extremity of the continent, but all the 29 species are localised. The South African fauna is again peculiar in that it differs sharply from that of the rest of the African continent ; it shows no relationship at all with that of the Ethiopian region. There is a remarkable development of one of the 3 suborders, the Laniatores, which comprises about 74 per cent. (25 genera, 67 species) of the South African fauna, and in this group there is a marked preponderance of one family, the Triaenonychidae, which consists of 21 genera and 59 species or two-thirds of the total fauna. The fauna of the rest of the African continent is more or less equally VOL. XXIX, PART 2. 23 = —_——— > eS ee = = 5 —_—_ ————————— rs eel ante ae e- ae a ——— Pee 3 7 342 Annals of the South African Museum. divided between the Laniatores and Palpatores, but there is not a single member of the family Triaenonychidae; this family seems to be limited to the southern continents, Australia, Madagascar, Southern Africa, and South America; its greatest development occurs in Southern Africa, Australia coming next in order, and then South America. The table given below shows the comparative numbers of species of Laniatores as opposed to Palpatores in the different continents :— Laniatores. Palpatores. Europe . ; 14 ( 7 per cent.) 215 (93 per cent.) North America Sleek ie ) 69 (69 i ) Africa ; 88 (59 . ) 81 (41 e ) South Africa. : 64 (76 sat ot ae) 21 (24 Reins. Australia Se (oll ms ) 5 (13 fe ) | South America . Saad) (S15 ‘Noe 293 i Sea This shows that while the Palpatores attain their greatest develop- ment in the northern continents, the undoubtedly more highly specialised Laniatores are most strongly established in the southern ones. In this respect Southern Africa, Australia, and South America are more or less in agreement; Africa shows an equal development of both groups owing to its Mediterranean seaboard sharing a number of widespread palaearctic species of Palpatores with the Mediterranean countries and Northern Europe. In one respect the fauna of South Africa differs from that of Australia and South America ; no members of the peculiar primitive suborder of Cyphophthalmi have as yet been found in the two latter continents while 2 species are found at the southern extremity of Africa; 3 species are found in tropical Africa. Since all the South African genera except Rhampsinitus are endemic it cannot be said that there is any striking resemblance to any other region, though taking the group as a whole there is a greater relation- ship with the other southern continents Australia and South America than with the geographically more closely allied Ethiopian region. With regard to the relationships of individual members, the unique family of Acropsopiliondae, in which the eyes show enormous develop- ment of size, has hitherto been represented only by a single species from Chile; a member of this family, Oonopsopilio, from the south- The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 343 western corner of South Africa is undoubtedly allied to it. The east coast of South Africa shows undoubted relationship to Madagascar in 1 species of the genus Acwmontia which had been hitherto supposed to be confined to the island; in the Assamiidae, a family containing most of the Laniatores of tropical Africa, 2 more or less subtropical genera Namutonia and Cryptopygoplus from South West Africa reveal affinities which link up the South African and Ethiopian regions. Though many additions will have to be made to the list of Opilionids in South Africa, the Western Cape Province, especially the Cape Peninsula, is comparatively well known; in this respect the eastern half of the Cape Province comes very near to it except those parts between the east of Grahamstown and Natal. Natal and Zululand are but little known and will repay more detailed investiga- tion ; the other provinces—Transvaal, Orange Free State, Rhodesia, and South West Africa—are hardly known at all; the following table shows the number of genera and species recorded from the various provinces :— Natal, | Trans- W.C.P.| E.C.P. | Zulu- | vaal, | Rhod. | P.E.A.|S.W.A. land. | O.F.S. Species . 44 31 5 6 3 2 4 Genera . : 20 13 5 2 3 2 4 Endemic genera| 13 4) 2 0 0 0) 1 The Western Cape shows the greatest number of endemic genera, and this number decreases eastwards; the only 2 species of the small suborder of Cyphophthalmi living in South Africa are found in the Western Cape; the whole family of Triaenonychidae with its 2 subdivisions is confined entirely to the southern provinces, although with more detailed exploration some species are bound to be discovered in the northern ones; at present only 1 genus of Opilionid is found in the northern provinces that also occurs in the southern ones—Rhampsinitus ; the lack of exploration in the northern provinces is well illustrated by the fact that the Opilionid fauna of the whole area covered by the Transvaal, Orange Free State, and Basutoland is represented by this single genus. In the Cape Province certain small areas seem to be especially rich in Opiliones; on Table Mountain and its slopes are found no 344 Annals of the South African Museum. less than 20 species representing all 3 suborders and all the families except 1 that occur in South Africa; Knysna represents another rich locality with 10 species, Grahamstown has 9, the Hogsback, Amatola Mountains, 5 species. Unfortunately practically nothing is known of the habits and life- histories of South African harvest-spiders ; they are in one respect a group easy to collect, for when their hiding places are revealed they make no effort to escape, and even when touched or taken with forceps remain inert ; all the South African forms are slow-moving and for that reason are difficult to detect, especially when, as in all the Adaeinae, they are covered with a thin layer of dirt and grit, which together with the dry-twig appearance of their appendages make them almost invisible against a gnarled log or earth-covered stone. The long- legged Palpatores of Europe, such as Opzlio, evidently differ in their habits from our Rhampsinitus ; the Palpatores of the older countries seem able to move with more rapidity, and occasionally also enter houses, neither of which can be said of our Palpatores ; it is possible that as a country becomes more densely populated the habits of these animals may be modified and that in Europe the entry of these arachnids into human dwellings accounts for the wide distribution of one or two species; this is also the case in some spiders such as Tegenaria and Pholcus. At Hermanus all specimens of Rhamp- sinitus littoralis were found under rusty tins and rotting wooden boxes among the scrub near the shore, a habitat rather unusual for the genus. In this paper the main lines of classification set out by Dr. C. F. Roewer in his comprehensive and valuable monograph, Die Weber- knechte der Erde, have been adhered to. My best thanks are due to the author for allowing me to reproduce his descriptions of new species which had already gone to press. The present paper is based mainly upon the collection in the South African Museum accumulated through many years by the late Dr. W. F. Purcell; of very great assistance has been the material of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, the loan of which is due to the kindness of its Director, Mr. J. Hewitt; the work of Dr. G. Rattray and the Rev. R. Godfrey, who have collected much fine material in the Hastern Province, has been of great value. Thanks are also due to the Directors of the Transvaal and Natal Museums for the loan of their collections. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 345 OrpDER OPILIONES. The Opiliones fall into 3 suborders which can be distinguished as follows :— 1. Openings of the odoriferous glands situated on a conical tubercle on the dorsum of the carapace (fig. 1, a); genital opening exposed, not covered by an oper- culum (fig. 1,h) . : : : A. Suborder Cyphophthalm, p. 345. Openings of the odoriferous glands not situated on a tubercle but at the sides of the carapace; genital opening covered by a movable operculum (iow FA): ; ; : : F , : : : Snes 2. Pedipalps powerful, the tarsus provided with a stout grasping claw (fig. 26, f) ; terminal segment of tarsi I and II with 1 simple claw, tarsi III and IV with 2 claws or a trifurcate claw (fig. 16,c) . B. Suborder Laniatores, p. 351. Pedipalps slender, antenniform, the tarsus with or without a weak claw (fig. 79); terminal segments of all tarsi with 1 simple claw C. Suborder Palpatores, p. 468. A. SuBORDER CYPHOPHTHALMI Simon. 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 41. 1904. Two Orders of Arachnida, Hansen and Sorensen, p. 86. Hyes usually absent (always in South African forms), if present widely separated from each other ; openings of the odoriferous glands at the apices of conical tubercles situated on the carapace above the interval between coxae II and III (fig. 1, a); pedipalps slender, antenni- form, the tarsus with a minute terminal claw (fig. 1, c); maxillary lobe of coxa I itself immovable but movable together with the coxa, its chitinous portion not divided; maxillary lobe of coxa II distinct, either movable or only slightly movable together with the coxa; labium absent; sternum either small and triangular or absent (fig. 1, h) ; coxa I movable, coxae III and IV always immovable and fused with each other, coxa II movable or fused with coxa III; leg I longer than IL, legs II, III, and IV hardly movable between metatarsus and tarsus; claws of tarsi of legs I-IV simple, not serrate (figs. 1, d, e); abdomen dorsally consisting of 9 complete and distinct tergites without the anal operculum, and ventrally of 9 sternites; genital opening exposed, not covered by an operculum (fig. 1, h); secondary sexual characters present in tarsus IV and in the region of the genital opening, tarsus IV of 3 with a dorsal process concealing the canal of a gland (fig. 1, e), this absent in the 2; genital aperture in the ¢ hardly longer and usually shorter, in the 9 many times longer than the distance between genital aperture and coxa III. One family. 346 Annals of the South African Museum. Fam. SIRONIDAE Simon. Two subfamilies. 1. I coxa movable, IJ, III, [IV coxae fused and immovable; maxillary lobes of coxa IT longer than broad; second segment of chelicera with a medial row of fine hairs . : : : : : ‘ Subfam. Stylocellinae. I and II coxae movable, III and IV coxae fused and immovable; maxillary lobes broader than long; second segment of chelicera with only 1 minute medial hair . : : ; , : : . Subfam. Szroninae. The Stylocellinae are not represented in Southern Africa though two genera, Ogovea and Parogovia, occur in Equatorial Africa. SUBFAM. Sironinae Hansen and Sorensen. Two genera and two species in South Africa. Key to genera. 1. Odoriferous glands about 6 times as far from each other as from the lateral edge of carapace; tergites closely covered with bead-like granules; tro- chanter of pedipalp with an inferior process. : Purcellia, p. 346. Odoriferous glands 2-3 times as far from each other as from the lateral edge of carapace; tergites smooth or with a few very small granules ; trochanter of pedipalp without an inferior process. ; : Speleosiro, p. 348. Gen. PurcELLIA Hansen and Sorensen. 1904. Hansen and Sorensen, Two Orders of Arachnida, p. 105. Kyes absent ; odoriferous tubercles (fig. 1, a) short, rounded, their basal diameter about a half their distance from the lateral margin of the carapace; chelicerae as in fig. 1, b; pedipalp as in fig. 1, ¢, the trochanter with an inferior process ; coxa I hardly broader than II and III, about a half as broad as coxa IV; sternum minute; tarsi of legs I-IV one and a half to twice as long as their metatarsi; hair pad absent in tarsus I; tarsi I and II not longitudinally sulcate above ; tarsal claws of legs I-IV simple, not serrated ; tarsus IV of g 2-jointed, of Q 1-jointed. One species, Cape Province, South Africa. Purcellia allustrans Hansen and Sorensen. (Text-fig. 1, a—h.) 1904. Hansen and Sorensen, Two Orders of Arachnida, p. 106, pl. 11, figs. 4, a-c; pl. iv, figs. 1, a-c. We have in the Museum’s collection specimens from the following localities in the Cape Peninsula: Newlands, Table Mountain above The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 347 Klassenbosch, Grotto Ravine, Platteklip, Devil’s Peak, Nordhoek ; new locality records are: Stellenbosch, Houwhoek (Caledon division), C. ‘el Fie. 1.—Purcellia illustrans. g: a, dorsal surface; 06, chelicera; c, palp; e, tarsus IV; f, coronaanalis. Q: d, tarsus IV; g, corona analis; h, genital opening. (Copied from Hansen and Sorensen.) iS Knysna ; specimens from the last three localities agree in all respects with those found on Table Mountain. The habitat of this species is typically cryptic, being always found in damper parts such as ravines 348 Annals of the South African Museum. and kloofs where mould is apt to collect ; it lives in damp, decaying leaves or in soil containing a large percentage of vegetable detritus. Hansen and Sorensen in their general account of the Cyphophthalmi describe certain peculiar hairs in this species to which they ascribe a sensory function (loc. cit., p. 36) and also lyriform organs (loc. cit., p. 41). Gen. SPELEOSIRO n. gen. Body flattened and oval, pointed posteriorly and anteriorly, more so posteriorly ; body quite distinctly larger than in Purcellia, its length 12 the breadth (in Purcellia it is almost 2); chelicerae strongly com- pressed laterally, length of segment I measured 7m situ from the anterior margin of the carapace 1} times the distance of the odori- ferous glands from the anterior margin of the carapace (in Purcellia these distances are about equal); odoriferous glands, when viewed from above, 2-3 times as far apart as they are from the lateral margin of the carapace; in Purcellia they are about 6 times as far apart as from the lateral margin of the carapace; granulation differing from Purcellia as follows: carapace wrinkled and leather-like, with some moderate granules; tergites, especially those posteriorly, smooth, provided with a few small scattered granules; coxae and sternites with more numerous regularly placed small granules, a little larger than those of the tergites ; seen with the naked eye the dorsal surface, especially of the abdomen, is smooth and shiny; in Puwrcellia the granules are much larger, bead-like, and closely packed all over the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Pedipalps longer and more slender than in Purcellia, the trochanter without an inferior process. Otherwise as in Purcellia. One species, in caves, Table Mountain. Speleosiro argastformis 0. sp. (Text-fig. 2, a—d.) 9. Colour.—Dorsum dark brown, the posterior and anterior apices and a marginal border light brown, appendages light brown. Granula- tion of body as in generic description. Odoriferous tubercles low conical structures, flattened at the top, broader at the base than high, and situated a little nearer to the posterior than to the anterior margin of the carapace, the apertures of the glands opening upwards and a little backwards, a few setae near the tip of the tubercle. Tergites and sternites as in description of family characters, 8 tergites visible from above as in fig. 2, a; corona analis as in fig. 2, b. The. Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 349 Pedipalp as in fig. 2, d, the segments long and slender, trochanter without process but its inferior distal portion and the whole of femur inferiorly with fine granules; femur and trochanter sparsely clothed d / Fig. 2.—Speleosiro argasiformis. 9: a, dorsal surface; 6, corona analis ; c, chelicera ; d, palp. with upright setose hairs; patella, tibia, and tarsus with similar hairs but with a scopula of much shorter, spine-like hairs as well; these, especially on the tarsus, far more numerous than the setose hairs, almost prone and slightly curved. Chelicera as in fig. 2, c, strongly flattened from side to side, slender, movable finger of second segment with about 16 small simple conical teeth followed by 5 larger bicuspid teeth, these decreasing in size 350 Annals of the South African Museum. distally ; immovable finger with only 7-8 teeth of the bicuspid type ; the simple teeth of the movable finger equal in size and quite differ- entiated from the following 5 molariform teeth ; first segment covered with very small scattered granules, a row of short hairs along its dorsal surface, second segment smooth with 2 short setae on its dorsal surface, 1 a little anterior to the middle and 1 just before the insertion of the movable finger ; second segment longer than first segment. Genital opening much as figured by Hansen and Sorensen in the description of Purcellia allustrans, Two Orders of Arachnida, pl. iv, fig. 1,7; the arculi genitales, however, are larger and project farther inwards and forwards over the genital opening, appearing to be almost distinct and detached from the coxa; they are provided at their tips with some curved setose hairs. Legs.—All tarsi with 1 segment; I tibia 12 as long as patella; I tarsus 1} times as long as metatarsus and 5 times as long as broad, seen from the side; all segments of leg I except tarsus with both long curved fine-pointed hairs and short hairs; tarsus with a dorsal strip of long curved pointed hairs and a row of 7 modified hairs, these shorter, regularly curved and with blunt tips, corresponding to the modified sensory hairs described in Purcellia and other genera by Hansen and Sorensen (loc. cit., p. 37); ventral surface and sides of tarsus with no long hairs but with a brush of very fine, short, close-set hairs. Measurements.—Total length with chelicerae removed 4-7, greatest breadth 2-9; I leg 7-8; chelicera: I segment 2, II segment 2-5 mm.* Type, 1 adult female. Additional specimens, 2 subadult females. The subadult specimens are distinctly larger in size than adults of Purcellia ; they differ from the type in being more granular on the carapace and anterior tergites, especially in the middle; the last 5 tergites seen from above are quite smooth; tergites with a narrow black margination posteriorly, the general colour of the body a dirty olive green ; genital aperture closed. Measurements.—Total length 3-7-4, greatest breadth 2-4-2-5. Total length of largest subadult, including chelicerae, 5-2 mm. These 3 specimens were found in the Wynberg Cave of Table Mountain, one by Dr. K. H. Barnard in 1913, the other two by myself in May 1929. The cave occurs at the top of the mountain in the * In any further descriptions, unless the contrary is stated, the total length is taken to mean the distance from the posterior apex of abdomen to the anterior border of the carapace, the chelicerae having been removed. } For description of male see Appendix, p. 503. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 351 Table Mountain sandstone; the entrance to the caves is tortuous and narrow, and the main body of it where the specimens were found is about 100 feet below the surface, the possibility of any light reaching it being thus precluded ; the walls of the main cave are damp and slimy from the water which constantly percolates through fissures in the rocks; the specimens were found under small stones on very damp or even wet sand. The only vegetation seems to consist of a small lichen and the fauna is sparse, the chief representative being the peculiar Acridiid Orthopteron, Spelezacris tabulae ; another peculiar animal inhabiting the cave is a blind and unpigmented Peripatus, Peripatopsis alba. Outside at the mouth of the cave were found specimens of Purcellia illustrans in the usual habitat. B. SuBporpDER LANIATORES Thorell. 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 55. 1904. Two Orders of Arachnida, Hansen and Sorensen, p. 85. Two eyes present, usually placed one on each side of a tubercle in the middle of the carapace (Subfam. Adaeinae, fig. 58, a) or widely separated from each other on the surface of the carapace (Subfam. Biantinae, fig. 3, a) ; openings of odoriferous glands not situated on a conical tubercle but near the sides of the carapace above the anterior margin of coxa II; tergites of prosoma not demarcated from each other, fused into a carapace without dividing grooves (fig. 10, a) ; abdomen with 8 tergites, excluding the last the so-called anal oper- culum, of these tergites only the last 3 free, the first 5 being fused with the carapace to form a single dorsal scute where they are recog- nisable as I-V or I-IV (where still greater fusion has taken place) areas, these areas may be defined by transverse grooves (fig. 10, a) ; abdomen with 9 sternites, of the first of which only traces are present (arculi genitales), IIT and III being fused into the stigma-bearing sternite, VIII and IX completely fused into a broad sternite lying in front of the anal opening (fig. 11, A); genital opening covered by a movable operculum (g.0., fig. 11, A); pedipalps powerful, modified for grasping, tibia and tarsus at least with long seta-tipped spines or with teeth provided laterally with setae (fig. 26, f), tarsus with a long powerful terminal claw which at rest can be folded against its under surface ; labium distinct, soft ; sternum long, narrowed, seldom widen- ing posteriorly (fig. 43) ; coxa I movable, remaining coxae immovable and fused with each other, coxa IV sometimes strongly developed ; leg I shorter than leg II, metatarsus of legs I-IV sometimes (all 392 Annals of the South African Museum. Triaenonychidae) divided into a basal astragalus and apical calcaneus, these being immovable with respect to each other (fig. 11, B); in all South African forms of Triaenonychidae with a few exceptions the calcaneus is very much shorter than the astragalus; terminal claws of tarsi I and II always simple and single, those of III and IV usually double or with 3 prongs (trifurcate) (fig. 16, c); penis usually long, thin and without muscles, occasionally short, thick and muscular (Triae- nonychidae) ; ovipositor short, more or less soft skinned, not annulate ; secondary sexual characters of 3 strongly developed in the armature not only of the body but also of the legs and pedipalp ; tarsi of legs divided into a variable number of segments which in legs J and II fall into 2 sections which occasionally consist of 1 but usually of more segments, in legs III and IV the tarsi fall into 3 sections, a basal section with several segments, a median always consisting of 1, and an apical consisting always of 2 segments bearing the 2 claws or trifurcate claw ; above these claws the tarsus is sometimes prolonged into a pseudonychium or false claw; the divisions between the sections of the tarsus in adult animals always remain deeper and more distinct than those between the segments which themselves compose the sections ; metamorphosis either slight or quite distinct. The suborder is divided into 6 families. Key to families of Laniatores. 1. The last 4 tergites free and not coalesced . : ‘ A: Only the last tergite, the operculum anale, freely iiovablete remaining tergites coalesced to form a dorsal scute : ; : e : Oncopodidae. 2. III and IV tarsus with 2 true claws, these simple or serrated : 4 3. III and IV tarsus with 1 trifurcate claw in adults (fig. 16, c), or in juveniles with 1 claw which bears a variable number of small lateral teeth Triaenonychidae, p. 366. 3. Pedipalps carried crossed over in the region of the patellae, with weak armature ; inferior frontal margin of carapace with 5 (2:1:2) forwardly projecting conical teeth (fig. 5,g) . : ; . Assamiidae, p. 357. Pedipalps not carried crossed over Sh divevted forwards; inferior frontal margin of carapace, although sometimes drawn out into sharp angles at the sides and centre, not armed with 5 conical teeth (fig. 42, 6) ‘ « A 4. III and IV tarsus each with a pseudonychium_ ; ‘ : . ee III and IV tarsus without a pseudonychium : Phalangodidae, p. 353. 5. Pedipalps weak, the femur tibia and tarsus broadly flattened and keeled, all segments of pedipalp unarmed, not strongly spined . : Cosmetidae. Pedipalps strong, the femur not flattened, tibia and tarsus stout and rounded, at most only flattened ventrally between the strong spines of tibia and tarsus . : 5 : 5 : ‘ ; . Gonyleptidae. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 353 Three of these families are found in South Africa, the Phalan- godidae, Assamiidae, and Triaenonychidae. The Oncopodidae is a small family confined to South-East Asia, while the Cosmetidae and Gonyleptidae occur in South America and the southern part of North America. Fam. PHALANGODIDAE Simon. For a summary of the family characters see: 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 64. The family has a practically world-wide distribution; 3 sub- families occur in Africa. Key to subfamilies of Phalangodidae. 1. Femur of leg I not spined . : 5 : : : : : ee Femur of leg I spined ; : . Hrecananinae. 2. Eyes raised on a distinct Gubereles eal aaips hor’, and stout, III and IV tarsus without a scopula . : ‘ . Phalangodinae. Eyes not raised on a tubercle Bat piteed Hide ut on the carapace (fig. 3, a) ; pedipalps very ee and slender (fig. 3, 6), III and IV tarsus with a thick scopula : : : : : : Biantinae, p. 353. Of these only the Brantinae occur in South Africa. The Phalan- godinae is much the largest subfamily, consisting of about 40 genera distributed throughout the Old and New Worlds; of these 3 are found on the Guinea coast of West Africa, 1 in British East Africa, and 1 in the Seychelles. The Hrecananinae is a small subfamily consisting of 2 genera, one of which is found in Java (Lomanius), the other (Herecanana) in Kast Africa. SUBFAM. Biantinae Roewer. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 128. The subfamily contains 10 genera, most of which are African; 1 genus, Metabiantes, 1s found in South Africa. The genus Spinibiantes was created for Pocock’s species Hinzwanius leaght by Roewer, 1915, Arch. Naturg., Ixxxi, A, fasc. 3, p. 177. The generic descriptions as given by him in Die Weberknechte der Erde, pp. 183-140, for Metabiantes and Spinibiantes are, however, almost word for word identical, the only character really differentiating the two being the presence in Spinibiantes of a pair of median spines (Dorn-Paar) on the III and IV areas of the dorsal scute, while in Metabiantes these are absent with the exception of two tropical species, jilipes and jeanneli, in which these areas bear enlarged granules 354 Annals of the South African Museum. (Kérnchen). In the specimens of Metabiantes (Spinibiantes) leagha I have examined, from Port Shepstone, Natal, Zululand, etc., these spines or teeth vary from a small size hardly larger than the sur- rounding granules to distinctly defined sharp teeth. which are quite noticeably prominent; the only character then which separates Metabiantes from Spinibiantes is the size of the teeth or enlarged granules on the III and IV areas, and this itself is a variable character. It seems highly probable that Spinibiantes leighi and Metabiantes jyeannelt from Hast Africa are related or even that jeanneli is only a variety of leight. I therefore propose to drop the genus Spinibrantes and to include its 1 species, S. leighi, in Metabiantes ; from a survey of the 70 odd specimens in the collection of the Museum it appears that the whole genus Metabiantes is a homogeneous one with few characters that sharply divide the species, some of those used in Roewer’s key being of little diagnostic value; the sigmoid curvature of the IV femur, for instance, is a character of doubtful specific value, there being a certain but variable amount of curvature in all specimens I have examined. a Vere ww Fig. 3.—Metabiantes. a, dorsal surface (granulation not shown) ; 6, palp. (Copied from Roewer.) Gen. METABIANTES Roewer. (Text-fig. 3, a—0.) 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 133. Frontal margin of carapace in the middle with or without a low rounded process; dorsal scute divided by transverse grooves into 5 areas, the III and IV of which may be armed with a median pair of The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 355 enlarged granules or teeth; stigmae hardly visible; chelicera with segment I swollen dorsally at its distal extremity ; pedipalp: femur with 1 spine inferiorly in its basal third, patella with 1 spine inferiorly near distal apex, tibia and tarsus with 2 spines on each side inferiorly ; legs with tarsal segments I, 3; II, 5; III, 5; IV,5; secondary sexual characters developed in leg II or IV. Four species, confined to the eastern half of Southern Africa. Key to species. 1. Areas I-IV closely and irregularly granular with no transverse row of enlarged granules : 2 meraculus, p. 355. Areas I-IV closely and eee anal with either a transverse row of enlarged granules, or areas II] and IV with a pair of distinct median spines 2. 2. Areas III and IV with a median pair of enlarged tooth-like spines lezghi, p. 356. Areas III and IV without a median pair of tooth-like spines but with a trans- verse row of slightly enlarged granules, these sometimes limited to a median par. : ‘ : ; : 6 : ‘ : é sp os 3. Femur of pedipalp below with 2 spines near its base (fig. 4, c), segment I of chelicera uniformly granular above (fig. 4, 6) . : maximus, p. 356. Femur of pedipalp below with 1 spine near its base, segment I of chelicera more or less smooth above . : : : ° pusulosus, p. 355. The South African species as distinguished above are not very clear-cut forms; the species tend to grade into each other. Metabiantes meraculus Loman. 1898. Loman., Zool. Jahrb. Syst., u, p. 522. One specimen which appears to belong to this species, the label \ bearing the words “no history’; there is, however, no seta (borst) in the anterior third of the femur of either this or any other specimen of Metabiantes in the collection of the South African Museum. | Metabiantes pusulosus Loman. | 1898. Loman., Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1, p. 522. The South African Museum has specimens from Doornek, Alex- a andria Division (5 individuals); Knysna (8); Dunbrody, Uitenhage Division (3); Grahamstown (11); Kaapmuiden, E. Transvaal (3) : | Addo Bush (1); Inchanga, Natal (1); Rietvlei, Umvoti District (1) ; | Krantskop, Natal (3); Pietermaritzburg, Natal (1). The Albany Museum, Grahamstown, has it from Blytheswood (8) ; Alicedale (7) ; | i | , I " (i 356 Annals of the South African Museum. East London (1); Grahamstown (1); Somerville (10); Port Alfred (5); Hogsback, Amatola Mountains (1). Metabiantes leigh Pocock. Hinzuanius leight.—Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc., pt. 2, p. 412 (1902). Spinibiantes leighi.mRoewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 140. The South African Museum has specimens from Umtata (1); Manubie Forest (1); Kentani (6); East London (1); Durban (6) ; Delagoa Bay (3); Amanzimtobi, Natal (1); Mfongosi, Zululand (5) ; Port Shepstone (5); Masiene, near Limpopo River (2); Krantzkop, Natal (1); Port St Johns (1). The Albany Museum, Grahamstown, has it from East London (11). Metabiantes maximus n. sp. (Text-fig. 4, a—c.) Colour.—Y ellow-brown. Carapace, dorsal scute, tergites closely and uniformly covered with shiny round granules; carapace with granules smaller than those on the remainder of dorsum; anterior lateral angles of carapace with a row of about 9 small granules; areas I-IV well defined, with 1 or 2 seta-tipped granules in the middle a little larger than the rest but with no definite row of enlarged granules; area V with a row of granules definitely a little larger than remaining granules, free tergites I and II with 1 row of slightly enlarged granules their anterior thirds matt, free ter- gite ITI covered with granules but without an enlarged row; dorsal scute with 2 lateral rows of granules, the outer one regular the ee SM a inner a little less so; sternites with 2 dis- mus. a,chelicerafromthe tinct rows of small granules at the sides, side; >, segment I of cheli- these rows hardly visible in the middle; cera fromabove; c,femur . ‘ ; and patella of palp. inferior surfaces of coxae with scattered granules, coxa III with an anterior and posterior row of distinct reddish granules. Pedipalp as in fig. 4, c, femur below near the base with 2 spines, these smaller than in other species, patella below with an apical spine weaker than in other species, remaining segments as in other species ; If 4 The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 357 chelicera large and strong (figs. 4, a, b), segment I above regularly but not thickly covered with small granules, seen from the side as in fig. 4, a, anterior surface of segment II with an irregular row of low rounded granules. Legs: Il and IV stronger and longer than I and III, tibia and metatarsus of II without a row of small sharp granules (female ?); tarsal segments 3:5:5:5. Measurements.—Length of body 4:2, chelicerae I+II, 1-5+-2-2, pedipalps (trochanter-tarsus) 4-2 mm. . Type, 1 9, Somerville, Eastern Cape Province. Type in Albany Museum, Grahamstown. Fam. ASSAMIIDAE Sorensen. For a summary of the family characters see : 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 215. Three subfamilies are known, two of which—the Trionyzellinae and Assamiunae—occur in the South African region. Key to subfamilies. 1. IiI and IV tarsus with a pseudonychium (fig. 5, e) Subfam. Trionyzxellinae, p. 357. IIT and IV tarsus without a pseudonychium Subfam. Assamiinae, p. 360. SuBFAM. Trionyxellinae Roewer. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 215. Two tropical West African genera, Pungowca Roewer and Pun- goiella Roewer, belong to this subfamily ; only one genus, Namutonia, is found in the South African region. Gen. NAMUTONIA n. gen. Tarsi III and IV with large blunt spur-like pseudonychium, claws simple (fig. 5, e). Tarsi I and II with each 3 segments, tarsi III and IV with each 4 segments. Ocular tubercle low, the eyes far apart (three times their largest diameter) and surrounded by a pigmented area ; tubercles of body themselves covered with fine granules; femur of pedipalp armed with 5 strong teeth below ; legs unarmed. One species—South West Africa. VOL: XXIX, PART 2. 24 358 Annals of the South African Museum. Namutonia scabra, n. sp. (Text-fig. 5, a-g.) Body yellow, eyes surrounded by black rings (fig. 5, ¢, seen from above and a little from behind); area surrounding ocular tubercle with fairly dense and irregular tubercles; tubercles of body of different sizes, the 5 (2:1:2) on the lower frontal margin of the carapace much the largest and conical (fig. 5, g); next in size are the tubercles constituting the enlarged transverse rows of the free tergites, then those of the fused area ; all tubercles themselves covered with fine granula- tion and tipped with a seta which usually projects backwards and mesially, the interspaces of the tubercles filled up with minute granules but these much less dense than on the areas described as “ matt.” Ocular tubercle seen from the side as in fig. 5,d ; dorsal scute divided into quite well-defined areas thickly covered with tubercles arranged in 2 or 3 rather irregular transverse rows, the interspaces filled with smaller tubercles ; lateral borders of fused area with smaller tubercles ; I and II free tergites with their anterior halves occupied by 2 rows of tubercles the anterior of which is composed of small, the posterior of large tubercles; their posterior halves devoid of tubercles but with fine matt granulation ; III free tergite with tubercles arranged in more or less irregular rows, more than 3 deep, the posterior ones largest. Sternites with their anterior $ forming a thickly tuberculate band, the tubercles homogeneous in size and smaller than those of the tergites ; remaining posterior = with matt granulation ; all coxae below thickly covered with small tubercles, IV with 3 club-shaped tubercles along posterior distal margin and 3 smaller anterior ones more proximally situated, II with 3 club-shaped tubercles at posterior distal apex, the anterior margin bordered with a row of enlarged tubercles, I with a tricuspid tubercle along lower anterior margin in the middle; genital operculum matt, with a few granules. Pedipalp seen from the outer side as in fig. 5,a; trochanter with 1, femur with 5 strong teeth below with accessory lateral setae; femur with a strong spine-like tooth at its inner distal apex (not seen in fig.) which projects horizontally at right angles to the longitudinal axis of femur ; patella with 1 (2) outer, and 2 strong inner teeth ; outer side of tibia spined as in fig. 5, a, inner side with 3 small spines alternating with 2 much longer ones ; inner side of tarsus spined as in outer side ; chelicera with first segment asin fig.5, f. Tarsal segments I, 3; II, 3; Ill, 4; IV,4; terminal segment of tarsus IV with pseudonychium as in fig.5,e; pseudonychium of tarsus III considerably smaller than in IV. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 309 a, aa rf ® md : d Fic. 5.—Namutonia scabra. a, palp from outer side; 6, patella of pedipalp from inner side; c, ocular tubercle from above; d, from side; e, tarsus IV; f, chelicera, segment I; g, anterior margin of carapace from above. 360 Annals of the South African Museum. Measurements.—Length of body 3-3-5 mm. Types, 6 specimens (sex ?) from Okorosave, Kaokoveld, South-West Africa. Other specimens: Grootfontein, Damaraland, South West Africa (1) ; Namutoni, Damaraland, South West Africa, (1); Kunene River, Ovamboland, South West Africa (3). I have been unable to distinguish sexual characters in these specimens. SusBFAM. Assamiinae Roewer. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 236. Two genera in South Africa. Key to genera. 1. Tarsus I consisting of 4 segments, tarsus II of 5 segments Polycoryphus, p. 365. Tarsus I consisting of 5 segments, tarsus II of 10 segments Cryptopygoplus, p. 360. Gen. CRYPTOPYGOPLUS NR. gen. Most resembling the genus Wintonia from Australia, see Roewer’s key to the genera of Assaminae (loc. cit., p. 236). Tarsus I with 5, II with 10 segments, the terminal section of the latter consisting of 3 segments; ocular tubercle transversely oval, convex but not prominent, unarmed but with about 25 granules scattered irregularly over it ; no median tooth on the anterior border of carapace but the area between the ocular tubercle and the anterior margin of the cara- pace convexly rounded; granulation of body consisting of stout, sometimes club-shaped granules, themselves finely granular and tipped with a seta ; areas of fused portion of carapace, four in number, clearly defined by transverse grooves, bearing definite but rather irregular transverse rows of granules; granules on fused portion of carapace not so markedly different in size as in the case of Wintonia (fig. 271, p. 247, loc. cit.) ; stigmae not visible ; femur of pedipalp with a ventral row of teeth which are shorter or hardly longer than the diameter of the femur seen from the side; legs long and slender, unarmed but finely granular ; coxa IV anteriorly near its base without an enlarged spine; claws of tarsi III and IV simple; tarsal seg- ments I, 5; II, 9-11; III, 6; IV, 7. Three species in South Africa. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 361 Key to species. ‘1. Anterior surface of segment II of chelicera with a stout tooth near its distal apex (fig. 8, b) : : : : . rhodesianus, p. 363. Anterior surface of segment II of cree without a tooth near its distal 2 apex . P 3 : ‘ ‘ 2. Free tergites with more tien 1 camaploe (aiscetee row of ceaniless femur of pedipalp with 1 stout triangular tooth at its distal inner apex (fig. 6, 6) africanus, p. 361. Free tergites with only 1 complete transverse row of granules, these larger than those of the other segments, femur of pedipalp with 2 spine-like teeth at its distal inner apex (fig. 7, c) : ; : . damaranus, p. 362. Cryptopygoplus africanus Nn. sp. (Text-fig. 6, a—e.) Colour yellowish-brown, fused portion of carapace blackish ; anterior border of carapace without a median tooth in front of ocular 7 le oe Be eae } ‘| ; A Ie Fic. 6.—Cryptopygoplus africanus. a, ocular tubercle from side; 6, femur of palp from inner side; c, apex of femur from below; d, tibia and tarsus of palp ; e, chelicera. tubercle; ocular tubercle as in fig. 6, a, seen from the side, broader than long, distinctly demarcated from the rest of the carapace, covered with about 25 small round granules; some granules behind and at the sides of the ocular tubercle; area containing the ocular tubercle separated from the remainder of the fused area by a procurved groove, the first area bordered posteriorly by a recurved groove, the second one by a straight groove, the last two by slightly procurved grooves ; the 4 areas with fairly close and regularly set granules about 3 rows 362 Annals of the South African Museum. deep, the granules of the middle row the largest; dorsal scute bordered at the sides and posteriorly by a coarsely granular strip separated from the areas by a distinct groove which is without granulation ; free tergites bordered anteriorly by 2 rows of granules in I and II, by 3 rows in III; sternites weakly granular in anterior 2, fine matt in posterior 2; coxae inferiorly irregularly granular, coxa IV below with a row of 4 club-shaped granules along its posterior margin almost meeting at an angle a row of 5 similar granules at the side of the stigma-bearing sternite, a patch of blackish granules along its anterior side above. Pedipalp.—Trochanter with 1 large and 1 small tooth below, femur as in fig. 6, b, seen from the inner side, with a row of 11 teeth below and a large tooth apically on the inner side; patella with 2 long teeth ventrally on the inner side, 1 on the outer side; tibia and tarsus as in fig. 6, d, showing outer row of teeth, inner row of both segments consisting of 3 small teeth alternating with 2 large long ones as in tarsus of C. damaranus (fig. 7, 6). Chelacera.—Segment I dorsally with the distal raised surface covered with rounded granules (fig. 6, e), 1 or 2 of those on the outer side distally, enlarged, ventral surface granular; segment II shiny, anterior surface with a patch of small tooth-like granules basally on the outer and inner sides; tarsal segments I, 5; II, 9-11; IU, 6; EVENT: Measurements.—Total length of body 4:9 mm. Types and genotypes, 2 specimens (males?) from Inhambane, Portuguese East Africa Cryptopygoplus damaranus n. sp. (Text-fig. 7, a-e.) Colour yellow, fused portion of carapace slightly infuscated, tarsi almost white; this species differs from the preceding one chiefly in the granulation of the fused portion of the carapace ; the granulation of the body is less dense, those in the neighbourhood of the ocular tubercle are larger, the 4 areas of the fused portion of carapace are not so distinctly divided ; areas III and IV are provided with a row of enlarged granules and some other smaller ones not arranged in regular transverse rows; the free tergites and posterior border of fused portion of carapace without several rows of smaller round granules but bordered posteriorly by a single transverse row of enlarged conical granules ; lateral margin of fused portion of carapace 7 | The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 363 bordered by a strip of weak granules very much smaller than those in the middle of the carapace; sternites matt with a single distinct anterior row of small round granules. Pedipalp as in figs. 7, a, 6; femur seen from the inner side with 9 ventral teeth a little longer than the diameter of the femur; on the inner side at apex 2 teeth with their inner axes almost at right angles to the axes of the ventral teeth (fig. 7, c), seen from below ; patella, tibia, and tarsus seen from below with the teeth on the outer side of these. segments as in fig. 7, b, the teeth on the inner side not drawn ; patella on inner side with 2 teeth (fig. 7, d), tibia and tarsus both with teeth Fic. 7.—Cryptopygoplus damaranus. a, chelicera; 6, palp from inner side; c, femur of palp from below; d, patella of palp from above; e, ocular tubercle. on inner side similar to those on the outer side of tarsus, viz. 3 small ones alternating with 2 large long ones. Chelicera as in fig. 7, a, segment I with the dorsal surface of raised distal portion covered with granules, at the sides matt, a few granules below ; segment II shiny with a few granules basally on its inner sur- face. Legs unarmed; tarsal segments I, 5; II, 10; III, 6; IV, 7. Measurements.—Total length 3-6 mm. Types, 3 specimens (males ?) from Kaoko Otavi, Kaokoveld, South West Africa. Other specimens: 2 from Okorosave, Kaokoveld; 1 from Tsumeb, Damaraland, South West Africa. Cryptopygoplus rhodesianus 0. sp. (Text-fig. 8, a—b.) Colour yellowish-brown, some of the granules round the ocular tubercle infuscated black; granules behind and at the sides of the ocular tubercle fairly large, tipped with setae which are directed forwards and medially ; areas I-IV and free tergites with 2 rows of 364 Annals of the South African Museum. granules the posterior row enlarged, the posterior row of the free tergites consisting of larger granules than those of the posterior rows of areas I-IV; sternites shagreened with a row of small granules nearer to their posterior than to their anterior border; coxae irregu- larly granular, coxa IV at its posterior distal border with a row of 4 enlarged club-shaped granules which is opposed to a similar row at the side of the stigma-bearing sternite. Pedipalps.—Trochanter with 1 large, 1 small tooth below, 1 small tooth above; femur with a row of 9-11 teeth below, 2 inner apical teeth, one long and spine-like, the other close to it, much smaller ; patella with 2 long spines on inner, 1 shorter one on outer side; tibia with teeth arranged proximo-distally as follows: outer side— Fic. 8.—Cryptopygoplus rhodesianus. a, chelicera; b, apex of anterior surface of segment IT. 3 short, 1 long, 1 short; inner side—1 short, 1 long, 2 short, 1 long, 1 short ; tarsus similarly on both sides with 2 short, 1 long, 2 short, 1 long, 1 short. Chelicerae.—Segment I as in other species, segment II shiny, with some spine-like teeth basally on the inner side; near distal apex on the inner side there is a stout pear-shaped tooth on the anterior surface just above the insertion of the immovable finger of the claw (figs. 8, a, b); this tooth is quite absent in the other species. Tarsal sesments 1,5; Il, 8: II, 6: -1V, 7. Measurements.—Total length 3-2-3-6 mm. Types, 4 specimens from Umtali, Rhodesia (3 males, 1 female 2) The chelicerae of the specimens I take to be $¢ are in this genus larger than those of the 99. In one of the smaller specimens of C. rhodesianus, which is presumably a 9, the II leg is much longer in proportion to the remaining legs than in the gS. There is no large tooth on the chelicerae. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 365 Gen. PoLycoryPpaus Loman. 1902. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xvi, pp. 188, 195. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 274, fig. 290. Ocular tubercle in middle of carapace, coarsely and irregularly tuberculate; upper frontal margin of carapace in front of ocular tubercle with 1 median conical tooth ; dorsal scute a little constricted opposite the III coxa, broadening again posteriorly ; area I without a median longitudinal groove; all areas and free tergites with very coarse tubercles and with a median pair of tubercles a little more prominent than the rest; operculum anale with one median spine ; stigmae hidden under the teeth filling up the cleft between coxa IV and the stigma-bearing sternite ; coxa IV laterally at its base without 1 large tooth ; segment I of chelicera distinctly swollen at its dorso- distal extremity ; femur of pedipalp with 1 spine medially at its apex, inferiorly with a row of ventral teeth which are shorter than its diameter ; legs stout, femora of III and IV with sigmoid curvature ; terminal section of tarsus II with 2 joints; tarsal segments I, 4; eo 11, 5; IV, 5. One species in South Africa. Polycoryphus asper Loman. (Text-fig. 9.) 1902. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xvi, p. 195, Taf. 9, fig. 14. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 274, fig. 290. Colour.—Body and appendages reddish yellow, a dorsal median band and legs I-IV reticulate with black. Ocular tubercle and anterior margin of carapace as in fig. 9; cara- pace, dorsal scute, and I-III free tergites coarsely and irregularly tuberculate ; areas I-V and I-III free tergites with a slightly more prominent median pair of tubercles in 57,0 c addition, these directed posteriorly ; operculum anale ier with 1 median spine; all free sternites coarsely Soc ‘ € granular; surfaces of coxae I-IV and latero-dorsal surface of coxa IV coarsely granular; dorso-distal fe. 9—Poly- swelling of I segment of chelicera and all segments co7yphus asper oman. Oc- of pedipalp dorsally with coarse granulation; legs «lar tubercle. » unarmed except trochanters I-IV posteriorly, which are armed with 2-3 teeth; tarsal segments I, 4; II, 5; Ill,5; IV, 5. Length of body 4:5, pedipalps 2:5; legs I-IV, 7:10:8:12 mm. 366 Annals of the South African Museum. Type, 1 9 from Port Elizabeth ; Roewer records 1 9 and 1 juvenile from Cape Town. This species is not present in the Museum’s collec- tion, and though the Cape Peninsula has been more thoroughly searched for Opiliones than any other part of South Africa this form has as yet not been discovered by local collectors. Fam. TRIAENONYCHIDAE Sorensen. For a summary of the family characters see : 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 585. This family contains the very great majority of South African Laniatores and these are grouped in 2 subfamilies, the Adaeinae and Triaenonychinae; a third subfamily, the Triaenobuninae, is confined to Australia. Key to subfamilies. 1. Shape of sternum as in fig. 16, b ; Triaenonychinae, p. 366. Shape of sternum as in fig. 43. , é : Adaeinae, p. 424. SupraM. Triaenonychinae Pocock 1902. Pocock, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, x, p. 512. 1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 586. Pocock separated the 2 South African subfamilies Triaenony- chinae and Adaeinae on the basis of two characters, viz. the shape of the sternum, and the stigmae which were exposed in the Trae- nonychinae and hidden in the Adaewnae ; the first-named character is the only one which holds good for differentiating the two groups ; it 1s quite constant and in itself is enough to distinguish a Triaenonychinid from an Adaeinid ; the stigma may be exposed in genera occurring in other parts of the world, but as far as the 13 South African genera are concerned the exceptions are more numerous than the rule, the stigmae being exposed in only 2 of them—Austronuncia and Speleomontia ; as a rule there are large conical granules forming a bridge over the gap between coxa IV and the stigma-bearing sternite, the stigma-bearing sternite being often reduced and partly hidden beneath the bridging granules. The Triaenonychinae are in general distinctly smaller in body size than the Adaeinae and include all the smallest members of the family ; the body length varies between 2 and 4:5 mm., that of the Adaeinae between 4:5 and 7-6 mm., Micradaeum excepted. In many ¥ D4 2) spuswhas Wes} VUOSALY 40 920 £+ say bay pasnéG = UIuopyl, rie! $9) 7b